Installed PCRE 6.0 sources, which involved adding a number of files and

renaming some others.

diff --git a/doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog b/doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog
index bbdcb9843e80d291c55d687ef2835b6bdc7e761c..5ff2e88698b3ceb29f7cd2abaccaa618ec4cacde 100644 (file)
--- a/doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog
+++ b/doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-$Cambridge: exim/doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog,v 1.155 2005/06/14 13:48:40 ph10 Exp $
+$Cambridge: exim/doc/doc-txt/ChangeLog,v 1.156 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $

 
 Change log file for Exim from version 4.21
 -------------------------------------------
 
 Change log file for Exim from version 4.21
 -------------------------------------------


@@ -116,6 +116,10 @@ PH/12 Applied Alex Kiernan's patch for the API change for the error callback
 
 PH/13 Changed auto_thaw such that it does not apply to bounce messages.
 
 
 PH/13 Changed auto_thaw such that it does not apply to bounce messages.
 

+PH/14 Imported PCRE 6.0; this was more than just a trivial operation because
+      the sources for PCRE have been re-arranged and more files are now
+      involved.
+

 
 Exim version 4.51
 -----------------
 
 Exim version 4.51
 -----------------

diff --git a/doc/doc-txt/pcrepattern.txt b/doc/doc-txt/pcrepattern.txt
index 1dc800af4e3fd35882b0ba8d9c69d98a714900f6..29fbe5652c10340f226a756024e590d7cdb98f4d 100644 (file)
--- a/doc/doc-txt/pcrepattern.txt
+++ b/doc/doc-txt/pcrepattern.txt
@@ -1,18 +1,17 @@
-This file contains the PCRE man page that describes the regular expressions 
-supported by PCRE version 5.0. Note that not all of the features are relevant 
+This file contains the PCRE man page that describes the regular expressions
+supported by PCRE version 6.0. Note that not all of the features are relevant

 in the context of Exim. In particular, the version of PCRE that is compiled
 with Exim does not include UTF-8 support, there is no mechanism for changing
 the options with which the PCRE functions are called, and features such as
 callout are not accessible.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 in the context of Exim. In particular, the version of PCRE that is compiled
 with Exim does not include UTF-8 support, there is no mechanism for changing
 the options with which the PCRE functions are called, and features such as
 callout are not accessible.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-PCRE(3)                                                                PCRE(3)
-

 
 
 NAME
        PCRE - Perl-compatible regular expressions
 
 
 
 NAME
        PCRE - Perl-compatible regular expressions
 

+

 PCRE REGULAR EXPRESSION DETAILS
 
        The  syntax  and semantics of the regular expressions supported by PCRE
 PCRE REGULAR EXPRESSION DETAILS
 
        The  syntax  and semantics of the regular expressions supported by PCRE


@@ -30,6 +29,14 @@ PCRE REGULAR EXPRESSION DETAILS
        of  UTF-8  features  in  the  section on UTF-8 support in the main pcre
        page.
 
        of  UTF-8  features  in  the  section on UTF-8 support in the main pcre
        page.
 

+       The remainder of this document discusses the  patterns  that  are  sup-
+       ported  by  PCRE when its main matching function, pcre_exec(), is used.
+       From  release  6.0,   PCRE   offers   a   second   matching   function,
+       pcre_dfa_exec(),  which matches using a different algorithm that is not
+       Perl-compatible. The advantages and disadvantages  of  the  alternative
+       function, and how it differs from the normal function, are discussed in
+       the pcrematching page.
+

        A regular expression is a pattern that is  matched  against  a  subject
        string  from  left  to right. Most characters stand for themselves in a
        pattern, and match the corresponding characters in the  subject.  As  a
        A regular expression is a pattern that is  matched  against  a  subject
        string  from  left  to right. Most characters stand for themselves in a
        pattern, and match the corresponding characters in the  subject.  As  a


@@ -37,15 +44,24 @@ PCRE REGULAR EXPRESSION DETAILS
 
          The quick brown fox
 
 
          The quick brown fox
 

-       matches  a portion of a subject string that is identical to itself. The
-       power of regular expressions comes from the ability to include alterna-
-       tives  and repetitions in the pattern. These are encoded in the pattern
-       by the use of metacharacters, which do not  stand  for  themselves  but
-       instead are interpreted in some special way.
-
-       There  are  two different sets of metacharacters: those that are recog-
-       nized anywhere in the pattern except within square brackets, and  those
-       that  are  recognized  in square brackets. Outside square brackets, the
+       matches a portion of a subject string that is identical to itself. When
+       caseless matching is specified (the PCRE_CASELESS option), letters  are
+       matched  independently  of case. In UTF-8 mode, PCRE always understands
+       the concept of case for characters whose values are less than  128,  so
+       caseless  matching  is always possible. For characters with higher val-
+       ues, the concept of case is supported if PCRE is compiled with  Unicode
+       property  support,  but  not  otherwise.   If  you want to use caseless
+       matching for characters 128 and above, you must  ensure  that  PCRE  is
+       compiled with Unicode property support as well as with UTF-8 support.
+
+       The  power  of  regular  expressions  comes from the ability to include
+       alternatives and repetitions in the pattern. These are encoded  in  the
+       pattern by the use of metacharacters, which do not stand for themselves
+       but instead are interpreted in some special way.
+
+       There are two different sets of metacharacters: those that  are  recog-
+       nized  anywhere in the pattern except within square brackets, and those
+       that are recognized in square brackets. Outside  square  brackets,  the

        metacharacters are as follows:
 
          \      general escape character with several uses
        metacharacters are as follows:
 
          \      general escape character with several uses


@@ -64,7 +80,7 @@ PCRE REGULAR EXPRESSION DETAILS
                 also "possessive quantifier"
          {      start min/max quantifier
 
                 also "possessive quantifier"
          {      start min/max quantifier
 

-       Part of a pattern that is in square brackets  is  called  a  "character
+       Part  of  a  pattern  that is in square brackets is called a "character

        class". In a character class the only metacharacters are:
 
          \      general escape character
        class". In a character class the only metacharacters are:
 
          \      general escape character


@@ -74,33 +90,33 @@ PCRE REGULAR EXPRESSION DETAILS
                   syntax)
          ]      terminates the character class
 
                   syntax)
          ]      terminates the character class
 

-       The  following sections describe the use of each of the metacharacters.
+       The following sections describe the use of each of the  metacharacters.

 
 
 BACKSLASH
 
        The backslash character has several uses. Firstly, if it is followed by
 
 
 BACKSLASH
 
        The backslash character has several uses. Firstly, if it is followed by

-       a  non-alphanumeric  character,  it takes away any special meaning that
-       character may have. This  use  of  backslash  as  an  escape  character
+       a non-alphanumeric character, it takes away any  special  meaning  that
+       character  may  have.  This  use  of  backslash  as an escape character

        applies both inside and outside character classes.
 
        applies both inside and outside character classes.
 

-       For  example,  if  you want to match a * character, you write \* in the
-       pattern.  This escaping action applies whether  or  not  the  following
-       character  would  otherwise be interpreted as a metacharacter, so it is
-       always safe to precede a non-alphanumeric  with  backslash  to  specify
-       that  it stands for itself. In particular, if you want to match a back-
+       For example, if you want to match a * character, you write  \*  in  the
+       pattern.   This  escaping  action  applies whether or not the following
+       character would otherwise be interpreted as a metacharacter, so  it  is
+       always  safe  to  precede  a non-alphanumeric with backslash to specify
+       that it stands for itself. In particular, if you want to match a  back-

        slash, you write \\.
 
        slash, you write \\.
 

-       If a pattern is compiled with the PCRE_EXTENDED option,  whitespace  in
-       the  pattern (other than in a character class) and characters between a
+       If  a  pattern is compiled with the PCRE_EXTENDED option, whitespace in
+       the pattern (other than in a character class) and characters between  a

        # outside a character class and the next newline character are ignored.
        # outside a character class and the next newline character are ignored.

-       An  escaping backslash can be used to include a whitespace or # charac-
+       An escaping backslash can be used to include a whitespace or #  charac-

        ter as part of the pattern.
 
        ter as part of the pattern.
 

-       If you want to remove the special meaning from a  sequence  of  charac-
-       ters,  you can do so by putting them between \Q and \E. This is differ-
-       ent from Perl in that $ and  @  are  handled  as  literals  in  \Q...\E
-       sequences  in  PCRE, whereas in Perl, $ and @ cause variable interpola-
+       If  you  want  to remove the special meaning from a sequence of charac-
+       ters, you can do so by putting them between \Q and \E. This is  differ-
+       ent  from  Perl  in  that  $  and  @ are handled as literals in \Q...\E
+       sequences in PCRE, whereas in Perl, $ and @ cause  variable  interpola-

        tion. Note the following examples:
 
          Pattern            PCRE matches   Perl matches
        tion. Note the following examples:
 
          Pattern            PCRE matches   Perl matches


@@ -110,16 +126,16 @@ BACKSLASH
          \Qabc\$xyz\E       abc\$xyz       abc\$xyz
          \Qabc\E\$\Qxyz\E   abc$xyz        abc$xyz
 
          \Qabc\$xyz\E       abc\$xyz       abc\$xyz
          \Qabc\E\$\Qxyz\E   abc$xyz        abc$xyz
 

-       The \Q...\E sequence is recognized both inside  and  outside  character
+       The  \Q...\E  sequence  is recognized both inside and outside character

        classes.
 
    Non-printing characters
 
        A second use of backslash provides a way of encoding non-printing char-
        classes.
 
    Non-printing characters
 
        A second use of backslash provides a way of encoding non-printing char-

-       acters in patterns in a visible manner. There is no restriction on  the
-       appearance  of non-printing characters, apart from the binary zero that
-       terminates a pattern, but when a pattern  is  being  prepared  by  text
-       editing,  it  is  usually  easier  to  use  one of the following escape
+       acters  in patterns in a visible manner. There is no restriction on the
+       appearance of non-printing characters, apart from the binary zero  that
+       terminates  a  pattern,  but  when  a pattern is being prepared by text
+       editing, it is usually easier  to  use  one  of  the  following  escape

        sequences than the binary character it represents:
 
          \a        alarm, that is, the BEL character (hex 07)
        sequences than the binary character it represents:
 
          \a        alarm, that is, the BEL character (hex 07)


@@ -133,44 +149,44 @@ BACKSLASH
          \xhh      character with hex code hh
          \x{hhh..} character with hex code hhh... (UTF-8 mode only)
 
          \xhh      character with hex code hh
          \x{hhh..} character with hex code hhh... (UTF-8 mode only)
 

-       The precise effect of \cx is as follows: if x is a lower  case  letter,
-       it  is converted to upper case. Then bit 6 of the character (hex 40) is
-       inverted.  Thus \cz becomes hex 1A, but \c{ becomes hex 3B,  while  \c;
+       The  precise  effect of \cx is as follows: if x is a lower case letter,
+       it is converted to upper case. Then bit 6 of the character (hex 40)  is
+       inverted.   Thus  \cz becomes hex 1A, but \c{ becomes hex 3B, while \c;

        becomes hex 7B.
 
        becomes hex 7B.
 

-       After  \x, from zero to two hexadecimal digits are read (letters can be
-       in upper or lower case). In UTF-8 mode, any number of hexadecimal  dig-
-       its  may  appear between \x{ and }, but the value of the character code
-       must be less than 2**31 (that is,  the  maximum  hexadecimal  value  is
-       7FFFFFFF).  If  characters other than hexadecimal digits appear between
-       \x{ and }, or if there is no terminating }, this form of escape is  not
-       recognized. Instead, the initial \x will be interpreted as a basic hex-
-       adecimal escape, with no following digits,  giving  a  character  whose
+       After \x, from zero to two hexadecimal digits are read (letters can  be
+       in  upper or lower case). In UTF-8 mode, any number of hexadecimal dig-
+       its may appear between \x{ and }, but the value of the  character  code
+       must  be  less  than  2**31  (that is, the maximum hexadecimal value is
+       7FFFFFFF). If characters other than hexadecimal digits  appear  between
+       \x{  and }, or if there is no terminating }, this form of escape is not
+       recognized. Instead, the initial \x will  be  interpreted  as  a  basic
+       hexadecimal  escape, with no following digits, giving a character whose

        value is zero.
 
        Characters whose value is less than 256 can be defined by either of the
        value is zero.
 
        Characters whose value is less than 256 can be defined by either of the

-       two syntaxes for \x when PCRE is in UTF-8 mode. There is no  difference
-       in  the  way they are handled. For example, \xdc is exactly the same as
+       two  syntaxes for \x when PCRE is in UTF-8 mode. There is no difference
+       in the way they are handled. For example, \xdc is exactly the  same  as

        \x{dc}.
 
        \x{dc}.
 

-       After \0 up to two further octal digits are read.  In  both  cases,  if
-       there  are fewer than two digits, just those that are present are used.
-       Thus the sequence \0\x\07 specifies two binary zeros followed by a  BEL
-       character  (code  value  7).  Make sure you supply two digits after the
-       initial zero if the pattern character that follows is itself  an  octal
+       After  \0  up  to  two further octal digits are read. In both cases, if
+       there are fewer than two digits, just those that are present are  used.
+       Thus  the sequence \0\x\07 specifies two binary zeros followed by a BEL
+       character (code value 7). Make sure you supply  two  digits  after  the
+       initial  zero  if the pattern character that follows is itself an octal

        digit.
 
        The handling of a backslash followed by a digit other than 0 is compli-
        cated.  Outside a character class, PCRE reads it and any following dig-
        digit.
 
        The handling of a backslash followed by a digit other than 0 is compli-
        cated.  Outside a character class, PCRE reads it and any following dig-

-       its  as  a  decimal  number. If the number is less than 10, or if there
+       its as a decimal number. If the number is less than  10,  or  if  there

        have been at least that many previous capturing left parentheses in the
        have been at least that many previous capturing left parentheses in the

-       expression,  the  entire  sequence  is  taken  as  a  back reference. A
-       description of how this works is given later, following the  discussion
+       expression, the entire  sequence  is  taken  as  a  back  reference.  A
+       description  of how this works is given later, following the discussion

        of parenthesized subpatterns.
 
        of parenthesized subpatterns.
 

-       Inside  a  character  class, or if the decimal number is greater than 9
-       and there have not been that many capturing subpatterns, PCRE  re-reads
-       up  to three octal digits following the backslash, and generates a sin-
+       Inside a character class, or if the decimal number is  greater  than  9
+       and  there have not been that many capturing subpatterns, PCRE re-reads
+       up to three octal digits following the backslash, and generates a  sin-

        gle byte from the least significant 8 bits of the value. Any subsequent
        digits stand for themselves.  For example:
 
        gle byte from the least significant 8 bits of the value. Any subsequent
        digits stand for themselves.  For example:
 


@@ -189,19 +205,19 @@ BACKSLASH
          \81    is either a back reference, or a binary zero
                    followed by the two characters "8" and "1"
 
          \81    is either a back reference, or a binary zero
                    followed by the two characters "8" and "1"
 

-       Note  that  octal  values of 100 or greater must not be introduced by a
+       Note that octal values of 100 or greater must not be  introduced  by  a

        leading zero, because no more than three octal digits are ever read.
 
        leading zero, because no more than three octal digits are ever read.
 

-       All the sequences that define a single byte value  or  a  single  UTF-8
+       All  the  sequences  that  define a single byte value or a single UTF-8

        character (in UTF-8 mode) can be used both inside and outside character
        character (in UTF-8 mode) can be used both inside and outside character

-       classes. In addition, inside a character  class,  the  sequence  \b  is
+       classes.  In  addition,  inside  a  character class, the sequence \b is

        interpreted as the backspace character (hex 08), and the sequence \X is
        interpreted as the backspace character (hex 08), and the sequence \X is

-       interpreted as the character "X".  Outside  a  character  class,  these
+       interpreted  as  the  character  "X".  Outside a character class, these

        sequences have different meanings (see below).
 
    Generic character types
 
        sequences have different meanings (see below).
 
    Generic character types
 

-       The  third  use of backslash is for specifying generic character types.
+       The third use of backslash is for specifying generic  character  types.

        The following are always recognized:
 
          \d     any decimal digit
        The following are always recognized:
 
          \d     any decimal digit


@@ -212,48 +228,48 @@ BACKSLASH
          \W     any "non-word" character
 
        Each pair of escape sequences partitions the complete set of characters
          \W     any "non-word" character
 
        Each pair of escape sequences partitions the complete set of characters

-       into  two disjoint sets. Any given character matches one, and only one,
+       into two disjoint sets. Any given character matches one, and only  one,

        of each pair.
 
        These character type sequences can appear both inside and outside char-
        of each pair.
 
        These character type sequences can appear both inside and outside char-

-       acter  classes.  They each match one character of the appropriate type.
-       If the current matching point is at the end of the subject string,  all
+       acter classes. They each match one character of the  appropriate  type.
+       If  the current matching point is at the end of the subject string, all

        of them fail, since there is no character to match.
 
        of them fail, since there is no character to match.
 

-       For  compatibility  with Perl, \s does not match the VT character (code
-       11).  This makes it different from the the POSIX "space" class. The  \s
+       For compatibility with Perl, \s does not match the VT  character  (code
+       11).   This makes it different from the the POSIX "space" class. The \s

        characters are HT (9), LF (10), FF (12), CR (13), and space (32).
 
        A "word" character is an underscore or any character less than 256 that
        characters are HT (9), LF (10), FF (12), CR (13), and space (32).
 
        A "word" character is an underscore or any character less than 256 that

-       is a letter or digit. The definition of  letters  and  digits  is  con-
-       trolled  by PCRE's low-valued character tables, and may vary if locale-
-       specific matching is taking place (see "Locale support" in the  pcreapi
-       page).  For  example,  in  the  "fr_FR" (French) locale, some character
-       codes greater than 128 are used for accented  letters,  and  these  are
+       is  a  letter  or  digit.  The definition of letters and digits is con-
+       trolled by PCRE's low-valued character tables, and may vary if  locale-
+       specific  matching is taking place (see "Locale support" in the pcreapi
+       page). For example, in the  "fr_FR"  (French)  locale,  some  character
+       codes  greater  than  128  are used for accented letters, and these are

        matched by \w.
 
        matched by \w.
 

-       In  UTF-8 mode, characters with values greater than 128 never match \d,
+       In UTF-8 mode, characters with values greater than 128 never match  \d,

        \s, or \w, and always match \D, \S, and \W. This is true even when Uni-
        code character property support is available.
 
    Unicode character properties
 
        When PCRE is built with Unicode character property support, three addi-
        \s, or \w, and always match \D, \S, and \W. This is true even when Uni-
        code character property support is available.
 
    Unicode character properties
 
        When PCRE is built with Unicode character property support, three addi-

-       tional escape sequences to match generic character types are  available
+       tional  escape sequences to match generic character types are available

        when UTF-8 mode is selected. They are:
 
         \p{xx}   a character with the xx property
         \P{xx}   a character without the xx property
         \X       an extended Unicode sequence
 
        when UTF-8 mode is selected. They are:
 
         \p{xx}   a character with the xx property
         \P{xx}   a character without the xx property
         \X       an extended Unicode sequence
 

-       The  property  names represented by xx above are limited to the Unicode
-       general category properties. Each character has exactly one such  prop-
-       erty,  specified  by  a two-letter abbreviation. For compatibility with
-       Perl, negation can be specified by including a circumflex  between  the
-       opening  brace  and the property name. For example, \p{^Lu} is the same
+       The property names represented by xx above are limited to  the  Unicode
+       general  category properties. Each character has exactly one such prop-
+       erty, specified by a two-letter abbreviation.  For  compatibility  with
+       Perl,  negation  can be specified by including a circumflex between the
+       opening brace and the property name. For example, \p{^Lu} is  the  same

        as \P{Lu}.
 
        as \P{Lu}.
 

-       If only one letter is specified with \p or  \P,  it  includes  all  the
+       If  only  one  letter  is  specified with \p or \P, it includes all the

        properties that start with that letter. In this case, in the absence of
        negation, the curly brackets in the escape sequence are optional; these
        two examples have the same effect:
        properties that start with that letter. In this case, in the absence of
        negation, the curly brackets in the escape sequence are optional; these
        two examples have the same effect:


@@ -307,33 +323,33 @@ BACKSLASH
          Zp    Paragraph separator
          Zs    Space separator
 
          Zp    Paragraph separator
          Zs    Space separator
 

-       Extended  properties such as "Greek" or "InMusicalSymbols" are not sup-
+       Extended properties such as "Greek" or "InMusicalSymbols" are not  sup-

        ported by PCRE.
 
        ported by PCRE.
 

-       Specifying caseless matching does not affect  these  escape  sequences.
+       Specifying  caseless  matching  does not affect these escape sequences.

        For example, \p{Lu} always matches only upper case letters.
 
        For example, \p{Lu} always matches only upper case letters.
 

-       The  \X  escape  matches  any number of Unicode characters that form an
+       The \X escape matches any number of Unicode  characters  that  form  an

        extended Unicode sequence. \X is equivalent to
 
          (?>\PM\pM*)
 
        extended Unicode sequence. \X is equivalent to
 
          (?>\PM\pM*)
 

-       That is, it matches a character without the "mark"  property,  followed
-       by  zero  or  more  characters with the "mark" property, and treats the
-       sequence as an atomic group (see below).  Characters  with  the  "mark"
+       That  is,  it matches a character without the "mark" property, followed
+       by zero or more characters with the "mark"  property,  and  treats  the
+       sequence  as  an  atomic group (see below).  Characters with the "mark"

        property are typically accents that affect the preceding character.
 
        property are typically accents that affect the preceding character.
 

-       Matching  characters  by Unicode property is not fast, because PCRE has
-       to search a structure that contains  data  for  over  fifteen  thousand
+       Matching characters by Unicode property is not fast, because  PCRE  has
+       to  search  a  structure  that  contains data for over fifteen thousand

        characters. That is why the traditional escape sequences such as \d and
        \w do not use Unicode properties in PCRE.
 
    Simple assertions
 
        The fourth use of backslash is for certain simple assertions. An asser-
        characters. That is why the traditional escape sequences such as \d and
        \w do not use Unicode properties in PCRE.
 
    Simple assertions
 
        The fourth use of backslash is for certain simple assertions. An asser-

-       tion  specifies a condition that has to be met at a particular point in
-       a match, without consuming any characters from the subject string.  The
-       use  of subpatterns for more complicated assertions is described below.
+       tion specifies a condition that has to be met at a particular point  in
+       a  match, without consuming any characters from the subject string. The
+       use of subpatterns for more complicated assertions is described  below.

        The backslashed assertions are:
 
          \b     matches at a word boundary
        The backslashed assertions are:
 
          \b     matches at a word boundary


@@ -343,42 +359,42 @@ BACKSLASH
          \z     matches at end of subject
          \G     matches at first matching position in subject
 
          \z     matches at end of subject
          \G     matches at first matching position in subject
 

-       These assertions may not appear in character classes (but note that  \b
+       These  assertions may not appear in character classes (but note that \b

        has a different meaning, namely the backspace character, inside a char-
        acter class).
 
        has a different meaning, namely the backspace character, inside a char-
        acter class).
 

-       A word boundary is a position in the subject string where  the  current
-       character  and  the previous character do not both match \w or \W (i.e.
-       one matches \w and the other matches \W), or the start or  end  of  the
+       A  word  boundary is a position in the subject string where the current
+       character and the previous character do not both match \w or  \W  (i.e.
+       one  matches  \w  and the other matches \W), or the start or end of the

        string if the first or last character matches \w, respectively.
 
        string if the first or last character matches \w, respectively.
 

-       The  \A,  \Z,  and \z assertions differ from the traditional circumflex
+       The \A, \Z, and \z assertions differ from  the  traditional  circumflex

        and dollar (described in the next section) in that they only ever match
        and dollar (described in the next section) in that they only ever match

-       at  the  very start and end of the subject string, whatever options are
-       set. Thus, they are independent of multiline mode. These  three  asser-
+       at the very start and end of the subject string, whatever  options  are
+       set.  Thus,  they are independent of multiline mode. These three asser-

        tions are not affected by the PCRE_NOTBOL or PCRE_NOTEOL options, which
        tions are not affected by the PCRE_NOTBOL or PCRE_NOTEOL options, which

-       affect only the behaviour of the circumflex and dollar  metacharacters.
-       However,  if the startoffset argument of pcre_exec() is non-zero, indi-
+       affect  only the behaviour of the circumflex and dollar metacharacters.
+       However, if the startoffset argument of pcre_exec() is non-zero,  indi-

        cating that matching is to start at a point other than the beginning of
        cating that matching is to start at a point other than the beginning of

-       the  subject,  \A  can never match. The difference between \Z and \z is
-       that \Z matches before a newline that is  the  last  character  of  the
-       string  as well as at the end of the string, whereas \z matches only at
+       the subject, \A can never match. The difference between \Z  and  \z  is
+       that  \Z  matches  before  a  newline that is the last character of the
+       string as well as at the end of the string, whereas \z matches only  at

        the end.
 
        the end.
 

-       The \G assertion is true only when the current matching position is  at
-       the  start point of the match, as specified by the startoffset argument
-       of pcre_exec(). It differs from \A when the  value  of  startoffset  is
-       non-zero.  By calling pcre_exec() multiple times with appropriate argu-
+       The  \G assertion is true only when the current matching position is at
+       the start point of the match, as specified by the startoffset  argument
+       of  pcre_exec().  It  differs  from \A when the value of startoffset is
+       non-zero. By calling pcre_exec() multiple times with appropriate  argu-

        ments, you can mimic Perl's /g option, and it is in this kind of imple-
        mentation where \G can be useful.
 
        ments, you can mimic Perl's /g option, and it is in this kind of imple-
        mentation where \G can be useful.
 

-       Note,  however,  that  PCRE's interpretation of \G, as the start of the
+       Note, however, that PCRE's interpretation of \G, as the  start  of  the

        current match, is subtly different from Perl's, which defines it as the
        current match, is subtly different from Perl's, which defines it as the

-       end  of  the  previous  match. In Perl, these can be different when the
-       previously matched string was empty. Because PCRE does just  one  match
+       end of the previous match. In Perl, these can  be  different  when  the
+       previously  matched  string was empty. Because PCRE does just one match

        at a time, it cannot reproduce this behaviour.
 
        at a time, it cannot reproduce this behaviour.
 

-       If  all  the alternatives of a pattern begin with \G, the expression is
+       If all the alternatives of a pattern begin with \G, the  expression  is

        anchored to the starting match position, and the "anchored" flag is set
        in the compiled regular expression.
 
        anchored to the starting match position, and the "anchored" flag is set
        in the compiled regular expression.
 


@@ -386,73 +402,73 @@ BACKSLASH
 CIRCUMFLEX AND DOLLAR
 
        Outside a character class, in the default matching mode, the circumflex
 CIRCUMFLEX AND DOLLAR
 
        Outside a character class, in the default matching mode, the circumflex

-       character is an assertion that is true only  if  the  current  matching
-       point  is  at the start of the subject string. If the startoffset argu-
-       ment of pcre_exec() is non-zero, circumflex  can  never  match  if  the
-       PCRE_MULTILINE  option  is  unset. Inside a character class, circumflex
+       character  is  an  assertion  that is true only if the current matching
+       point is at the start of the subject string. If the  startoffset  argu-
+       ment  of  pcre_exec()  is  non-zero,  circumflex can never match if the
+       PCRE_MULTILINE option is unset. Inside a  character  class,  circumflex

        has an entirely different meaning (see below).
 
        has an entirely different meaning (see below).
 

-       Circumflex need not be the first character of the pattern if  a  number
-       of  alternatives are involved, but it should be the first thing in each
-       alternative in which it appears if the pattern is ever  to  match  that
-       branch.  If all possible alternatives start with a circumflex, that is,
-       if the pattern is constrained to match only at the start  of  the  sub-
-       ject,  it  is  said  to be an "anchored" pattern. (There are also other
+       Circumflex  need  not be the first character of the pattern if a number
+       of alternatives are involved, but it should be the first thing in  each
+       alternative  in  which  it appears if the pattern is ever to match that
+       branch. If all possible alternatives start with a circumflex, that  is,
+       if  the  pattern  is constrained to match only at the start of the sub-
+       ject, it is said to be an "anchored" pattern.  (There  are  also  other

        constructs that can cause a pattern to be anchored.)
 
        constructs that can cause a pattern to be anchored.)
 

-       A dollar character is an assertion that is true  only  if  the  current
-       matching  point  is  at  the  end of the subject string, or immediately
+       A  dollar  character  is  an assertion that is true only if the current
+       matching point is at the end of  the  subject  string,  or  immediately

        before a newline character that is the last character in the string (by
        before a newline character that is the last character in the string (by

-       default).  Dollar  need  not  be the last character of the pattern if a
-       number of alternatives are involved, but it should be the last item  in
-       any  branch  in  which  it appears.  Dollar has no special meaning in a
+       default). Dollar need not be the last character of  the  pattern  if  a
+       number  of alternatives are involved, but it should be the last item in
+       any branch in which it appears.  Dollar has no  special  meaning  in  a

        character class.
 
        character class.
 

-       The meaning of dollar can be changed so that it  matches  only  at  the
-       very  end  of  the string, by setting the PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY option at
+       The  meaning  of  dollar  can be changed so that it matches only at the
+       very end of the string, by setting the  PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY  option  at

        compile time. This does not affect the \Z assertion.
 
        The meanings of the circumflex and dollar characters are changed if the
        PCRE_MULTILINE option is set. When this is the case, they match immedi-
        compile time. This does not affect the \Z assertion.
 
        The meanings of the circumflex and dollar characters are changed if the
        PCRE_MULTILINE option is set. When this is the case, they match immedi-

-       ately after and  immediately  before  an  internal  newline  character,
-       respectively,  in addition to matching at the start and end of the sub-
-       ject string. For example,  the  pattern  /^abc$/  matches  the  subject
-       string  "def\nabc"  (where \n represents a newline character) in multi-
+       ately  after  and  immediately  before  an  internal newline character,
+       respectively, in addition to matching at the start and end of the  sub-
+       ject  string.  For  example,  the  pattern  /^abc$/ matches the subject
+       string "def\nabc" (where \n represents a newline character)  in  multi-

        line mode, but not otherwise.  Consequently, patterns that are anchored
        line mode, but not otherwise.  Consequently, patterns that are anchored

-       in  single line mode because all branches start with ^ are not anchored
-       in multiline mode, and a match for  circumflex  is  possible  when  the
-       startoffset   argument   of  pcre_exec()  is  non-zero.  The  PCRE_DOL-
+       in single line mode because all branches start with ^ are not  anchored
+       in  multiline  mode,  and  a  match for circumflex is possible when the
+       startoffset  argument  of  pcre_exec()  is  non-zero.   The   PCRE_DOL-

        LAR_ENDONLY option is ignored if PCRE_MULTILINE is set.
 
        LAR_ENDONLY option is ignored if PCRE_MULTILINE is set.
 

-       Note that the sequences \A, \Z, and \z can be used to match  the  start
-       and  end of the subject in both modes, and if all branches of a pattern
-       start with \A it is always anchored, whether PCRE_MULTILINE is  set  or
+       Note  that  the sequences \A, \Z, and \z can be used to match the start
+       and end of the subject in both modes, and if all branches of a  pattern
+       start  with  \A it is always anchored, whether PCRE_MULTILINE is set or

        not.
 
 
 FULL STOP (PERIOD, DOT)
 
        Outside a character class, a dot in the pattern matches any one charac-
        not.
 
 
 FULL STOP (PERIOD, DOT)
 
        Outside a character class, a dot in the pattern matches any one charac-

-       ter in the subject, including a non-printing  character,  but  not  (by
-       default)  newline.   In  UTF-8 mode, a dot matches any UTF-8 character,
+       ter  in  the  subject,  including a non-printing character, but not (by
+       default) newline.  In UTF-8 mode, a dot matches  any  UTF-8  character,

        which might be more than one byte long, except (by default) newline. If
        which might be more than one byte long, except (by default) newline. If

-       the  PCRE_DOTALL  option  is set, dots match newlines as well. The han-
-       dling of dot is entirely independent of the handling of circumflex  and
-       dollar,  the  only  relationship  being  that they both involve newline
+       the PCRE_DOTALL option is set, dots match newlines as  well.  The  han-
+       dling  of dot is entirely independent of the handling of circumflex and
+       dollar, the only relationship being  that  they  both  involve  newline

        characters. Dot has no special meaning in a character class.
 
 
 MATCHING A SINGLE BYTE
 
        Outside a character class, the escape sequence \C matches any one byte,
        characters. Dot has no special meaning in a character class.
 
 
 MATCHING A SINGLE BYTE
 
        Outside a character class, the escape sequence \C matches any one byte,

-       both  in  and  out of UTF-8 mode. Unlike a dot, it can match a newline.
-       The feature is provided in Perl in order to match individual  bytes  in
-       UTF-8  mode.  Because  it  breaks  up  UTF-8 characters into individual
-       bytes, what remains in the string may be a malformed UTF-8 string.  For
+       both in and out of UTF-8 mode. Unlike a dot, it can  match  a  newline.
+       The  feature  is provided in Perl in order to match individual bytes in
+       UTF-8 mode. Because it  breaks  up  UTF-8  characters  into  individual
+       bytes,  what remains in the string may be a malformed UTF-8 string. For

        this reason, the \C escape sequence is best avoided.
 
        this reason, the \C escape sequence is best avoided.
 

-       PCRE  does  not  allow \C to appear in lookbehind assertions (described
-       below), because in UTF-8 mode this would make it impossible  to  calcu-
+       PCRE does not allow \C to appear in  lookbehind  assertions  (described
+       below),  because  in UTF-8 mode this would make it impossible to calcu-

        late the length of the lookbehind.
 
 
        late the length of the lookbehind.
 
 


@@ -461,35 +477,40 @@ SQUARE BRACKETS AND CHARACTER CLASSES
        An opening square bracket introduces a character class, terminated by a
        closing square bracket. A closing square bracket on its own is not spe-
        cial. If a closing square bracket is required as a member of the class,
        An opening square bracket introduces a character class, terminated by a
        closing square bracket. A closing square bracket on its own is not spe-
        cial. If a closing square bracket is required as a member of the class,

-       it should be the first data character in the class  (after  an  initial
+       it  should  be  the first data character in the class (after an initial

        circumflex, if present) or escaped with a backslash.
 
        circumflex, if present) or escaped with a backslash.
 

-       A  character  class matches a single character in the subject. In UTF-8
-       mode, the character may occupy more than one byte. A matched  character
+       A character class matches a single character in the subject.  In  UTF-8
+       mode,  the character may occupy more than one byte. A matched character

        must be in the set of characters defined by the class, unless the first
        must be in the set of characters defined by the class, unless the first

-       character in the class definition is a circumflex, in  which  case  the
-       subject  character  must  not  be in the set defined by the class. If a
-       circumflex is actually required as a member of the class, ensure it  is
+       character  in  the  class definition is a circumflex, in which case the
+       subject character must not be in the set defined by  the  class.  If  a
+       circumflex  is actually required as a member of the class, ensure it is

        not the first character, or escape it with a backslash.
 
        not the first character, or escape it with a backslash.
 

-       For  example, the character class [aeiou] matches any lower case vowel,
-       while [^aeiou] matches any character that is not a  lower  case  vowel.
+       For example, the character class [aeiou] matches any lower case  vowel,
+       while  [^aeiou]  matches  any character that is not a lower case vowel.

        Note that a circumflex is just a convenient notation for specifying the
        Note that a circumflex is just a convenient notation for specifying the

-       characters that are in the class by enumerating those that are  not.  A
-       class  that starts with a circumflex is not an assertion: it still con-
-       sumes a character from the subject string, and therefore  it  fails  if
+       characters  that  are in the class by enumerating those that are not. A
+       class that starts with a circumflex is not an assertion: it still  con-
+       sumes  a  character  from the subject string, and therefore it fails if

        the current pointer is at the end of the string.
 
        the current pointer is at the end of the string.
 

-       In  UTF-8 mode, characters with values greater than 255 can be included
-       in a class as a literal string of bytes, or by using the  \x{  escaping
+       In UTF-8 mode, characters with values greater than 255 can be  included
+       in  a  class as a literal string of bytes, or by using the \x{ escaping

        mechanism.
 
        mechanism.
 

-       When  caseless  matching  is set, any letters in a class represent both
-       their upper case and lower case versions, so for  example,  a  caseless
-       [aeiou]  matches  "A"  as well as "a", and a caseless [^aeiou] does not
-       match "A", whereas a caseful version would. When running in UTF-8 mode,
-       PCRE  supports  the  concept of case for characters with values greater
-       than 128 only when it is compiled with Unicode property support.
+       When caseless matching is set, any letters in a  class  represent  both
+       their  upper  case  and lower case versions, so for example, a caseless
+       [aeiou] matches "A" as well as "a", and a caseless  [^aeiou]  does  not
+       match  "A", whereas a caseful version would. In UTF-8 mode, PCRE always
+       understands the concept of case for characters whose  values  are  less
+       than  128, so caseless matching is always possible. For characters with
+       higher values, the concept of case is supported  if  PCRE  is  compiled
+       with  Unicode  property support, but not otherwise.  If you want to use
+       caseless matching for characters 128 and above, you  must  ensure  that
+       PCRE  is  compiled  with Unicode property support as well as with UTF-8
+       support.

 
        The newline character is never treated in any special way in  character
        classes,  whatever  the  setting  of  the PCRE_DOTALL or PCRE_MULTILINE
 
        The newline character is never treated in any special way in  character
        classes,  whatever  the  setting  of  the PCRE_DOTALL or PCRE_MULTILINE


@@ -1409,5 +1430,5 @@ CALLOUTS
        gether. A complete description of the interface to the callout function
        is given in the pcrecallout documentation.
 
        gether. A complete description of the interface to the callout function
        is given in the pcrecallout documentation.
 

-Last updated: 09 September 2004
-Copyright (c) 1997-2004 University of Cambridge.
+Last updated: 28 February 2005
+Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge.

diff --git a/doc/doc-txt/pcretest.txt b/doc/doc-txt/pcretest.txt
index 9e9b70ef4b0af06f42225bcc22dc898fc10aad28..384a6c38fb51fd8c8e79bfe2f7704d96f5af0f4a 100644 (file)
--- a/doc/doc-txt/pcretest.txt
+++ b/doc/doc-txt/pcretest.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-This file contains the PCRE man page that described the pcretest program. Note 
-that not all of the features of PCRE are available in the limited version that 
+This file contains the PCRE man page that described the pcretest program. Note
+that not all of the features of PCRE are available in the limited version that

 is built with Exim.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 is built with Exim.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 


@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ NAME
 
 SYNOPSIS
 
 
 SYNOPSIS
 

-       pcretest [-C] [-d] [-i] [-m] [-o osize] [-p] [-t] [source]
+       pcretest [-C] [-d] [-dfa] [-i] [-m] [-o osize] [-p] [-t] [source]

             [destination]
 
        pcretest  was written as a test program for the PCRE regular expression
             [destination]
 
        pcretest  was written as a test program for the PCRE regular expression


@@ -29,95 +29,100 @@ OPTIONS
                  able   information  about  the  optional  features  that  are
                  included, and then exit.
 
                  able   information  about  the  optional  features  that  are
                  included, and then exit.
 

-       -d        Behave as if each regex had  the  /D  (debug)  modifier;  the
+       -d        Behave as if each regex has  the  /D  (debug)  modifier;  the

                  internal form is output after compilation.
 
                  internal form is output after compilation.
 

-       -i        Behave  as  if  each  regex  had the /I modifier; information
+       -dfa      Behave  as if each data line contains the \D escape sequence;
+                 this    causes    the    alternative    matching    function,
+                 pcre_dfa_exec(),   to   be   used  instead  of  the  standard
+                 pcre_exec() function (more detail is given below).
+
+       -i        Behave as if each regex  has  the  /I  modifier;  information

                  about the compiled pattern is given after compilation.
 
                  about the compiled pattern is given after compilation.
 

-       -m        Output the size of each compiled pattern after  it  has  been
-                 compiled.  This  is  equivalent  to adding /M to each regular
-                 expression.  For  compatibility  with  earlier  versions   of
+       -m        Output  the  size  of each compiled pattern after it has been
+                 compiled. This is equivalent to adding  /M  to  each  regular
+                 expression.   For  compatibility  with  earlier  versions  of

                  pcretest, -s is a synonym for -m.
 
                  pcretest, -s is a synonym for -m.
 

-       -o osize  Set  the number of elements in the output vector that is used
-                 when calling pcre_exec() to be osize. The  default  value  is
+       -o osize  Set the number of elements in the output vector that is  used
+                 when  calling  pcre_exec()  to be osize. The default value is

                  45, which is enough for 14 capturing subexpressions. The vec-
                  45, which is enough for 14 capturing subexpressions. The vec-

-                 tor size can be changed  for  individual  matching  calls  by
+                 tor  size  can  be  changed  for individual matching calls by

                  including \O in the data line (see below).
 
                  including \O in the data line (see below).
 

-       -p        Behave  as  if  each regex has /P modifier; the POSIX wrapper
-                 API is used to call PCRE. None of the other options  has  any
-                 effect when -p is set.
+       -p        Behave as if each regex has the /P modifier; the POSIX  wrap-
+                 per  API  is used to call PCRE. None of the other options has
+                 any effect when -p is set.

 
 

-       -t        Run  each  compile, study, and match many times with a timer,
-                 and output resulting time per compile or match (in  millisec-
-                 onds).  Do  not set -m with -t, because you will then get the
-                 size output a zillion times, and  the  timing  will  be  dis-
+       -t        Run each compile, study, and match many times with  a  timer,
+                 and  output resulting time per compile or match (in millisec-
+                 onds). Do not set -m with -t, because you will then  get  the
+                 size  output  a  zillion  times,  and the timing will be dis-

                  torted.
 
 
 DESCRIPTION
 
                  torted.
 
 
 DESCRIPTION
 

-       If  pcretest  is  given two filename arguments, it reads from the first
+       If pcretest is given two filename arguments, it reads  from  the  first

        and writes to the second. If it is given only one filename argument, it
        and writes to the second. If it is given only one filename argument, it

-       reads  from  that  file  and writes to stdout. Otherwise, it reads from
-       stdin and writes to stdout, and prompts for each line of  input,  using
+       reads from that file and writes to stdout.  Otherwise,  it  reads  from
+       stdin  and  writes to stdout, and prompts for each line of input, using

        "re>" to prompt for regular expressions, and "data>" to prompt for data
        lines.
 
        The program handles any number of sets of input on a single input file.
        "re>" to prompt for regular expressions, and "data>" to prompt for data
        lines.
 
        The program handles any number of sets of input on a single input file.

-       Each  set starts with a regular expression, and continues with any num-
+       Each set starts with a regular expression, and continues with any  num-

        ber of data lines to be matched against the pattern.
 
        ber of data lines to be matched against the pattern.
 

-       Each data line is matched separately and independently. If you want  to
-       do  multiple-line  matches, you have to use the \n escape sequence in a
-       single line of input to encode  the  newline  characters.  The  maximum
+       Each  data line is matched separately and independently. If you want to
+       do multiple-line matches, you have to use the \n escape sequence  in  a
+       single  line  of  input  to  encode the newline characters. The maximum

        length of data line is 30,000 characters.
 
        length of data line is 30,000 characters.
 

-       An  empty  line signals the end of the data lines, at which point a new
-       regular expression is read. The regular expressions are given  enclosed
+       An empty line signals the end of the data lines, at which point  a  new
+       regular  expression is read. The regular expressions are given enclosed

        in any non-alphanumeric delimiters other than backslash, for example
 
          /(a|bc)x+yz/
 
        in any non-alphanumeric delimiters other than backslash, for example
 
          /(a|bc)x+yz/
 

-       White  space before the initial delimiter is ignored. A regular expres-
-       sion may be continued over several input lines, in which case the  new-
-       line  characters  are included within it. It is possible to include the
+       White space before the initial delimiter is ignored. A regular  expres-
+       sion  may be continued over several input lines, in which case the new-
+       line characters are included within it. It is possible to  include  the

        delimiter within the pattern by escaping it, for example
 
          /abc\/def/
 
        delimiter within the pattern by escaping it, for example
 
          /abc\/def/
 

-       If you do so, the escape and the delimiter form part  of  the  pattern,
-       but  since delimiters are always non-alphanumeric, this does not affect
-       its interpretation.  If the terminating delimiter is  immediately  fol-
+       If  you  do  so, the escape and the delimiter form part of the pattern,
+       but since delimiters are always non-alphanumeric, this does not  affect
+       its  interpretation.   If the terminating delimiter is immediately fol-

        lowed by a backslash, for example,
 
          /abc/\
 
        lowed by a backslash, for example,
 
          /abc/\
 

-       then  a  backslash  is added to the end of the pattern. This is done to
-       provide a way of testing the error condition that arises if  a  pattern
+       then a backslash is added to the end of the pattern. This  is  done  to
+       provide  a  way of testing the error condition that arises if a pattern

        finishes with a backslash, because
 
          /abc\/
 
        finishes with a backslash, because
 
          /abc\/
 

-       is  interpreted as the first line of a pattern that starts with "abc/",
+       is interpreted as the first line of a pattern that starts with  "abc/",

        causing pcretest to read the next line as a continuation of the regular
        expression.
 
 
 PATTERN MODIFIERS
 
        causing pcretest to read the next line as a continuation of the regular
        expression.
 
 
 PATTERN MODIFIERS
 

-       A  pattern may be followed by any number of modifiers, which are mostly
-       single characters. Following Perl usage, these are  referred  to  below
-       as,  for  example,  "the /i modifier", even though the delimiter of the
-       pattern need not always be a slash, and no slash is used  when  writing
-       modifiers.  Whitespace  may  appear between the final pattern delimiter
+       A pattern may be followed by any number of modifiers, which are  mostly
+       single  characters.  Following  Perl usage, these are referred to below
+       as, for example, "the /i modifier", even though the  delimiter  of  the
+       pattern  need  not always be a slash, and no slash is used when writing
+       modifiers. Whitespace may appear between the  final  pattern  delimiter

        and the first modifier, and between the modifiers themselves.
 
        The /i, /m, /s, and /x modifiers set the PCRE_CASELESS, PCRE_MULTILINE,
        and the first modifier, and between the modifiers themselves.
 
        The /i, /m, /s, and /x modifiers set the PCRE_CASELESS, PCRE_MULTILINE,

-       PCRE_DOTALL,  or  PCRE_EXTENDED  options,  respectively, when pcre_com-
-       pile() is called. These four modifier letters have the same  effect  as
+       PCRE_DOTALL, or PCRE_EXTENDED  options,  respectively,  when  pcre_com-
+       pile()  is  called. These four modifier letters have the same effect as

        they do in Perl. For example:
 
          /caseless/i
        they do in Perl. For example:
 
          /caseless/i


@@ -128,95 +133,96 @@ PATTERN MODIFIERS
          /A    PCRE_ANCHORED
          /C    PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT
          /E    PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY
          /A    PCRE_ANCHORED
          /C    PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT
          /E    PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY

+         /f    PCRE_FIRSTLINE

          /N    PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE
          /U    PCRE_UNGREEDY
          /X    PCRE_EXTRA
 
          /N    PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE
          /U    PCRE_UNGREEDY
          /X    PCRE_EXTRA
 

-       Searching for all possible matches within each subject  string  can  be
-       requested  by  the  /g  or  /G modifier. After finding a match, PCRE is
+       Searching  for  all  possible matches within each subject string can be
+       requested by the /g or /G modifier. After  finding  a  match,  PCRE  is

        called again to search the remainder of the subject string. The differ-
        ence between /g and /G is that the former uses the startoffset argument
        called again to search the remainder of the subject string. The differ-
        ence between /g and /G is that the former uses the startoffset argument

-       to pcre_exec() to start searching at a  new  point  within  the  entire
-       string  (which  is in effect what Perl does), whereas the latter passes
-       over a shortened substring. This makes a  difference  to  the  matching
+       to  pcre_exec()  to  start  searching  at a new point within the entire
+       string (which is in effect what Perl does), whereas the  latter  passes
+       over  a  shortened  substring.  This makes a difference to the matching

        process if the pattern begins with a lookbehind assertion (including \b
        or \B).
 
        process if the pattern begins with a lookbehind assertion (including \b
        or \B).
 

-       If any call to pcre_exec() in a /g or  /G  sequence  matches  an  empty
-       string,  the next call is done with the PCRE_NOTEMPTY and PCRE_ANCHORED
-       flags set in order to search for another, non-empty, match at the  same
-       point.   If  this  second  match fails, the start offset is advanced by
-       one, and the normal match is retried. This imitates the way  Perl  han-
+       If  any  call  to  pcre_exec()  in a /g or /G sequence matches an empty
+       string, the next call is done with the PCRE_NOTEMPTY and  PCRE_ANCHORED
+       flags  set in order to search for another, non-empty, match at the same
+       point.  If this second match fails, the start  offset  is  advanced  by
+       one,  and  the normal match is retried. This imitates the way Perl han-

        dles such cases when using the /g modifier or the split() function.
 
        There are yet more modifiers for controlling the way pcretest operates.
 
        dles such cases when using the /g modifier or the split() function.
 
        There are yet more modifiers for controlling the way pcretest operates.
 

-       The /+ modifier requests that as well as outputting the substring  that
-       matched  the  entire  pattern,  pcretest  should in addition output the
-       remainder of the subject string. This is useful  for  tests  where  the
+       The  /+ modifier requests that as well as outputting the substring that
+       matched the entire pattern, pcretest  should  in  addition  output  the
+       remainder  of  the  subject  string. This is useful for tests where the

        subject contains multiple copies of the same substring.
 
        subject contains multiple copies of the same substring.
 

-       The  /L modifier must be followed directly by the name of a locale, for
+       The /L modifier must be followed directly by the name of a locale,  for

        example,
 
          /pattern/Lfr_FR
 
        For this reason, it must be the last modifier. The given locale is set,
        example,
 
          /pattern/Lfr_FR
 
        For this reason, it must be the last modifier. The given locale is set,

-       pcre_maketables()  is called to build a set of character tables for the
-       locale, and this is then passed to pcre_compile()  when  compiling  the
-       regular  expression.  Without  an  /L  modifier,  NULL is passed as the
-       tables pointer; that is, /L applies only to the expression on which  it
+       pcre_maketables() is called to build a set of character tables for  the
+       locale,  and  this  is then passed to pcre_compile() when compiling the
+       regular expression. Without an /L  modifier,  NULL  is  passed  as  the
+       tables  pointer; that is, /L applies only to the expression on which it

        appears.
 
        appears.
 

-       The  /I  modifier  requests  that pcretest output information about the
-       compiled pattern (whether it is anchored, has a fixed first  character,
-       and  so  on). It does this by calling pcre_fullinfo() after compiling a
-       pattern. If the pattern is studied, the results of that are  also  out-
+       The /I modifier requests that pcretest  output  information  about  the
+       compiled  pattern (whether it is anchored, has a fixed first character,
+       and so on). It does this by calling pcre_fullinfo() after  compiling  a
+       pattern.  If  the pattern is studied, the results of that are also out-

        put.
 
        The /D modifier is a PCRE debugging feature, which also assumes /I.  It
        put.
 
        The /D modifier is a PCRE debugging feature, which also assumes /I.  It

-       causes the internal form of compiled regular expressions to  be  output
+       causes  the  internal form of compiled regular expressions to be output

        after compilation. If the pattern was studied, the information returned
        is also output.
 
        The /F modifier causes pcretest to flip the byte order of the fields in
        after compilation. If the pattern was studied, the information returned
        is also output.
 
        The /F modifier causes pcretest to flip the byte order of the fields in

-       the  compiled  pattern  that  contain  2-byte  and 4-byte numbers. This
-       facility is for testing the feature in PCRE that allows it  to  execute
+       the compiled pattern that  contain  2-byte  and  4-byte  numbers.  This
+       facility  is  for testing the feature in PCRE that allows it to execute

        patterns that were compiled on a host with a different endianness. This
        patterns that were compiled on a host with a different endianness. This

-       feature is not available when the POSIX  interface  to  PCRE  is  being
-       used,  that is, when the /P pattern modifier is specified. See also the
+       feature  is  not  available  when  the POSIX interface to PCRE is being
+       used, that is, when the /P pattern modifier is specified. See also  the

        section about saving and reloading compiled patterns below.
 
        section about saving and reloading compiled patterns below.
 

-       The /S modifier causes pcre_study() to be called after  the  expression
+       The  /S  modifier causes pcre_study() to be called after the expression

        has been compiled, and the results used when the expression is matched.
 
        has been compiled, and the results used when the expression is matched.
 

-       The /M modifier causes the size of memory block used to hold  the  com-
+       The  /M  modifier causes the size of memory block used to hold the com-

        piled pattern to be output.
 
        piled pattern to be output.
 

-       The  /P modifier causes pcretest to call PCRE via the POSIX wrapper API
-       rather than its native API. When this  is  done,  all  other  modifiers
-       except  /i,  /m, and /+ are ignored. REG_ICASE is set if /i is present,
-       and REG_NEWLINE is set if /m is present. The  wrapper  functions  force
-       PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY  always, and PCRE_DOTALL unless REG_NEWLINE is set.
+       The /P modifier causes pcretest to call PCRE via the POSIX wrapper  API
+       rather  than  its  native  API.  When this is done, all other modifiers
+       except /i, /m, and /+ are ignored. REG_ICASE is set if /i  is  present,
+       and  REG_NEWLINE  is  set if /m is present. The wrapper functions force
+       PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY always, and PCRE_DOTALL unless REG_NEWLINE is  set.

 
 

-       The /8 modifier causes pcretest to call PCRE with the PCRE_UTF8  option
-       set.  This  turns on support for UTF-8 character handling in PCRE, pro-
-       vided that it was compiled with this  support  enabled.  This  modifier
+       The  /8 modifier causes pcretest to call PCRE with the PCRE_UTF8 option
+       set. This turns on support for UTF-8 character handling in  PCRE,  pro-
+       vided  that  it  was  compiled with this support enabled. This modifier

        also causes any non-printing characters in output strings to be printed
        using the \x{hh...} notation if they are valid UTF-8 sequences.
 
        also causes any non-printing characters in output strings to be printed
        using the \x{hh...} notation if they are valid UTF-8 sequences.
 

-       If the /? modifier  is  used  with  /8,  it  causes  pcretest  to  call
-       pcre_compile()  with  the  PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK  option,  to suppress the
+       If  the  /?  modifier  is  used  with  /8,  it  causes pcretest to call
+       pcre_compile() with the  PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK  option,  to  suppress  the

        checking of the string for UTF-8 validity.
 
 
 DATA LINES
 
        checking of the string for UTF-8 validity.
 
 
 DATA LINES
 

-       Before each data line is passed to pcre_exec(),  leading  and  trailing
-       whitespace  is  removed,  and it is then scanned for \ escapes. Some of
-       these are pretty esoteric features, intended for checking out  some  of
-       the  more  complicated features of PCRE. If you are just testing "ordi-
-       nary" regular expressions, you probably don't need any  of  these.  The
+       Before  each  data  line is passed to pcre_exec(), leading and trailing
+       whitespace is removed, and it is then scanned for \  escapes.  Some  of
+       these  are  pretty esoteric features, intended for checking out some of
+       the more complicated features of PCRE. If you are just  testing  "ordi-
+       nary"  regular  expressions,  you probably don't need any of these. The

        following escapes are recognized:
 
          \a         alarm (= BEL)
        following escapes are recognized:
 
          \a         alarm (= BEL)


@@ -247,6 +253,8 @@ DATA LINES
                       reached for the nth time
          \C*n       pass the number n (may be negative) as callout
                       data; this is used as the callout return value
                       reached for the nth time
          \C*n       pass the number n (may be negative) as callout
                       data; this is used as the callout return value

+         \D         use the pcre_dfa_exec() match function
+         \F         only shortest match for pcre_dfa_exec()

          \Gdd       call pcre_get_substring() for substring dd
                       after a successful match (number less than 32)
          \Gname     call pcre_get_named_substring() for substring
          \Gdd       call pcre_get_substring() for substring dd
                       after a successful match (number less than 32)
          \Gname     call pcre_get_named_substring() for substring


@@ -259,6 +267,8 @@ DATA LINES
          \Odd       set the size of the output vector passed to
                       pcre_exec() to dd (any number of digits)
          \P         pass the PCRE_PARTIAL option to pcre_exec()
          \Odd       set the size of the output vector passed to
                       pcre_exec() to dd (any number of digits)
          \P         pass the PCRE_PARTIAL option to pcre_exec()

+                      or pcre_dfa_exec()
+         \R         pass the PCRE_DFA_RESTART option to pcre_dfa_exec()

          \S         output details of memory get/free calls during matching
          \Z         pass the PCRE_NOTEOL option to pcre_exec()
          \?         pass the PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK option to
          \S         output details of memory get/free calls during matching
          \Z         pass the PCRE_NOTEOL option to pcre_exec()
          \?         pass the PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK option to


@@ -266,35 +276,53 @@ DATA LINES
          \>dd       start the match at offset dd (any number of digits);
                       this sets the startoffset argument for pcre_exec()
 
          \>dd       start the match at offset dd (any number of digits);
                       this sets the startoffset argument for pcre_exec()
 

-       A  backslash  followed by anything else just escapes the anything else.
-       If the very last character is a backslash, it is ignored. This gives  a
-       way  of  passing  an empty line as data, since a real empty line termi-
+       A backslash followed by anything else just escapes the  anything  else.
+       If  the very last character is a backslash, it is ignored. This gives a
+       way of passing an empty line as data, since a real  empty  line  termi-

        nates the data input.
 
        nates the data input.
 

-       If \M is present, pcretest calls pcre_exec() several times,  with  dif-
-       ferent  values  in  the match_limit field of the pcre_extra data struc-
-       ture, until it finds the minimum number that is needed for  pcre_exec()
-       to  complete.  This  number is a measure of the amount of recursion and
-       backtracking that takes place, and checking it out can be  instructive.
-       For  most  simple  matches, the number is quite small, but for patterns
-       with very large numbers of matching possibilities, it can become  large
+       If  \M  is present, pcretest calls pcre_exec() several times, with dif-
+       ferent values in the match_limit field of the  pcre_extra  data  struc-
+       ture,  until it finds the minimum number that is needed for pcre_exec()
+       to complete. This number is a measure of the amount  of  recursion  and
+       backtracking  that takes place, and checking it out can be instructive.
+       For most simple matches, the number is quite small,  but  for  patterns
+       with  very large numbers of matching possibilities, it can become large

        very quickly with increasing length of subject string.
 
        very quickly with increasing length of subject string.
 

-       When  \O  is  used, the value specified may be higher or lower than the
+       When \O is used, the value specified may be higher or  lower  than  the

        size set by the -O command line option (or defaulted to 45); \O applies
        only to the call of pcre_exec() for the line in which it appears.
 
        size set by the -O command line option (or defaulted to 45); \O applies
        only to the call of pcre_exec() for the line in which it appears.
 

-       If  the /P modifier was present on the pattern, causing the POSIX wrap-
-       per API to be used, only \B and \Z have any effect, causing  REG_NOTBOL
+       If the /P modifier was present on the pattern, causing the POSIX  wrap-
+       per  API to be used, only \B and \Z have any effect, causing REG_NOTBOL

        and REG_NOTEOL to be passed to regexec() respectively.
 
        and REG_NOTEOL to be passed to regexec() respectively.
 

-       The  use of \x{hh...} to represent UTF-8 characters is not dependent on
-       the use of the /8 modifier on the pattern.  It  is  recognized  always.
-       There  may  be  any number of hexadecimal digits inside the braces. The
-       result is from one to six bytes, encoded according to the UTF-8  rules.
+       The use of \x{hh...} to represent UTF-8 characters is not dependent  on
+       the  use  of  the  /8 modifier on the pattern. It is recognized always.
+       There may be any number of hexadecimal digits inside  the  braces.  The
+       result  is from one to six bytes, encoded according to the UTF-8 rules.
+
+
+THE ALTERNATIVE MATCHING FUNCTION
+
+       By  default,  pcretest  uses  the  standard  PCRE  matching   function,
+       pcre_exec() to match each data line. From release 6.0, PCRE supports an
+       alternative matching function, pcre_dfa_test(),  which  operates  in  a
+       different  way,  and has some restrictions. The differences between the
+       two functions are described in the pcrematching documentation.
+
+       If a data line contains the \D escape sequence, or if the command  line
+       contains  the -dfa option, the alternative matching function is called.
+       This function finds all possible matches at a given point. If, however,
+       the  \F escape sequence is present in the data line, it stops after the
+       first match is found. This is always the shortest possible match.

 
 
 
 

-OUTPUT FROM PCRETEST
+DEFAULT OUTPUT FROM PCRETEST
+
+       This section describes the output when the  normal  matching  function,
+       pcre_exec(), is being used.

 
        When a match succeeds, pcretest outputs the list of captured substrings
        that pcre_exec() returns, starting with number 0 for  the  string  that
 
        When a match succeeds, pcretest outputs the list of captured substrings
        that pcre_exec() returns, starting with number 0 for  the  string  that


@@ -350,25 +378,76 @@ OUTPUT FROM PCRETEST
        lines can be included in data by means of the \n escape.
 
 
        lines can be included in data by means of the \n escape.
 
 

+OUTPUT FROM THE ALTERNATIVE MATCHING FUNCTION
+
+       When the alternative matching function, pcre_dfa_exec(),  is  used  (by
+       means  of  the \D escape sequence or the -dfa command line option), the
+       output consists of a list of all the matches that start  at  the  first
+       point in the subject where there is at least one match. For example:
+
+           re> /(tang|tangerine|tan)/
+         data> yellow tangerine\D
+          0: tangerine
+          1: tang
+          2: tan
+
+       (Using  the  normal  matching function on this data finds only "tang".)
+       The longest matching string is always given first (and numbered  zero).
+
+       If  /gP  is  present  on  the  pattern,  the search for further matches
+       resumes at the end of the longest match. For example:
+
+           re> /(tang|tangerine|tan)/g
+         data> yellow tangerine and tangy sultana\D
+          0: tangerine
+          1: tang
+          2: tan
+          0: tang
+          1: tan
+          0: tan
+
+       Since the matching function does not  support  substring  capture,  the
+       escape  sequences  that  are concerned with captured substrings are not
+       relevant.
+
+
+RESTARTING AFTER A PARTIAL MATCH
+
+       When the alternative matching function has given the PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL
+       return,  indicating that the subject partially matched the pattern, you
+       can restart the match with additional subject data by means of  the  \R
+       escape sequence. For example:
+
+           re> /^?(jan|feb|mar|apr|may|jun|jul|aug|sep|oct|nov|dec)$/
+         data> 23ja\P\D
+         Partial match: 23ja
+         data> n05\R\D
+          0: n05
+
+       For  further  information  about  partial matching, see the pcrepartial
+       documentation.
+
+

 CALLOUTS
 
        If the pattern contains any callout requests, pcretest's callout  func-
 CALLOUTS
 
        If the pattern contains any callout requests, pcretest's callout  func-

-       tion  is  called  during  matching. By default, it displays the callout
-       number, the start and current positions in  the  text  at  the  callout
-       time, and the next pattern item to be tested. For example, the output
+       tion  is  called  during  matching. This works with both matching func-
+       tions. By default, the called function displays the callout number, the
+       start  and  current  positions in the text at the callout time, and the
+       next pattern item to be tested. For example, the output

 
          --->pqrabcdef
            0    ^  ^     \d
 
 
          --->pqrabcdef
            0    ^  ^     \d
 

-       indicates  that  callout number 0 occurred for a match attempt starting
-       at the fourth character of the subject string, when the pointer was  at
-       the  seventh  character of the data, and when the next pattern item was
-       \d. Just one circumflex is output if the start  and  current  positions
+       indicates that callout number 0 occurred for a match  attempt  starting
+       at  the fourth character of the subject string, when the pointer was at
+       the seventh character of the data, and when the next pattern  item  was
+       \d.  Just  one  circumflex is output if the start and current positions

        are the same.
 
        Callouts numbered 255 are assumed to be automatic callouts, inserted as
        are the same.
 
        Callouts numbered 255 are assumed to be automatic callouts, inserted as

-       a result of the /C pattern modifier. In this case, instead  of  showing
-       the  callout  number, the offset in the pattern, preceded by a plus, is
+       a  result  of the /C pattern modifier. In this case, instead of showing
+       the callout number, the offset in the pattern, preceded by a  plus,  is

        output. For example:
 
            re> /\d?[A-E]\*/C
        output. For example:
 
            re> /\d?[A-E]\*/C


@@ -380,76 +459,76 @@ CALLOUTS
          +10 ^ ^
           0: E*
 
          +10 ^ ^
           0: E*
 

-       The callout function in pcretest returns zero (carry  on  matching)  by
-       default, but you can use an \C item in a data line (as described above)
+       The  callout  function  in pcretest returns zero (carry on matching) by
+       default, but you can use a \C item in a data line (as described  above)

        to change this.
 
        to change this.
 

-       Inserting callouts can be helpful when using pcretest to check  compli-
-       cated  regular expressions. For further information about callouts, see
+       Inserting  callouts can be helpful when using pcretest to check compli-
+       cated regular expressions. For further information about callouts,  see

        the pcrecallout documentation.
 
 
 SAVING AND RELOADING COMPILED PATTERNS
 
        the pcrecallout documentation.
 
 
 SAVING AND RELOADING COMPILED PATTERNS
 

-       The facilities described in this section are  not  available  when  the
+       The  facilities  described  in  this section are not available when the

        POSIX inteface to PCRE is being used, that is, when the /P pattern mod-
        ifier is specified.
 
        When the POSIX interface is not in use, you can cause pcretest to write
        POSIX inteface to PCRE is being used, that is, when the /P pattern mod-
        ifier is specified.
 
        When the POSIX interface is not in use, you can cause pcretest to write

-       a  compiled  pattern to a file, by following the modifiers with > and a
+       a compiled pattern to a file, by following the modifiers with >  and  a

        file name.  For example:
 
          /pattern/im >/some/file
 
        file name.  For example:
 
          /pattern/im >/some/file
 

-       See the pcreprecompile documentation for a discussion about saving  and
+       See  the pcreprecompile documentation for a discussion about saving and

        re-using compiled patterns.
 
        re-using compiled patterns.
 

-       The  data  that  is  written  is  binary. The first eight bytes are the
-       length of the compiled pattern data  followed  by  the  length  of  the
-       optional  study  data,  each  written as four bytes in big-endian order
-       (most significant byte first). If there is no study  data  (either  the
+       The data that is written is binary.  The  first  eight  bytes  are  the
+       length  of  the  compiled  pattern  data  followed by the length of the
+       optional study data, each written as four  bytes  in  big-endian  order
+       (most  significant  byte  first). If there is no study data (either the

        pattern was not studied, or studying did not return any data), the sec-
        pattern was not studied, or studying did not return any data), the sec-

-       ond length is zero. The lengths are followed by an exact  copy  of  the
+       ond  length  is  zero. The lengths are followed by an exact copy of the

        compiled pattern. If there is additional study data, this follows imme-
        compiled pattern. If there is additional study data, this follows imme-

-       diately after the compiled pattern. After writing  the  file,  pcretest
+       diately  after  the  compiled pattern. After writing the file, pcretest

        expects to read a new pattern.
 
        A saved pattern can be reloaded into pcretest by specifing < and a file
        expects to read a new pattern.
 
        A saved pattern can be reloaded into pcretest by specifing < and a file

-       name instead of a pattern. The name of the file must not  contain  a  <
-       character,  as  otherwise pcretest will interpret the line as a pattern
+       name  instead  of  a pattern. The name of the file must not contain a <
+       character, as otherwise pcretest will interpret the line as  a  pattern

        delimited by < characters.  For example:
 
           re> </some/file
          Compiled regex loaded from /some/file
          No study data
 
        delimited by < characters.  For example:
 
           re> </some/file
          Compiled regex loaded from /some/file
          No study data
 

-       When the pattern has been loaded, pcretest proceeds to read data  lines
+       When  the pattern has been loaded, pcretest proceeds to read data lines

        in the usual way.
 
        in the usual way.
 

-       You  can copy a file written by pcretest to a different host and reload
-       it there, even if the new host has opposite endianness to  the  one  on
-       which  the pattern was compiled. For example, you can compile on an i86
+       You can copy a file written by pcretest to a different host and  reload
+       it  there,  even  if the new host has opposite endianness to the one on
+       which the pattern was compiled. For example, you can compile on an  i86

        machine and run on a SPARC machine.
 
        machine and run on a SPARC machine.
 

-       File names for saving and reloading can be absolute  or  relative,  but
-       note  that the shell facility of expanding a file name that starts with
+       File  names  for  saving and reloading can be absolute or relative, but
+       note that the shell facility of expanding a file name that starts  with

        a tilde (~) is not available.
 
        a tilde (~) is not available.
 

-       The ability to save and reload files in pcretest is intended for  test-
-       ing  and experimentation. It is not intended for production use because
-       only a single pattern can be written to a file. Furthermore,  there  is
-       no  facility  for  supplying  custom  character  tables  for use with a
-       reloaded pattern. If the original  pattern  was  compiled  with  custom
-       tables,  an  attempt to match a subject string using a reloaded pattern
-       is likely to cause pcretest to crash.  Finally, if you attempt to  load
+       The  ability to save and reload files in pcretest is intended for test-
+       ing and experimentation. It is not intended for production use  because
+       only  a  single pattern can be written to a file. Furthermore, there is
+       no facility for supplying  custom  character  tables  for  use  with  a
+       reloaded  pattern.  If  the  original  pattern was compiled with custom
+       tables, an attempt to match a subject string using a  reloaded  pattern
+       is  likely to cause pcretest to crash.  Finally, if you attempt to load

        a file that is not in the correct format, the result is undefined.
 
 
 AUTHOR
 
        a file that is not in the correct format, the result is undefined.
 
 
 AUTHOR
 

-       Philip Hazel <ph10@cam.ac.uk>
+       Philip Hazel

        University Computing Service,
        Cambridge CB2 3QG, England.
 
        University Computing Service,
        Cambridge CB2 3QG, England.
 

-Last updated: 10 September 2004
-Copyright (c) 1997-2004 University of Cambridge.
+Last updated: 28 February 2005
+Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge.

diff --git a/src/scripts/MakeLinks b/src/scripts/MakeLinks
index 1b6c1d83ee6dd0bb1929c714a113558854a1efae..2e24cb8d1da8d016748b22bf4ec8e327373469e7 100755 (executable)
--- a/src/scripts/MakeLinks
+++ b/src/scripts/MakeLinks
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 #!/bin/sh

-# $Cambridge: exim/src/scripts/MakeLinks,v 1.4 2005/05/25 20:07:55 tom Exp $
+# $Cambridge: exim/src/scripts/MakeLinks,v 1.5 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $

 
 # Script to build links for all the exim source files from the system-
 # specific build directory. It should be run from within that directory.
 
 # Script to build links for all the exim source files from the system-
 # specific build directory. It should be run from within that directory.


@@ -33,14 +33,22 @@ cd pcre
 ln -s ../../src/pcre/Makefile            Makefile
 ln -s ../../src/pcre/config.h            config.h
 ln -s ../../src/pcre/dftables.c          dftables.c
 ln -s ../../src/pcre/Makefile            Makefile
 ln -s ../../src/pcre/config.h            config.h
 ln -s ../../src/pcre/dftables.c          dftables.c

-ln -s ../../src/pcre/internal.h          internal.h
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_internal.h     pcre_internal.h

 ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre.h              pcre.h
 ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre.h              pcre.h

-ln -s ../../src/pcre/maketables.c        maketables.c
-ln -s ../../src/pcre/get.c               get.c
-ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre.c              pcre.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_maketables.c   pcre_maketables.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_config.c       pcre_config.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_get.c          pcre_get.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_globals.c      pcre_globals.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_compile.c      pcre_compile.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_exec.c         pcre_exec.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c     pcre_fullinfo.c

 ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcretest.c          pcretest.c
 ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcretest.c          pcretest.c

-ln -s ../../src/pcre/printint.c          printint.c
-ln -s ../../src/pcre/study.c             study.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_printint.c     pcre_printint.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_study.c        pcre_study.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_tables.c       pcre_tables.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_try_flipped.c  pcre_try_flipped.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/pcre_version.c      pcre_version.c
+ln -s ../../src/pcre/ucp.h               ucp.h

 cd ..
 
 # Likewise for the lookups
 cd ..
 
 # Likewise for the lookups

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/ChangeLog b/src/src/pcre/ChangeLog
index 59aa955bd3650a14a53f9f13a76f3c2ec3875cb3..5dc20f9352fecbc9fa1568ebbe6cafaec9616dc3 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/ChangeLog
+++ b/src/src/pcre/ChangeLog
@@ -1,6 +1,158 @@
 ChangeLog for PCRE
 ------------------
 
 ChangeLog for PCRE
 ------------------
 

+Version 6.0 07-Jun-05
+---------------------
+
+ 1. Some minor internal re-organization to help with my DFA experiments.
+
+ 2. Some missing #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP conditionals in pcretest and printint that
+    didn't matter for the library itself when fully configured, but did matter
+    when compiling without UCP support, or within Exim, where the ucp files are
+    not imported.
+
+ 3. Refactoring of the library code to split up the various functions into
+    different source modules. The addition of the new DFA matching code (see
+    below) to a single monolithic source would have made it really too
+    unwieldy, quite apart from causing all the code to be include in a
+    statically linked application, when only some functions are used. This is
+    relevant even without the DFA addition now that patterns can be compiled in
+    one application and matched in another.
+
+    The downside of splitting up is that there have to be some external
+    functions and data tables that are used internally in different modules of
+    the library but which are not part of the API. These have all had their
+    names changed to start with "_pcre_" so that they are unlikely to clash
+    with other external names.
+
+ 4. Added an alternate matching function, pcre_dfa_exec(), which matches using
+    a different (DFA) algorithm. Although it is slower than the original
+    function, it does have some advantages for certain types of matching
+    problem.
+
+ 5. Upgrades to pcretest in order to test the features of pcre_dfa_exec(),
+    including restarting after a partial match.
+
+ 6. A patch for pcregrep that defines INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES if it is not
+    defined when compiling for Windows was sent to me. I have put it into the
+    code, though I have no means of testing or verifying it.
+
+ 7. Added the pcre_refcount() auxiliary function.
+
+ 8. Added the PCRE_FIRSTLINE option. This constrains an unanchored pattern to
+    match before or at the first newline in the subject string. In pcretest,
+    the /f option on a pattern can be used to set this.
+
+ 9. A repeated \w when used in UTF-8 mode with characters greater than 256
+    would behave wrongly. This has been present in PCRE since release 4.0.
+
+10. A number of changes to the pcregrep command:
+
+    (a) Refactored how -x works; insert ^(...)$ instead of setting
+        PCRE_ANCHORED and checking the length, in preparation for adding
+        something similar for -w.
+
+    (b) Added the -w (match as a word) option.
+
+    (c) Refactored the way lines are read and buffered so as to have more
+        than one at a time available.
+
+    (d) Implemented a pcregrep test script.
+
+    (e) Added the -M (multiline match) option. This allows patterns to match
+        over several lines of the subject. The buffering ensures that at least
+        8K, or the rest of the document (whichever is the shorter) is available
+        for matching (and similarly the previous 8K for lookbehind assertions).
+
+    (f) Changed the --help output so that it now says
+
+          -w, --word-regex(p)
+
+        instead of two lines, one with "regex" and the other with "regexp"
+        because that confused at least one person since the short forms are the
+        same. (This required a bit of code, as the output is generated
+        automatically from a table. It wasn't just a text change.)
+
+    (g) -- can be used to terminate pcregrep options if the next thing isn't an
+        option but starts with a hyphen. Could be a pattern or a path name
+        starting with a hyphen, for instance.
+
+    (h) "-" can be given as a file name to represent stdin.
+
+    (i) When file names are being printed, "(standard input)" is used for
+        the standard input, for compatibility with GNU grep. Previously
+        "<stdin>" was used.
+
+    (j) The option --label=xxx can be used to supply a name to be used for
+        stdin when file names are being printed. There is no short form.
+
+    (k) Re-factored the options decoding logic because we are going to add
+        two more options that take data. Such options can now be given in four
+        different ways, e.g. "-fname", "-f name", "--file=name", "--file name".
+
+    (l) Added the -A, -B, and -C options for requesting that lines of context
+        around matches be printed.
+
+    (m) Added the -L option to print the names of files that do not contain
+        any matching lines, that is, the complement of -l.
+
+    (n) The return code is 2 if any file cannot be opened, but pcregrep does
+        continue to scan other files.
+
+    (o) The -s option was incorrectly implemented. For compatibility with other
+        greps, it now suppresses the error message for a non-existent or non-
+        accessible file (but not the return code). There is a new option called
+        -q that suppresses the output of matching lines, which was what -s was
+        previously doing.
+
+    (p) Added --include and --exclude options to specify files for inclusion
+        and exclusion when recursing.
+
+11. The Makefile was not using the Autoconf-supported LDFLAGS macro properly.
+    Hopefully, it now does.
+
+12. Missing cast in pcre_study().
+
+13. Added an "uninstall" target to the makefile.
+
+14. Replaced "extern" in the function prototypes in Makefile.in with
+    "PCRE_DATA_SCOPE", which defaults to 'extern' or 'extern "C"' in the Unix
+    world, but is set differently for Windows.
+
+15. Added a second compiling function called pcre_compile2(). The only
+    difference is that it has an extra argument, which is a pointer to an
+    integer error code. When there is a compile-time failure, this is set
+    non-zero, in addition to the error test pointer being set to point to an
+    error message. The new argument may be NULL if no error number is required
+    (but then you may as well call pcre_compile(), which is now just a
+    wrapper). This facility is provided because some applications need a
+    numeric error indication, but it has also enabled me to tidy up the way
+    compile-time errors are handled in the POSIX wrapper.
+
+16. Added VPATH=.libs to the makefile; this should help when building with one
+    prefix path and installing with another. (Or so I'm told by someone who
+    knows more about this stuff than I do.)
+
+17. Added a new option, REG_DOTALL, to the POSIX function regcomp(). This
+    passes PCRE_DOTALL to the pcre_compile() function, making the "." character
+    match everything, including newlines. This is not POSIX-compatible, but
+    somebody wanted the feature. From pcretest it can be activated by using
+    both the P and the s flags.
+
+18. AC_PROG_LIBTOOL appeared twice in Makefile.in. Removed one.
+
+19. libpcre.pc was being incorrectly installed as executable.
+
+20. A couple of places in pcretest check for end-of-line by looking for '\n';
+    it now also looks for '\r' so that it will work unmodified on Windows.
+
+21. Added Google's contributed C++ wrapper to the distribution.
+
+22. Added some untidy missing memory free() calls in pcretest, to keep
+    Electric Fence happy when testing.
+
+
+

 Version 5.0 13-Sep-04
 ---------------------
 
 Version 5.0 13-Sep-04
 ---------------------
 

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/LICENCE b/src/src/pcre/LICENCE
index 1573583b6c095d444954816242be287e64be3d71..e8eb0d9370321dca0b8b0ee34223ab38826592f6 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/LICENCE
+++ b/src/src/pcre/LICENCE
@@ -4,18 +4,40 @@ PCRE LICENCE
 PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
 and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
 
 PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
 and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
 

-Release 5 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the "BSD" licence, as
+Release 6 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the "BSD" licence, as

 specified below. The documentation for PCRE, supplied in the "doc"
 directory, is distributed under the same terms as the software itself.
 
 specified below. The documentation for PCRE, supplied in the "doc"
 directory, is distributed under the same terms as the software itself.
 

-Written by: Philip Hazel <ph10@cam.ac.uk>
+The basic library functions are written in C and are freestanding. Also
+included in the distribution is a set of C++ wrapper functions.
+
+
+THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS
+---------------------------
+
+Written by:       Philip Hazel
+Email local part: ph10
+Email domain:     cam.ac.uk

 
 University of Cambridge Computing Service,
 Cambridge, England. Phone: +44 1223 334714.
 
 
 University of Cambridge Computing Service,
 Cambridge, England. Phone: +44 1223 334714.
 

-Copyright (c) 1997-2004 University of Cambridge
+Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+All rights reserved.
+
+
+THE C++ WRAPPER FUNCTIONS
+-------------------------
+
+Contributed by:   Google Inc.
+
+Copyright (c) 2005, Google Inc.

 All rights reserved.
 
 All rights reserved.
 

+
+THE "BSD" LICENCE
+-----------------
+

 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 
 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 


@@ -26,9 +48,10 @@ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 
       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 

-    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
-      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
-      this software without specific prior written permission.
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google
+      Inc. nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or
+      promote products derived from this software without specific prior
+      written permission.

 
 THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 
 THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/Makefile b/src/src/pcre/Makefile
index 451ca2019db40641b960d7ec1e9d7b970ffe9346..6ab501a3c2e5331e4fcde4d06a5a1f218c6c9198 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/Makefile
+++ b/src/src/pcre/Makefile
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/Makefile,v 1.2 2005/05/17 09:53:35 ph10 Exp $
+# $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/Makefile,v 1.3 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $

 
 # Makefile for PCRE (Perl-Compatible Regular Expression) library for use by
 # Exim. This is a tailored Makefile, not the normal one that comes with the
 
 # Makefile for PCRE (Perl-Compatible Regular Expression) library for use by
 # Exim. This is a tailored Makefile, not the normal one that comes with the


@@ -13,47 +13,68 @@ RANLIB = @true
 
 ##############################################################################
 
 
 ##############################################################################
 

-OBJ = maketables.o get.o pcre.o study.o
+OBJ = pcre_maketables.o chartables.o pcre_fullinfo.o pcre_get.o \
+      pcre_globals.o pcre_compile.o pcre_config.o pcre_exec.o pcre_printint.o \
+      pcre_study.o pcre_tables.o pcre_try_flipped.o pcre_version.o

 
 all:            libpcre.a ../pcretest
 
 ../pcretest: libpcre.a pcretest.o
 
 all:            libpcre.a ../pcretest
 
 ../pcretest: libpcre.a pcretest.o

-               @echo "$(CC) -o pcretest"
-               $(FE)$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o ../pcretest pcretest.o libpcre.a
+               $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o ../pcretest pcretest.o libpcre.a

 
 libpcre.a:      $(OBJ)
                -rm -f libpcre.a
 
 libpcre.a:      $(OBJ)
                -rm -f libpcre.a

-               @echo "$(AR) libpcre.a"
-               $(FE)$(AR) libpcre.a $(OBJ)
+               $(AR) libpcre.a $(OBJ)

                $(RANLIB) libpcre.a
 
                $(RANLIB) libpcre.a
 

-pcre.o:         chartables.c pcre.c config.h pcre.h internal.h Makefile
-               @echo "$(CC) pcre.c"
-               $(FE)$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre.c
+chartables.o:   chartables.c pcre_compile.c config.h pcre.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) chartables.c

 
 

-maketables.o:   maketables.c config.h pcre.h internal.h Makefile
-               @echo "$(CC) maketables.c"
-               $(FE)$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) maketables.c
+pcre_compile.o: pcre_compile.c config.h pcre.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_compile.c

 
 

-get.o:          get.c pcre.h config.h internal.h Makefile
-               @echo "$(CC) get.c"
-               $(FE)$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) get.c
+pcre_config.o:  pcre_config.c config.h pcre.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_config.c

 
 

-study.o:        study.c pcre.h config.h internal.h Makefile
-               @echo "$(CC) study.c"
-               $(FE)$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) study.c
+pcre_exec.o:    chartables.c pcre_exec.c config.h pcre.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_exec.c

 
 

-pcretest.o:     pcretest.c config.h pcre.h internal.h Makefile
-               @echo "$(CC) pcretest.c"
-               $(FE)$(CC) -c -DNOPOSIX $(CFLAGS) -I. pcretest.c
+pcre_maketables.o: pcre_maketables.c config.h pcre.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_maketables.c
+
+pcre_fullinfo.o: pcre_fullinfo.c pcre.h config.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_fullinfo.c
+
+pcre_get.o:     pcre_get.c pcre.h config.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_get.c
+
+pcre_globals.:  pcre_globals.c pcre.h config.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_globals.c
+
+pcre_printint.o: pcre_printint.c pcre.h config.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_printint.c
+
+pcre_study.o:   pcre_study.c pcre.h config.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_study.c
+
+pcre_tables.o:   pcre_tables.c pcre.h config.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_tables.c
+
+pcre_try_flipped.o: pcre_try_flipped.c pcre.h config.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_try_flipped.c
+
+pcre_version.o: pcre_version.c config.h pcre.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) pcre_version.c
+
+pcretest.o:     pcretest.c config.h pcre.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -c -DNOPOSIX -DNODFA -DNOUTF8 -DNOINFOCHECK $(CFLAGS) -I. pcretest.c

 
 # An auxiliary program makes the default character table source
 
 chartables.c:   dftables
                ./dftables chartables.c
 
 
 # An auxiliary program makes the default character table source
 
 chartables.c:   dftables
                ./dftables chartables.c
 

-dftables:       dftables.c maketables.c config.h pcre.h internal.h Makefile
-               @echo "$(CC) -o dftables dftables.c"
-               $(FE)$(CC) -o dftables $(CFLAGS) dftables.c
+dftables:       dftables.c pcre_maketables.c config.h pcre.h pcre_internal.h Makefile
+               $(CC) -o dftables $(CFLAGS) dftables.c

 
 # End
 
 # End

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/dftables.c b/src/src/pcre/dftables.c
index 8458c60f1c5251e409b36f91e554b0e736ab480a..450a00bf4be31a71e88978adc2d06dbd7a1ba100 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/dftables.c
+++ b/src/src/pcre/dftables.c
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/dftables.c,v 1.2 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+

 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/
 
 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/
 

-/*
-PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax

 and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
 
 and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
 

-Written by: Philip Hazel <ph10@cam.ac.uk>
-
-           Copyright (c) 1997-2004 University of Cambridge
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge

 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without


@@ -40,20 +40,19 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */
 
 
 */
 
 

-/* This is a support program to generate the file chartables.c, containing
-character tables of various kinds. They are built according to the default C
-locale and used as the default tables by PCRE. Now that pcre_maketables is
-a function visible to the outside world, we make use of its code from here in
-order to be consistent. */
+/* This is a freestanding support program to generate a file containing default
+character tables for PCRE. The tables are built according to the default C
+locale. Now that pcre_maketables is a function visible to the outside world, we
+make use of its code from here in order to be consistent. */

 
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 

-#include "internal.h"
+#include "pcre_internal.h"

 
 

-#define DFTABLES          /* maketables.c notices this */
-#include "maketables.c"
+#define DFTABLES          /* pcre_maketables.c notices this */
+#include "pcre_maketables.c"

 
 
 int main(int argc, char **argv)
 
 
 int main(int argc, char **argv)


@@ -61,6 +60,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 int i;
 FILE *f;
 const unsigned char *tables = pcre_maketables();
 int i;
 FILE *f;
 const unsigned char *tables = pcre_maketables();

+const unsigned char *base_of_tables = tables;

 
 if (argc != 2)
   {
 
 if (argc != 2)
   {


@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ fprintf(f,
   "program. If you edit it by hand, you might like to edit the Makefile to \n"
   "prevent its ever being regenerated.\n\n");
 fprintf(f,
   "program. If you edit it by hand, you might like to edit the Makefile to \n"
   "prevent its ever being regenerated.\n\n");
 fprintf(f,

-  "This file is #included in the compilation of pcre.c to build the default\n"
-  "character tables which are used when no tables are passed to the compile\n"
-  "function. */\n\n"
-  "static unsigned char pcre_default_tables[] = {\n\n"
+  "This file contains the default tables for characters with codes less than\n"
+  "128 (ASCII characters). These tables are used when no external tables are\n"
+  "passed to PCRE. */\n\n"
+  "const unsigned char _pcre_default_tables[] = {\n\n"

   "/* This table is a lower casing table. */\n\n");
 
 fprintf(f, "  ");
   "/* This table is a lower casing table. */\n\n");
 
 fprintf(f, "  ");


@@ -167,6 +167,7 @@ if (isprint(i-1)) fprintf(f, " %c ", i-1);
 fprintf(f, " */\n\n/* End of chartables.c */\n");
 
 fclose(f);
 fprintf(f, " */\n\n/* End of chartables.c */\n");
 
 fclose(f);

+free((void *)base_of_tables);

 return 0;
 }
 
 return 0;
 }
 

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/get.c b/src/src/pcre/get.c
index 225843e2e298cee58de533c27e949c3fa48b767a..8edaebe1a1e802fd1917851ac79242e6cdb20ef9 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/get.c
+++ b/src/src/pcre/get.c
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/get.c,v 1.2 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+

 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/
 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/internal.h b/src/src/pcre/internal.h
index 5d1433178f8cdf3058a64224cc6eb8eb80ea8a61..74c4dd2cd487d8c337a29edb3f1fbac6d3f532a0 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/internal.h
+++ b/src/src/pcre/internal.h
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/internal.h,v 1.2 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+

 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/
 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/maketables.c b/src/src/pcre/maketables.c
index f1c7b9a5c46ebdc27d96cffa02777a506a5a7bba..3ad6e70fb97e795b7939f9c7f41f3d0f3b03d817 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/maketables.c
+++ b/src/src/pcre/maketables.c
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/maketables.c,v 1.2 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+

 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/
 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre.c
index a411d00c357f6b176bf9f2f0ddd37586b176f9d7..dbe08c23d22f6a394131bf2c8313b28204ecbcd3 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/pcre.c
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre.c
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre.c,v 1.2 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+

 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/
 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre.h b/src/src/pcre/pcre.h
index ee5bf16e788e828dbd2aa85703af5c50b94d2dc1..3c4c663e051b792c99138c38688d8d0ef1ad449e 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/pcre.h
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre.h
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre.h,v 1.2 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+

 /*************************************************
 *       Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions      *
 *************************************************/
 /*************************************************
 *       Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions      *
 *************************************************/


@@ -5,7 +7,7 @@
 /* In its original form, this is the .in file that is transformed by
 "configure" into pcre.h.
 
 /* In its original form, this is the .in file that is transformed by
 "configure" into pcre.h.
 

-           Copyright (c) 1997-2004 University of Cambridge
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge

 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without


@@ -42,11 +44,11 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 /* The file pcre.h is build by "configure". Do not edit it; instead
 make changes to pcre.in. */
 
 /* The file pcre.h is build by "configure". Do not edit it; instead
 make changes to pcre.in. */
 

-#define PCRE_MAJOR          5
+#define PCRE_MAJOR          6

 #define PCRE_MINOR          0
 #define PCRE_MINOR          0

-#define PCRE_DATE           13-Sep-2004
+#define PCRE_DATE           07-Jun-2005

 
 

-/* Win32 uses DLL by default */
+/* Win32 uses DLL by default; it needs special stuff for exported functions. */

 
 #ifdef _WIN32
 #  ifdef PCRE_DEFINITION
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
 #  ifdef PCRE_DEFINITION


@@ -59,8 +61,15 @@ make changes to pcre.in. */
 #    endif
 #  endif
 #endif
 #    endif
 #  endif
 #endif

+
+/* For other operating systems, we use the standard "extern". */
+

 #ifndef PCRE_DATA_SCOPE
 #ifndef PCRE_DATA_SCOPE

-#  define PCRE_DATA_SCOPE     extern
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#    define PCRE_DATA_SCOPE     extern "C"
+#  else
+#    define PCRE_DATA_SCOPE     extern
+#  endif

 #endif
 
 /* Have to include stdlib.h in order to ensure that size_t is defined;
 #endif
 
 /* Have to include stdlib.h in order to ensure that size_t is defined;


@@ -76,22 +85,25 @@ extern "C" {
 
 /* Options */
 
 
 /* Options */
 

-#define PCRE_CASELESS           0x0001
-#define PCRE_MULTILINE          0x0002
-#define PCRE_DOTALL             0x0004
-#define PCRE_EXTENDED           0x0008
-#define PCRE_ANCHORED           0x0010
-#define PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY     0x0020
-#define PCRE_EXTRA              0x0040
-#define PCRE_NOTBOL             0x0080
-#define PCRE_NOTEOL             0x0100
-#define PCRE_UNGREEDY           0x0200
-#define PCRE_NOTEMPTY           0x0400
-#define PCRE_UTF8               0x0800
-#define PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE    0x1000
-#define PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK      0x2000
-#define PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT       0x4000
-#define PCRE_PARTIAL            0x8000
+#define PCRE_CASELESS           0x00000001
+#define PCRE_MULTILINE          0x00000002
+#define PCRE_DOTALL             0x00000004
+#define PCRE_EXTENDED           0x00000008
+#define PCRE_ANCHORED           0x00000010
+#define PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY     0x00000020
+#define PCRE_EXTRA              0x00000040
+#define PCRE_NOTBOL             0x00000080
+#define PCRE_NOTEOL             0x00000100
+#define PCRE_UNGREEDY           0x00000200
+#define PCRE_NOTEMPTY           0x00000400
+#define PCRE_UTF8               0x00000800
+#define PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE    0x00001000
+#define PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK      0x00002000
+#define PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT       0x00004000
+#define PCRE_PARTIAL            0x00008000
+#define PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST       0x00010000
+#define PCRE_DFA_RESTART        0x00020000
+#define PCRE_FIRSTLINE          0x00040000

 
 /* Exec-time and get/set-time error codes */
 
 
 /* Exec-time and get/set-time error codes */
 


@@ -110,6 +122,11 @@ extern "C" {
 #define PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL     (-13)
 #define PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL       (-14)
 #define PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT       (-15)
 #define PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL     (-13)
 #define PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL       (-14)
 #define PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT       (-15)

+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM      (-16)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UCOND      (-17)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UMLIMIT    (-18)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE     (-19)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_RECURSE    (-20)

 
 /* Request types for pcre_fullinfo() */
 
 
 /* Request types for pcre_fullinfo() */
 


@@ -187,9 +204,8 @@ typedef struct pcre_callout_block {
 /* Indirection for store get and free functions. These can be set to
 alternative malloc/free functions if required. Special ones are used in the
 non-recursive case for "frames". There is also an optional callout function
 /* Indirection for store get and free functions. These can be set to
 alternative malloc/free functions if required. Special ones are used in the
 non-recursive case for "frames". There is also an optional callout function

-that is triggered by the (?) regex item. Some magic is required for Win32 DLL;
-it is null on other OS. For Virtual Pascal, these have to be different again.
-*/
+that is triggered by the (?) regex item. For Virtual Pascal, these definitions
+have to take another form. */

 
 #ifndef VPCOMPAT
 PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void *(*pcre_malloc)(size_t);
 
 #ifndef VPCOMPAT
 PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void *(*pcre_malloc)(size_t);


@@ -198,39 +214,44 @@ PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void *(*pcre_stack_malloc)(size_t);
 PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void  (*pcre_stack_free)(void *);
 PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int   (*pcre_callout)(pcre_callout_block *);
 #else   /* VPCOMPAT */
 PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void  (*pcre_stack_free)(void *);
 PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int   (*pcre_callout)(pcre_callout_block *);
 #else   /* VPCOMPAT */

-extern void *pcre_malloc(size_t);
-extern void  pcre_free(void *);
-extern void *pcre_stack_malloc(size_t);
-extern void  pcre_stack_free(void *);
-extern int   pcre_callout(pcre_callout_block *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void *pcre_malloc(size_t);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void  pcre_free(void *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void *pcre_stack_malloc(size_t);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void  pcre_stack_free(void *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int   pcre_callout(pcre_callout_block *);

 #endif  /* VPCOMPAT */
 
 /* Exported PCRE functions */
 
 #endif  /* VPCOMPAT */
 
 /* Exported PCRE functions */
 

-extern pcre *pcre_compile(const char *, int, const char **,
-              int *, const unsigned char *);
-extern int  pcre_config(int, void *);
-extern int  pcre_copy_named_substring(const pcre *, const char *,
-              int *, int, const char *, char *, int);
-extern int  pcre_copy_substring(const char *, int *, int, int,
-              char *, int);
-extern int  pcre_exec(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *,
-              const char *, int, int, int, int *, int);
-extern void pcre_free_substring(const char *);
-extern void pcre_free_substring_list(const char **);
-extern int  pcre_fullinfo(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *, int,
-              void *);
-extern int  pcre_get_named_substring(const pcre *, const char *,
-              int *, int,  const char *, const char **);
-extern int  pcre_get_stringnumber(const pcre *, const char *);
-extern int  pcre_get_substring(const char *, int *, int, int,
-              const char **);
-extern int  pcre_get_substring_list(const char *, int *, int,
-              const char ***);
-extern int  pcre_info(const pcre *, int *, int *);
-extern const unsigned char *pcre_maketables(void);
-extern pcre_extra *pcre_study(const pcre *, int, const char **);
-extern const char *pcre_version(void);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE pcre *pcre_compile(const char *, int, const char **, int *,
+                  const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE pcre *pcre_compile2(const char *, int, int *, const char **,
+                  int *, const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_config(int, void *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_copy_named_substring(const pcre *, const char *,
+                  int *, int, const char *, char *, int);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_copy_substring(const char *, int *, int, int, char *,
+                  int);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_dfa_exec(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *,
+                  const char *, int, int, int, int *, int , int *, int);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_exec(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *, const char *,
+                   int, int, int, int *, int);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void pcre_free_substring(const char *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE void pcre_free_substring_list(const char **);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_fullinfo(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *, int,
+                  void *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_get_named_substring(const pcre *, const char *,
+                  int *, int, const char *, const char **);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_get_stringnumber(const pcre *, const char *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_get_substring(const char *, int *, int, int,
+                  const char **);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_get_substring_list(const char *, int *, int,
+                  const char ***);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_info(const pcre *, int *, int *);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE const unsigned char *pcre_maketables(void);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE int  pcre_refcount(pcre *, int);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE pcre_extra *pcre_study(const pcre *, int, const char **);
+PCRE_DATA_SCOPE const char *pcre_version(void);

 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }  /* extern "C" */
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }  /* extern "C" */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_compile.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_compile.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0b439e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_compile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5027 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_compile.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
+supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Code parameters and static tables         *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Maximum number of items on the nested bracket stacks at compile time. This
+applies to the nesting of all kinds of parentheses. It does not limit
+un-nested, non-capturing parentheses. This number can be made bigger if
+necessary - it is used to dimension one int and one unsigned char vector at
+compile time. */
+
+#define BRASTACK_SIZE 200
+
+
+/* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
+are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
+on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
+is invalid. */
+
+#if !EBCDIC   /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems */
+static const short int escapes[] = {
+     0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,   /* 0 - 7 */
+     0,      0,    ':',    ';',    '<',    '=',    '>',    '?',   /* 8 - ? */
+   '@', -ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D, -ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,   /* @ - G */
+     0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,   /* H - O */
+-ESC_P, -ESC_Q,      0, -ESC_S,      0,      0,      0, -ESC_W,   /* P - W */
+-ESC_X,      0, -ESC_Z,    '[',   '\\',    ']',    '^',    '_',   /* X - _ */
+   '`',      7, -ESC_b,      0, -ESC_d,  ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,   /* ` - g */
+     0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,  ESC_n,      0,   /* h - o */
+-ESC_p,      0,  ESC_r, -ESC_s,  ESC_tee,    0,      0, -ESC_w,   /* p - w */
+     0,      0, -ESC_z                                            /* x - z */
+};
+
+#else         /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems */
+static const short int escapes[] = {
+/*  48 */     0,     0,      0,     '.',    '<',   '(',    '+',    '|',
+/*  50 */   '&',     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  58 */     0,     0,    '!',     '$',    '*',   ')',    ';',    '~',
+/*  60 */   '-',   '/',      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  68 */     0,     0,    '|',     ',',    '%',   '_',    '>',    '?',
+/*  70 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  78 */     0,   '`',    ':',     '#',    '@',  '\'',    '=',    '"',
+/*  80 */     0,     7, -ESC_b,       0, -ESC_d, ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,
+/*  88 */     0,     0,      0,     '{',      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  90 */     0,     0,      0,     'l',      0, ESC_n,      0, -ESC_p,
+/*  98 */     0, ESC_r,      0,     '}',      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  A0 */     0,   '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee,      0,     0, -ESC_w,      0,
+/*  A8 */     0,-ESC_z,      0,       0,      0,   '[',      0,      0,
+/*  B0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  B8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,   ']',    '=',    '-',
+/*  C0 */   '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B,  -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,
+/*  C8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  D0 */   '}',     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0, -ESC_P,
+/*  D8 */-ESC_Q,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  E0 */  '\\',     0, -ESC_S,       0,      0,     0, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
+/*  E8 */     0,-ESC_Z,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  F0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
+/*  F8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0
+};
+#endif
+
+
+/* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The list is
+terminated by a zero length entry. The first three must be alpha, upper, lower,
+as this is assumed for handling case independence. */
+
+static const char *const posix_names[] = {
+  "alpha", "lower", "upper",
+  "alnum", "ascii", "blank", "cntrl", "digit", "graph",
+  "print", "punct", "space", "word",  "xdigit" };
+
+static const uschar posix_name_lengths[] = {
+  5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
+
+/* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class; up to three may be combined
+to form the class. The table for [:blank:] is dynamically modified to remove
+the vertical space characters. */
+
+static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
+  cbit_lower, cbit_upper, -1,             /* alpha */
+  cbit_lower, -1,         -1,             /* lower */
+  cbit_upper, -1,         -1,             /* upper */
+  cbit_digit, cbit_lower, cbit_upper,     /* alnum */
+  cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, -1,             /* ascii */
+  cbit_space, -1,         -1,             /* blank - a GNU extension */
+  cbit_cntrl, -1,         -1,             /* cntrl */
+  cbit_digit, -1,         -1,             /* digit */
+  cbit_graph, -1,         -1,             /* graph */
+  cbit_print, -1,         -1,             /* print */
+  cbit_punct, -1,         -1,             /* punct */
+  cbit_space, -1,         -1,             /* space */
+  cbit_word,  -1,         -1,             /* word - a Perl extension */
+  cbit_xdigit,-1,         -1              /* xdigit */
+};
+
+
+/* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
+are passed to the outside world. */
+
+static const char *error_texts[] = {
+  "no error",
+  "\\ at end of pattern",
+  "\\c at end of pattern",
+  "unrecognized character follows \\",
+  "numbers out of order in {} quantifier",
+  /* 5 */
+  "number too big in {} quantifier",
+  "missing terminating ] for character class",
+  "invalid escape sequence in character class",
+  "range out of order in character class",
+  "nothing to repeat",
+  /* 10 */
+  "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string",
+  "internal error: unexpected repeat",
+  "unrecognized character after (?",
+  "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class",
+  "missing )",
+  /* 15 */
+  "reference to non-existent subpattern",
+  "erroffset passed as NULL",
+  "unknown option bit(s) set",
+  "missing ) after comment",
+  "parentheses nested too deeply",
+  /* 20 */
+  "regular expression too large",
+  "failed to get memory",
+  "unmatched parentheses",
+  "internal error: code overflow",
+  "unrecognized character after (?<",
+  /* 25 */
+  "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length",
+  "malformed number after (?(",
+  "conditional group contains more than two branches",
+  "assertion expected after (?(",
+  "(?R or (?digits must be followed by )",
+  /* 30 */
+  "unknown POSIX class name",
+  "POSIX collating elements are not supported",
+  "this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UTF8 support",
+  "spare error",
+  "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large",
+  /* 35 */
+  "invalid condition (?(0)",
+  "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion",
+  "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N, \\U, or \\u",
+  "number after (?C is > 255",
+  "closing ) for (?C expected",
+  /* 40 */
+  "recursive call could loop indefinitely",
+  "unrecognized character after (?P",
+  "syntax error after (?P",
+  "two named groups have the same name",
+  "invalid UTF-8 string",
+  /* 45 */
+  "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled",
+  "malformed \\P or \\p sequence",
+  "unknown property name after \\P or \\p"
+};
+
+
+/* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
+patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
+may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
+to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
+a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
+character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
+applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
+efficiently.
+
+For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
+
+  0x04   decimal digit
+  0x08   hexadecimal digit
+
+Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
+
+#if !EBCDIC    /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems */
+static const unsigned char digitab[] =
+  {
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - '  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ( - /  */
+  0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  */
+  0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  8 - ?  */
+  0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  @ - G  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H - O  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  P - W  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  X - _  */
+  0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  ` - g  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h - o  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  p - w  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  x -127 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
+
+#else          /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems */
+static const unsigned char digitab[] =
+  {
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7  0 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15    */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 10 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31    */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 20 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47    */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 30 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63    */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 40 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  72- |     */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 50 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  88- ¬     */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 60 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ?     */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "     */
+  0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g  80 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143    */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p  90 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159    */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x  A0 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175    */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 B0 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191    */
+  0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  { - G  C0 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207    */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  } - P  D0 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223    */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  \ - X  E0 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239    */
+  0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  F0 */
+  0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255    */
+
+static const unsigned char ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
+  0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63 */
+  0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /*  72- |  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /*  88- ¬  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ?  */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "  */
+  0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g  */
+  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143 */
+  0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p  */
+  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x  */
+  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175 */
+  0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
+  0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /*  { - G  */
+  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207 */
+  0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  } - P  */
+  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223 */
+  0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  \ - X  */
+  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239 */
+  0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /*  0 - 7  */
+  0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255 */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Definition to allow mutual recursion */
+
+static BOOL
+  compile_regex(int, int, int *, uschar **, const uschar **, int *, BOOL, int,
+    int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *);
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*            Handle escapes                      *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
+positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which
+encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. When UTF-8 is enabled,
+a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry, ptr is pointing at
+the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape sequence.
+
+Arguments:
+  ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
+  errorcodeptr   points to the errorcode variable
+  bracount       number of previous extracting brackets
+  options        the options bits
+  isclass        TRUE if inside a character class
+
+Returns:         zero or positive => a data character
+                 negative => a special escape sequence
+                 on error, errorptr is set
+*/
+
+static int
+check_escape(const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount,
+  int options, BOOL isclass)
+{
+const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+int c, i;
+
+/* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
+
+c = *(++ptr);
+if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
+
+/* Non-alphamerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup in
+a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
+Otherwise further processing may be required. */
+
+#if !EBCDIC    /* ASCII coding */
+else if (c < '0' || c > 'z') {}                           /* Not alphameric */
+else if ((i = escapes[c - '0']) != 0) c = i;
+
+#else          /* EBCDIC coding */
+else if (c < 'a' || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0) {}   /* Not alphameric */
+else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0)  c = i;
+#endif
+
+/* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
+
+else
+  {
+  const uschar *oldptr;
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
+    error. */
+
+    case 'l':
+    case 'L':
+    case 'N':
+    case 'u':
+    case 'U':
+    *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
+    break;
+
+    /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
+    starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
+    the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
+
+    Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
+    number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
+    left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
+    digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
+    123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
+    value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
+    character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
+
+    case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+    case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+
+    if (!isclass)
+      {
+      oldptr = ptr;
+      c -= '0';
+      while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+        c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - '0';
+      if (c < 10 || c <= bracount)
+        {
+        c = -(ESC_REF + c);
+        break;
+        }
+      ptr = oldptr;      /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
+      }
+
+    /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
+    generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
+    Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
+
+    if ((c = *ptr) >= '8')
+      {
+      ptr--;
+      c = 0;
+      break;
+      }
+
+    /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
+    larger first octal digit. */
+
+    case '0':
+    c -= '0';
+    while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= '0' && ptr[1] <= '7')
+        c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - '0';
+    c &= 255;     /* Take least significant 8 bits */
+    break;
+
+    /* \x is complicated when UTF-8 is enabled. \x{ddd} is a character number
+    which can be greater than 0xff, but only if the ddd are hex digits. */
+
+    case 'x':
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (ptr[1] == '{' && (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
+      {
+      const uschar *pt = ptr + 2;
+      register int count = 0;
+      c = 0;
+      while ((digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+        {
+        int cc = *pt++;
+        count++;
+#if !EBCDIC    /* ASCII coding */
+        if (cc >= 'a') cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
+        c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < 'A')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
+#else          /* EBCDIC coding */
+        if (cc >= 'a' && cc <= 'z') cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
+        c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= '0')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
+#endif
+        }
+      if (*pt == '}')
+        {
+        if (c < 0 || count > 8) *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
+        ptr = pt;
+        break;
+        }
+      /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
+      recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
+      }
+#endif
+
+    /* Read just a single hex char */
+
+    c = 0;
+    while (i++ < 2 && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+      {
+      int cc;                               /* Some compilers don't like ++ */
+      cc = *(++ptr);                        /* in initializers */
+#if !EBCDIC    /* ASCII coding */
+      if (cc >= 'a') cc -= 32;              /* Convert to upper case */
+      c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < 'A')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
+#else          /* EBCDIC coding */
+      if (cc <= 'z') cc += 64;              /* Convert to upper case */
+      c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= '0')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
+#endif
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Other special escapes not starting with a digit are straightforward */
+
+    case 'c':
+    c = *(++ptr);
+    if (c == 0)
+      {
+      *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
+      return 0;
+      }
+
+    /* A letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped. This coding
+    is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is ASCII-specific.
+    (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
+
+#if !EBCDIC    /* ASCII coding */
+    if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') c -= 32;
+    c ^= 0x40;
+#else          /* EBCDIC coding */
+    if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') c += 64;
+    c ^= 0xC0;
+#endif
+    break;
+
+    /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
+    other alphameric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; otherwise,
+    for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit odd, but
+    there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may be again
+    in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
+
+    default:
+    if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
+      {
+      default:
+      *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
+      break;
+      }
+    break;
+    }
+  }
+
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return c;
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+/*************************************************
+*               Handle \P and \p                 *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
+PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
+pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
+escape sequence.
+
+Argument:
+  ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
+  negptr         points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
+  errorcodeptr   points to the error code variable
+
+Returns:     value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type
+*/
+
+static int
+get_ucp(const uschar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *errorcodeptr)
+{
+int c, i, bot, top;
+const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+char name[4];
+
+c = *(++ptr);
+if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
+
+*negptr = FALSE;
+
+/* \P or \p can be followed by a one- or two-character name in {}, optionally
+preceded by ^ for negation. */
+
+if (c == '{')
+  {
+  if (ptr[1] == '^')
+    {
+    *negptr = TRUE;
+    ptr++;
+    }
+  for (i = 0; i <= 2; i++)
+    {
+    c = *(++ptr);
+    if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
+    if (c == '}') break;
+    name[i] = c;
+    }
+  if (c !='}')   /* Try to distinguish error cases */
+    {
+    while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != '}');
+    if (*ptr == '}') goto UNKNOWN_RETURN; else goto ERROR_RETURN;
+    }
+  name[i] = 0;
+  }
+
+/* Otherwise there is just one following character */
+
+else
+  {
+  name[0] = c;
+  name[1] = 0;
+  }
+
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+
+/* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
+
+bot = 0;
+top = _pcre_utt_size;
+
+while (bot < top)
+  {
+  i = (bot + top)/2;
+  c = strcmp(name, _pcre_utt[i].name);
+  if (c == 0) return _pcre_utt[i].value;
+  if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
+  }
+
+UNKNOWN_RETURN:
+*errorcodeptr = ERR47;
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return -1;
+
+ERROR_RETURN:
+*errorcodeptr = ERR46;
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return -1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*            Check for counted repeat            *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
+start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
+It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
+where the ddds are digits.
+
+Arguments:
+  p         pointer to the first char after '{'
+
+Returns:    TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+is_counted_repeat(const uschar *p)
+{
+if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
+while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
+if (*p == '}') return TRUE;
+
+if (*p++ != ',') return FALSE;
+if (*p == '}') return TRUE;
+
+if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
+while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
+
+return (*p == '}');
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*         Read repeat counts                     *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
+after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
+so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
+
+Arguments:
+  p              pointer to first char after '{'
+  minp           pointer to int for min
+  maxp           pointer to int for max
+                 returned as -1 if no max
+  errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
+
+Returns:         pointer to '}' on success;
+                 current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
+*/
+
+static const uschar *
+read_repeat_counts(const uschar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
+{
+int min = 0;
+int max = -1;
+
+while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) min = min * 10 + *p++ - '0';
+
+if (*p == '}') max = min; else
+  {
+  if (*(++p) != '}')
+    {
+    max = 0;
+    while((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) max = max * 10 + *p++ - '0';
+    if (max < min)
+      {
+      *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
+      return p;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+/* Do paranoid checks, then fill in the required variables, and pass back the
+pointer to the terminating '}'. */
+
+if (min > 65535 || max > 65535)
+  *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
+else
+  {
+  *minp = min;
+  *maxp = max;
+  }
+return p;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Find first significant op code            *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
+for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
+that do not influence this. For some calls, a change of option is important.
+For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative forward and all backward
+assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it does not.
+
+Arguments:
+  code         pointer to the start of the group
+  options      pointer to external options
+  optbit       the option bit whose changing is significant, or
+                 zero if none are
+  skipassert   TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
+
+Returns:       pointer to the first significant opcode
+*/
+
+static const uschar*
+first_significant_code(const uschar *code, int *options, int optbit,
+  BOOL skipassert)
+{
+for (;;)
+  {
+  switch ((int)*code)
+    {
+    case OP_OPT:
+    if (optbit > 0 && ((int)code[1] & optbit) != (*options & optbit))
+      *options = (int)code[1];
+    code += 2;
+    break;
+
+    case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+    case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+    case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+    if (!skipassert) return code;
+    do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
+    break;
+
+    case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+    case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+    if (!skipassert) return code;
+    /* Fall through */
+
+    case OP_CALLOUT:
+    case OP_CREF:
+    case OP_BRANUMBER:
+    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    return code;
+    }
+  }
+/* Control never reaches here */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*        Find the fixed length of a pattern      *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Scan a pattern and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
+if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
+In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes.
+
+Arguments:
+  code     points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
+  options  the compiling options
+
+Returns:   the fixed length, or -1 if there is no fixed length,
+             or -2 if \C was encountered
+*/
+
+static int
+find_fixedlength(uschar *code, int options)
+{
+int length = -1;
+
+register int branchlength = 0;
+register uschar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+
+/* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
+branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
+
+for (;;)
+  {
+  int d;
+  register int op = *cc;
+  if (op >= OP_BRA) op = OP_BRA;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case OP_BRA:
+    case OP_ONCE:
+    case OP_COND:
+    d = find_fixedlength(cc, options);
+    if (d < 0) return d;
+    branchlength += d;
+    do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
+    cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+    break;
+
+    /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested
+    call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. If it is
+    END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. */
+
+    case OP_ALT:
+    case OP_KET:
+    case OP_KETRMAX:
+    case OP_KETRMIN:
+    case OP_END:
+    if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
+      else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
+    if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
+    cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+    branchlength = 0;
+    break;
+
+    /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
+
+    case OP_ASSERT:
+    case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+    case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+    case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+    do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
+    /* Fall through */
+
+    /* Skip over things that don't match chars */
+
+    case OP_REVERSE:
+    case OP_BRANUMBER:
+    case OP_CREF:
+    case OP_OPT:
+    case OP_CALLOUT:
+    case OP_SOD:
+    case OP_SOM:
+    case OP_EOD:
+    case OP_EODN:
+    case OP_CIRC:
+    case OP_DOLL:
+    case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+    case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+    cc += _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc];
+    break;
+
+    /* Handle literal characters */
+
+    case OP_CHAR:
+    case OP_CHARNC:
+    branchlength++;
+    cc += 2;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
+      {
+      while ((*cc & 0xc0) == 0x80) cc++;
+      }
+#endif
+    break;
+
+    /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
+    need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode.  */
+
+    case OP_EXACT:
+    branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
+    cc += 4;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
+      {
+      while((*cc & 0x80) == 0x80) cc++;
+      }
+#endif
+    break;
+
+    case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+    branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
+    cc += 4;
+    break;
+
+    /* Handle single-char matchers */
+
+    case OP_PROP:
+    case OP_NOTPROP:
+    cc++;
+    /* Fall through */
+
+    case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+    case OP_DIGIT:
+    case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+    case OP_WHITESPACE:
+    case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+    case OP_WORDCHAR:
+    case OP_ANY:
+    branchlength++;
+    cc++;
+    break;
+
+    /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed */
+
+    case OP_ANYBYTE:
+    return -2;
+
+    /* Check a class for variable quantification */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    case OP_XCLASS:
+    cc += GET(cc, 1) - 33;
+    /* Fall through */
+#endif
+
+    case OP_CLASS:
+    case OP_NCLASS:
+    cc += 33;
+
+    switch (*cc)
+      {
+      case OP_CRSTAR:
+      case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+      case OP_CRQUERY:
+      case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+      return -1;
+
+      case OP_CRRANGE:
+      case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+      if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,3)) return -1;
+      branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
+      cc += 5;
+      break;
+
+      default:
+      branchlength++;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Anything else is variable length */
+
+    default:
+    return -1;
+    }
+  }
+/* Control never gets here */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*    Scan compiled regex for numbered bracket    *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
+capturing bracket with the given number.
+
+Arguments:
+  code        points to start of expression
+  utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
+  number      the required bracket number
+
+Returns:      pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
+*/
+
+static const uschar *
+find_bracket(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8, int number)
+{
+#ifndef SUPPORT_UTF8
+utf8 = utf8;               /* Stop pedantic compilers complaining */
+#endif
+
+for (;;)
+  {
+  register int c = *code;
+  if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
+  else if (c > OP_BRA)
+    {
+    int n = c - OP_BRA;
+    if (n > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) n = GET2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE);
+    if (n == number) return (uschar *)code;
+    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[OP_BRA];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+
+    /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
+    by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
+    to scan along to skip the extra bytes. All opcodes are less than 128, so we
+    can use relatively efficient code. */
+
+    if (utf8) switch(c)
+      {
+      case OP_CHAR:
+      case OP_CHARNC:
+      case OP_EXACT:
+      case OP_UPTO:
+      case OP_MINUPTO:
+      case OP_STAR:
+      case OP_MINSTAR:
+      case OP_PLUS:
+      case OP_MINPLUS:
+      case OP_QUERY:
+      case OP_MINQUERY:
+      while ((*code & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
+      break;
+
+      /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
+      map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
+      the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
+
+      case OP_XCLASS:
+      code += GET(code, 1) + 1;
+      break;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*   Scan compiled regex for recursion reference  *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
+instance of OP_RECURSE.
+
+Arguments:
+  code        points to start of expression
+  utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
+
+Returns:      pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
+*/
+
+static const uschar *
+find_recurse(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8)
+{
+#ifndef SUPPORT_UTF8
+utf8 = utf8;               /* Stop pedantic compilers complaining */
+#endif
+
+for (;;)
+  {
+  register int c = *code;
+  if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
+  else if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
+  else if (c > OP_BRA)
+    {
+    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[OP_BRA];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+
+    /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
+    by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
+    to scan along to skip the extra bytes. All opcodes are less than 128, so we
+    can use relatively efficient code. */
+
+    if (utf8) switch(c)
+      {
+      case OP_CHAR:
+      case OP_CHARNC:
+      case OP_EXACT:
+      case OP_UPTO:
+      case OP_MINUPTO:
+      case OP_STAR:
+      case OP_MINSTAR:
+      case OP_PLUS:
+      case OP_MINPLUS:
+      case OP_QUERY:
+      case OP_MINQUERY:
+      while ((*code & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
+      break;
+
+      /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
+      map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
+      the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
+
+      case OP_XCLASS:
+      code += GET(code, 1) + 1;
+      break;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*    Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness      *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
+can match the empty string or not. It is called only from could_be_empty()
+below. Note that first_significant_code() skips over assertions. If we hit an
+unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner bracket
+whose current branch will already have been scanned.
+
+Arguments:
+  code        points to start of search
+  endcode     points to where to stop
+  utf8        TRUE if in UTF8 mode
+
+Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+could_be_empty_branch(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, BOOL utf8)
+{
+register int c;
+for (code = first_significant_code(code + 1 + LINK_SIZE, NULL, 0, TRUE);
+     code < endcode;
+     code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[c], NULL, 0, TRUE))
+  {
+  const uschar *ccode;
+
+  c = *code;
+
+  if (c >= OP_BRA)
+    {
+    BOOL empty_branch;
+    if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE;    /* Hit unclosed bracket */
+
+    /* Scan a closed bracket */
+
+    empty_branch = FALSE;
+    do
+      {
+      if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf8))
+        empty_branch = TRUE;
+      code += GET(code, 1);
+      }
+    while (*code == OP_ALT);
+    if (!empty_branch) return FALSE;   /* All branches are non-empty */
+    code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+    c = *code;
+    }
+
+  else switch (c)
+    {
+    /* Check for quantifiers after a class */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    case OP_XCLASS:
+    ccode = code + GET(code, 1);
+    goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
+#endif
+
+    case OP_CLASS:
+    case OP_NCLASS:
+    ccode = code + 33;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
+#endif
+
+    switch (*ccode)
+      {
+      case OP_CRSTAR:            /* These could be empty; continue */
+      case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+      case OP_CRQUERY:
+      case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+      break;
+
+      default:                   /* Non-repeat => class must match */
+      case OP_CRPLUS:            /* These repeats aren't empty */
+      case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+      return FALSE;
+
+      case OP_CRRANGE:
+      case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+      if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE;  /* Minimum > 0 */
+      break;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Opcodes that must match a character */
+
+    case OP_PROP:
+    case OP_NOTPROP:
+    case OP_EXTUNI:
+    case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+    case OP_DIGIT:
+    case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+    case OP_WHITESPACE:
+    case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+    case OP_WORDCHAR:
+    case OP_ANY:
+    case OP_ANYBYTE:
+    case OP_CHAR:
+    case OP_CHARNC:
+    case OP_NOT:
+    case OP_PLUS:
+    case OP_MINPLUS:
+    case OP_EXACT:
+    case OP_NOTPLUS:
+    case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+    case OP_NOTEXACT:
+    case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+    case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+    case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+    return FALSE;
+
+    /* End of branch */
+
+    case OP_KET:
+    case OP_KETRMAX:
+    case OP_KETRMIN:
+    case OP_ALT:
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, UPTO, and MINUPTO  may be
+    followed by a multibyte character */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    case OP_STAR:
+    case OP_MINSTAR:
+    case OP_QUERY:
+    case OP_MINQUERY:
+    case OP_UPTO:
+    case OP_MINUPTO:
+    if (utf8) while ((code[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
+    break;
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*    Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
+the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
+string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
+stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
+
+Arguments:
+  code        points to start of the recursion
+  endcode     points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
+  bcptr       points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
+  utf8        TRUE if in UTF-8 mode
+
+Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+could_be_empty(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr,
+  BOOL utf8)
+{
+while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current >= code)
+  {
+  if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current, endcode, utf8)) return FALSE;
+  bcptr = bcptr->outer;
+  }
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*           Check for POSIX class syntax         *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
+encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by an
+optional ^ and then a sequence of letters, terminated by a matching ":]" or
+".]" or "=]".
+
+Argument:
+  ptr      pointer to the initial [
+  endptr   where to return the end pointer
+  cd       pointer to compile data
+
+Returns:   TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+check_posix_syntax(const uschar *ptr, const uschar **endptr, compile_data *cd)
+{
+int terminator;          /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
+terminator = *(++ptr);   /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
+if (*(++ptr) == '^') ptr++;
+while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++;
+if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == ']')
+  {
+  *endptr = ptr;
+  return TRUE;
+  }
+return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*          Check POSIX class name                *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
+such as [:alnum:].
+
+Arguments:
+  ptr        points to the first letter
+  len        the length of the name
+
+Returns:     a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
+*/
+
+static int
+check_posix_name(const uschar *ptr, int len)
+{
+register int yield = 0;
+while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
+  {
+  if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
+    strncmp((const char *)ptr, posix_names[yield], len) == 0) return yield;
+  yield++;
+  }
+return -1;
+}
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*    Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group   *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
+that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
+repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
+earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
+optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO is inserted before
+it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE items within it
+that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to have their
+offsets adjusted. That is the job of this function. Before it is called, the
+partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with OP_END.
+
+Arguments:
+  group      points to the start of the group
+  adjust     the amount by which the group is to be moved
+  utf8       TRUE in UTF-8 mode
+  cd         contains pointers to tables etc.
+
+Returns:     nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+adjust_recurse(uschar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd)
+{
+uschar *ptr = group;
+while ((ptr = (uschar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf8)) != NULL)
+  {
+  int offset = GET(ptr, 1);
+  if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
+  ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*        Insert an automatic callout point       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
+callout points before each pattern item.
+
+Arguments:
+  code           current code pointer
+  ptr            current pattern pointer
+  cd             pointers to tables etc
+
+Returns:         new code pointer
+*/
+
+static uschar *
+auto_callout(uschar *code, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
+{
+*code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
+*code++ = 255;
+PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern);  /* Pattern offset */
+PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                /* Default length */
+return code + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*         Complete a callout item                *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
+we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
+for both automatic and manual callouts.
+
+Arguments:
+  previous_callout   points to previous callout item
+  ptr                current pattern pointer
+  cd                 pointers to tables etc
+
+Returns:             nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+complete_callout(uschar *previous_callout, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
+{
+int length = ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2);
+PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+/*************************************************
+*           Get othercase range                  *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
+with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of
+characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
+start address.
+
+Arguments:
+  cptr        points to starting character value; updated
+  d           end value
+  ocptr       where to put start of othercase range
+  odptr       where to put end of othercase range
+
+Yield:        TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+get_othercase_range(int *cptr, int d, int *ocptr, int *odptr)
+{
+int c, chartype, othercase, next;
+
+for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
+  {
+  if (_pcre_ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase) == ucp_L && othercase != 0)
+    break;
+  }
+
+if (c > d) return FALSE;
+
+*ocptr = othercase;
+next = othercase + 1;
+
+for (++c; c <= d; c++)
+  {
+  if (_pcre_ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase) != ucp_L ||
+        othercase != next)
+    break;
+  next++;
+  }
+
+*odptr = next - 1;
+*cptr = c;
+
+return TRUE;
+}
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*           Compile one branch                   *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the code vector. If the options are
+changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
+bits.
+
+Arguments:
+  optionsptr     pointer to the option bits
+  brackets       points to number of extracting brackets used
+  codeptr        points to the pointer to the current code point
+  ptrptr         points to the current pattern pointer
+  errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
+  firstbyteptr   set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE)
+  reqbyteptr     set to the last literal character required, else < 0
+  bcptr          points to current branch chain
+  cd             contains pointers to tables etc.
+
+Returns:         TRUE on success
+                 FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+compile_branch(int *optionsptr, int *brackets, uschar **codeptr,
+  const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int *firstbyteptr,
+  int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd)
+{
+int repeat_type, op_type;
+int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0;      /* To please picky compilers */
+int bravalue = 0;
+int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
+int firstbyte, reqbyte;
+int zeroreqbyte, zerofirstbyte;
+int req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
+int condcount = 0;
+int options = *optionsptr;
+int after_manual_callout = 0;
+register int c;
+register uschar *code = *codeptr;
+uschar *tempcode;
+BOOL inescq = FALSE;
+BOOL groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
+const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+const uschar *tempptr;
+uschar *previous = NULL;
+uschar *previous_callout = NULL;
+uschar classbits[32];
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+BOOL class_utf8;
+BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+uschar *class_utf8data;
+uschar utf8_char[6];
+#else
+BOOL utf8 = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+/* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
+
+greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
+greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
+
+/* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
+matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
+matches a non-fixed char first char; reqbyte just remains unset if we never
+find one.
+
+When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
+to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
+zerofirstbyte and zeroreqbyte when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
+item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
+
+firstbyte = reqbyte = zerofirstbyte = zeroreqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
+
+/* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero,
+according to the current setting of the caseless flag. REQ_CASELESS is a bit
+value > 255. It is added into the firstbyte or reqbyte variables to record the
+case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
+
+req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
+
+/* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
+
+for (;; ptr++)
+  {
+  BOOL negate_class;
+  BOOL possessive_quantifier;
+  BOOL is_quantifier;
+  int class_charcount;
+  int class_lastchar;
+  int newoptions;
+  int recno;
+  int skipbytes;
+  int subreqbyte;
+  int subfirstbyte;
+  int mclength;
+  uschar mcbuffer[8];
+
+  /* Next byte in the pattern */
+
+  c = *ptr;
+
+  /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
+
+  if (inescq && c != 0)
+    {
+    if (c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E')
+      {
+      inescq = FALSE;
+      ptr++;
+      continue;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+      if (previous_callout != NULL)
+        {
+        complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
+        previous_callout = NULL;
+        }
+      if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
+        {
+        previous_callout = code;
+        code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
+        }
+      goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+      }
+    }
+
+  /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
+  a quantifier. */
+
+  is_quantifier = c == '*' || c == '+' || c == '?' ||
+    (c == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
+
+  if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
+       after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
+    {
+    complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
+    previous_callout = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments */
+
+  if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
+    {
+    if ((cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
+    if (c == '#')
+      {
+      /* The space before the ; is to avoid a warning on a silly compiler
+      on the Macintosh. */
+      while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && c != NEWLINE) ;
+      if (c != 0) continue;   /* Else fall through to handle end of string */
+      }
+    }
+
+  /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
+
+  if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
+    {
+    previous_callout = code;
+    code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
+    }
+
+  switch(c)
+    {
+    /* The branch terminates at end of string, |, or ). */
+
+    case 0:
+    case '|':
+    case ')':
+    *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
+    *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
+    *codeptr = code;
+    *ptrptr = ptr;
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
+    the setting of any following char as a first character. */
+
+    case '^':
+    if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
+      {
+      if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
+      }
+    previous = NULL;
+    *code++ = OP_CIRC;
+    break;
+
+    case '$':
+    previous = NULL;
+    *code++ = OP_DOLL;
+    break;
+
+    /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
+    repeats. The value of reqbyte doesn't change either. */
+
+    case '.':
+    if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
+    zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
+    zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
+    previous = code;
+    *code++ = OP_ANY;
+    break;
+
+    /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 255 in value, we
+    build a 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special
+    case where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build
+    the map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different
+    opcode so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
+
+    If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
+    opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
+    but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
+    whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
+    */
+
+    case '[':
+    previous = code;
+
+    /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
+    they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
+
+    if ((ptr[1] == ':' || ptr[1] == '.' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
+        check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr, cd))
+      {
+      *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == ':')? ERR13 : ERR31;
+      goto FAILED;
+      }
+
+    /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. */
+
+    if ((c = *(++ptr)) == '^')
+      {
+      negate_class = TRUE;
+      c = *(++ptr);
+      }
+    else
+      {
+      negate_class = FALSE;
+      }
+
+    /* Keep a count of chars with values < 256 so that we can optimize the case
+    of just a single character (as long as it's < 256). For higher valued UTF-8
+    characters, we don't yet do any optimization. */
+
+    class_charcount = 0;
+    class_lastchar = -1;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    class_utf8 = FALSE;                       /* No chars >= 256 */
+    class_utf8data = code + LINK_SIZE + 34;   /* For UTF-8 items */
+#endif
+
+    /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We have to build the
+    map in a temporary bit of store, in case the class contains only 1
+    character (< 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the
+    bit map. */
+
+    memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar));
+
+    /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
+    means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. The first pass
+    through the regex checked the overall syntax, so we don't need to be very
+    strict here. At the start of the loop, c contains the first byte of the
+    character. */
+
+    do
+      {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8 && c > 127)
+        {                           /* Braces are required because the */
+        GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
+        }
+#endif
+
+      /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
+
+      if (inescq)
+        {
+        if (c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E')
+          {
+          inescq = FALSE;
+          ptr++;
+          continue;
+          }
+        else goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
+        }
+
+      /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
+      form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
+      treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
+      [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
+      5.6 and 5.8 do. */
+
+      if (c == '[' &&
+          (ptr[1] == ':' || ptr[1] == '.' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
+          check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr, cd))
+        {
+        BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
+        int posix_class, i;
+        register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
+
+        if (ptr[1] != ':')
+          {
+          *errorcodeptr = ERR31;
+          goto FAILED;
+          }
+
+        ptr += 2;
+        if (*ptr == '^')
+          {
+          local_negate = TRUE;
+          ptr++;
+          }
+
+        posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, tempptr - ptr);
+        if (posix_class < 0)
+          {
+          *errorcodeptr = ERR30;
+          goto FAILED;
+          }
+
+        /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
+        alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
+        alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
+
+        if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
+          posix_class = 0;
+
+        /* Or into the map we are building up to 3 of the static class
+        tables, or their negations. The [:blank:] class sets up the same
+        chars as the [:space:] class (all white space). We remove the vertical
+        white space chars afterwards. */
+
+        posix_class *= 3;
+        for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+          {
+          BOOL blankclass = strncmp((char *)ptr, "blank", 5) == 0;
+          int taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + i];
+          if (taboffset < 0) break;
+          if (local_negate)
+            {
+            if (i == 0)
+              for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+taboffset];
+            else
+              for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] &= ~cbits[c+taboffset];
+            if (blankclass) classbits[1] |= 0x3c;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+taboffset];
+            if (blankclass) classbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
+            }
+          }
+
+        ptr = tempptr + 1;
+        class_charcount = 10;  /* Set > 1; assumes more than 1 per class */
+        continue;    /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
+        }
+
+      /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
+      of the specials, which just set a flag. Escaped items are checked for
+      validity in the pre-compiling pass. The sequence \b is a special case.
+      Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. Elsewhere
+      it marks a word boundary. Other escapes have preset maps ready to
+      or into the one we are building. We assume they have more than one
+      character in them, so set class_charcount bigger than one. */
+
+      if (c == '\\')
+        {
+        c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, *brackets, options, TRUE);
+
+        if (-c == ESC_b) c = '\b';       /* \b is backslash in a class */
+        else if (-c == ESC_X) c = 'X';   /* \X is literal X in a class */
+        else if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
+          {
+          if (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E')
+            {
+            ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
+            }
+          else inescq = TRUE;
+          continue;
+          }
+
+        if (c < 0)
+          {
+          register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
+          class_charcount += 2;     /* Greater than 1 is what matters */
+          switch (-c)
+            {
+            case ESC_d:
+            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+            continue;
+
+            case ESC_D:
+            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+            continue;
+
+            case ESC_w:
+            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
+            continue;
+
+            case ESC_W:
+            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
+            continue;
+
+            case ESC_s:
+            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
+            classbits[1] &= ~0x08;   /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
+            continue;
+
+            case ESC_S:
+            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
+            classbits[1] |= 0x08;    /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
+            continue;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+            case ESC_p:
+            case ESC_P:
+              {
+              BOOL negated;
+              int property = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, errorcodeptr);
+              if (property < 0) goto FAILED;
+              class_utf8 = TRUE;
+              *class_utf8data++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)?
+                XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
+              *class_utf8data++ = property;
+              class_charcount -= 2;   /* Not a < 256 character */
+              }
+            continue;
+#endif
+
+            /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
+            strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
+            treated as literals. */
+
+            default:
+            if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
+              {
+              *errorcodeptr = ERR7;
+              goto FAILED;
+              }
+            c = *ptr;              /* The final character */
+            class_charcount -= 2;  /* Undo the default count from above */
+            }
+          }
+
+        /* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be
+        > 256 in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+        }   /* End of backslash handling */
+
+      /* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However,
+      Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character
+      here is treated as a literal. */
+
+      if (ptr[1] == '-' && ptr[2] != ']')
+        {
+        int d;
+        ptr += 2;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+        if (utf8)
+          {                           /* Braces are required because the */
+          GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
+          }
+        else
+#endif
+        d = *ptr;  /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+
+        /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
+        not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
+        in such circumstances. */
+
+        if (d == '\\')
+          {
+          const uschar *oldptr = ptr;
+          d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, *brackets, options, TRUE);
+
+          /* \b is backslash; \X is literal X; any other special means the '-'
+          was literal */
+
+          if (d < 0)
+            {
+            if (d == -ESC_b) d = '\b';
+            else if (d == -ESC_X) d = 'X'; else
+              {
+              ptr = oldptr - 2;
+              goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+        /* The check that the two values are in the correct order happens in
+        the pre-pass. Optimize one-character ranges */
+
+        if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
+
+        /* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless
+        matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless
+        matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is
+        available. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+        if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
+          {
+          class_utf8 = TRUE;
+
+          /* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of
+          the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how
+          they fit with the basic range. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+          if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+            {
+            int occ, ocd;
+            int cc = c;
+            int origd = d;
+            while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
+              {
+              if (occ >= c && ocd <= d) continue;  /* Skip embedded ranges */
+
+              if (occ < c  && ocd >= c - 1)        /* Extend the basic range */
+                {                                  /* if there is overlap,   */
+                c = occ;                           /* noting that if occ < c */
+                continue;                          /* we can't have ocd > d  */
+                }                                  /* because a subrange is  */
+              if (ocd > d && occ <= d + 1)         /* always shorter than    */
+                {                                  /* the basic range.       */
+                d = ocd;
+                continue;
+                }
+
+              if (occ == ocd)
+                {
+                *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
+                class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, class_utf8data);
+                }
+              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, class_utf8data);
+              }
+            }
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+          /* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless
+          overlapping ranges. */
+
+          *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
+          class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
+          class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(d, class_utf8data);
+
+          /* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no
+          caseless matching for UTF-8 characters > 127; we can use the bit map
+          for the smaller ones. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+          continue;    /* With next character in the class */
+#else
+          if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue;
+
+          /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */
+
+          d = 127;
+
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+          }
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
+
+        /* We use the bit map for all cases when not in UTF-8 mode; else
+        ranges that lie entirely within 0-127 when there is UCP support; else
+        for partial ranges without UCP support. */
+
+        for (; c <= d; c++)
+          {
+          classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
+          if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+            {
+            int uc = cd->fcc[c];           /* flip case */
+            classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7));
+            }
+          class_charcount++;                /* in case a one-char range */
+          class_lastchar = c;
+          }
+
+        continue;   /* Go get the next char in the class */
+        }
+
+      /* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal
+      non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an
+      apparent range that isn't. */
+
+      LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
+
+      /* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
+        {
+        class_utf8 = TRUE;
+        *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
+        class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+        if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+          {
+          int chartype;
+          int othercase;
+          if (_pcre_ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase) >= 0 &&
+               othercase > 0)
+            {
+            *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
+            class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, class_utf8data);
+            }
+          }
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+        }
+      else
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
+
+      /* Handle a single-byte character */
+        {
+        classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
+        if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+          {
+          c = cd->fcc[c];   /* flip case */
+          classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
+          }
+        class_charcount++;
+        class_lastchar = c;
+        }
+      }
+
+    /* Loop until ']' reached; the check for end of string happens inside the
+    loop. This "while" is the end of the "do" above. */
+
+    while ((c = *(++ptr)) != ']' || inescq);
+
+    /* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character whose value is
+    less than 256. In non-UTF-8 mode we can always optimize. In UTF-8 mode, we
+    can optimize the negative case only if there were no characters >= 128
+    because OP_NOT and the related opcodes like OP_NOTSTAR operate on
+    single-bytes only. This is an historical hangover. Maybe one day we can
+    tidy these opcodes to handle multi-byte characters.
+
+    The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a
+    1-character OP_CHAR[NC] if it's positive, or OP_NOT if it's negative. Note
+    that OP_NOT does not support multibyte characters. In the positive case, it
+    can cause firstbyte to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if
+    this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of
+    reqbyte, save the previous value for reinstating. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (class_charcount == 1 &&
+          (!utf8 ||
+          (!class_utf8 && (!negate_class || class_lastchar < 128))))
+
+#else
+    if (class_charcount == 1)
+#endif
+      {
+      zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
+
+      /* The OP_NOT opcode works on one-byte characters only. */
+
+      if (negate_class)
+        {
+        if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
+        zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
+        *code++ = OP_NOT;
+        *code++ = class_lastchar;
+        break;
+        }
+
+      /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
+      then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8 && class_lastchar > 127)
+        mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(class_lastchar, mcbuffer);
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+        mcbuffer[0] = class_lastchar;
+        mclength = 1;
+        }
+      goto ONE_CHAR;
+      }       /* End of 1-char optimization */
+
+    /* The general case - not the one-char optimization. If this is the first
+    thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the
+    repeat count. Any reqbyte setting must remain unchanged after any kind of
+    repeat. */
+
+    if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
+    zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
+    zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
+
+    /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
+    extended class, with its own opcode. If there are no characters < 256,
+    we can omit the bitmap. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (class_utf8)
+      {
+      *class_utf8data++ = XCL_END;    /* Marks the end of extra data */
+      *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
+      code += LINK_SIZE;
+      *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT : 0;
+
+      /* If the map is required, install it, and move on to the end of
+      the extra data */
+
+      if (class_charcount > 0)
+        {
+        *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
+        memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
+        code = class_utf8data;
+        }
+
+      /* If the map is not required, slide down the extra data. */
+
+      else
+        {
+        int len = class_utf8data - (code + 33);
+        memmove(code + 1, code + 33, len);
+        code += len + 1;
+        }
+
+      /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
+
+      PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
+      break;   /* End of class handling */
+      }
+#endif
+
+    /* If there are no characters > 255, negate the 32-byte map if necessary,
+    and copy it into the code vector. If this is the first thing in the branch,
+    there can be no first char setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqbyte
+    setting must remain unchanged after any kind of repeat. */
+
+    if (negate_class)
+      {
+      *code++ = OP_NCLASS;
+      for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) code[c] = ~classbits[c];
+      }
+    else
+      {
+      *code++ = OP_CLASS;
+      memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
+      }
+    code += 32;
+    break;
+
+    /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
+    has been tested above. */
+
+    case '{':
+    if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+    ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
+    if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+    goto REPEAT;
+
+    case '*':
+    repeat_min = 0;
+    repeat_max = -1;
+    goto REPEAT;
+
+    case '+':
+    repeat_min = 1;
+    repeat_max = -1;
+    goto REPEAT;
+
+    case '?':
+    repeat_min = 0;
+    repeat_max = 1;
+
+    REPEAT:
+    if (previous == NULL)
+      {
+      *errorcodeptr = ERR9;
+      goto FAILED;
+      }
+
+    if (repeat_min == 0)
+      {
+      firstbyte = zerofirstbyte;    /* Adjust for zero repeat */
+      reqbyte = zeroreqbyte;        /* Ditto */
+      }
+
+    /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
+
+    reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
+
+    op_type = 0;                    /* Default single-char op codes */
+    possessive_quantifier = FALSE;  /* Default not possessive quantifier */
+
+    /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up to make space
+    for an inserted OP_ONCE for the additional '+' extension. */
+
+    tempcode = previous;
+
+    /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
+    implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
+    If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
+    but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
+    repeat type to the non-default. */
+
+    if (ptr[1] == '+')
+      {
+      repeat_type = 0;                  /* Force greedy */
+      possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
+      ptr++;
+      }
+    else if (ptr[1] == '?')
+      {
+      repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
+      ptr++;
+      }
+    else repeat_type = greedy_default;
+
+    /* If previous was a recursion, we need to wrap it inside brackets so that
+    it can be replicated if necessary. */
+
+    if (*previous == OP_RECURSE)
+      {
+      memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+      code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+      *previous = OP_BRA;
+      PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
+      *code = OP_KET;
+      PUT(code, 1, code - previous);
+      code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+      }
+
+    /* If previous was a character match, abolish the item and generate a
+    repeat item instead. If a char item has a minumum of more than one, ensure
+    that it is set in reqbyte - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is
+    the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstbyte
+    instead.  */
+
+    if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARNC)
+      {
+      /* Deal with UTF-8 characters that take up more than one byte. It's
+      easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
+      hold the length of the character in bytes, plus 0x80 to flag that it's a
+      length rather than a small character. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8 && (code[-1] & 0x80) != 0)
+        {
+        uschar *lastchar = code - 1;
+        while((*lastchar & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastchar--;
+        c = code - lastchar;            /* Length of UTF-8 character */
+        memcpy(utf8_char, lastchar, c); /* Save the char */
+        c |= 0x80;                      /* Flag c as a length */
+        }
+      else
+#endif
+
+      /* Handle the case of a single byte - either with no UTF8 support, or
+      with UTF-8 disabled, or for a UTF-8 character < 128. */
+
+        {
+        c = code[-1];
+        if (repeat_min > 1) reqbyte = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
+        }
+
+      goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;   /* Code shared with single character types */
+      }
+
+    /* If previous was a single negated character ([^a] or similar), we use
+    one of the special opcodes, replacing it. The code is shared with single-
+    character repeats by setting opt_type to add a suitable offset into
+    repeat_type. OP_NOT is currently used only for single-byte chars. */
+
+    else if (*previous == OP_NOT)
+      {
+      op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use "not" opcodes */
+      c = previous[1];
+      goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;
+      }
+
+    /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
+    create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
+    repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
+    the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
+    defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
+    makes it horribly messy. */
+
+    else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
+      {
+      uschar *oldcode;
+      int prop_type;
+      op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use type opcodes */
+      c = *previous;
+
+      OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
+      prop_type = (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)?
+        previous[1] : -1;
+
+      oldcode = code;
+      code = previous;                  /* Usually overwrite previous item */
+
+      /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
+      this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
+
+      if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
+
+      /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
+      one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
+
+      if (repeat_max != 1) cd->nopartial = TRUE;
+
+      /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
+
+      repeat_type += op_type;
+
+      /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
+      an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
+
+      if (repeat_min == 0)
+        {
+        if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
+          else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
+        else
+          {
+          *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
+          PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
+      maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item it
+      left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
+      one less than the maximum. */
+
+      else if (repeat_min == 1)
+        {
+        if (repeat_max == -1)
+          *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
+        else
+          {
+          code = oldcode;                 /* leave previous item in place */
+          if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
+          *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
+          PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
+      handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
+
+      else
+        {
+        *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type;  /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
+        PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
+
+        /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
+        we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
+        Unicode property match, there is an extra byte that defines the
+        required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
+        c, with the 0x80 bit as a flag. */
+
+        if (repeat_max < 0)
+          {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+          if (utf8 && c >= 128)
+            {
+            memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
+            code += c & 7;
+            }
+          else
+#endif
+            {
+            *code++ = c;
+            if (prop_type >= 0) *code++ = prop_type;
+            }
+          *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
+          }
+
+        /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
+        preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. */
+
+        else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
+          {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+          if (utf8 && c >= 128)
+            {
+            memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
+            code += c & 7;
+            }
+          else
+#endif
+          *code++ = c;
+          if (prop_type >= 0) *code++ = prop_type;
+          repeat_max -= repeat_min;
+          *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
+          PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8 && c >= 128)
+        {
+        memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
+        code += c & 7;
+        }
+      else
+#endif
+      *code++ = c;
+
+      /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there is an extra byte that
+      defines the required property. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+      if (prop_type >= 0) *code++ = prop_type;
+#endif
+      }
+
+    /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
+    stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
+
+    else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
+             *previous == OP_NCLASS ||
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+             *previous == OP_XCLASS ||
+#endif
+             *previous == OP_REF)
+      {
+      if (repeat_max == 0)
+        {
+        code = previous;
+        goto END_REPEAT;
+        }
+
+      /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
+      one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
+
+      if (repeat_max != 1) cd->nopartial = TRUE;
+
+      if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
+        *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
+      else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
+        *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
+      else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
+        *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
+      else
+        {
+        *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
+        PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
+        if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0;  /* 2-byte encoding for max */
+        PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
+        }
+      }
+
+    /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
+    cases. */
+
+    else if (*previous >= OP_BRA || *previous == OP_ONCE ||
+             *previous == OP_COND)
+      {
+      register int i;
+      int ketoffset = 0;
+      int len = code - previous;
+      uschar *bralink = NULL;
+
+      /* If the maximum repeat count is unlimited, find the end of the bracket
+      by scanning through from the start, and compute the offset back to it
+      from the current code pointer. There may be an OP_OPT setting following
+      the final KET, so we can't find the end just by going back from the code
+      pointer. */
+
+      if (repeat_max == -1)
+        {
+        register uschar *ket = previous;
+        do ket += GET(ket, 1); while (*ket != OP_KET);
+        ketoffset = code - ket;
+        }
+
+      /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
+      OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
+      data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
+      this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
+      the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
+      minimum is zero. */
+
+      if (repeat_min == 0)
+        {
+        /* If the maximum is also zero, we just omit the group from the output
+        altogether. */
+
+        if (repeat_max == 0)
+          {
+          code = previous;
+          goto END_REPEAT;
+          }
+
+        /* If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the
+        BRAZERO and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust
+        any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or
+        any internal group, because the offset is from the start of the whole
+        regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing this. */
+
+        if (repeat_max <= 1)
+          {
+          *code = OP_END;
+          adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf8, cd);
+          memmove(previous+1, previous, len);
+          code++;
+          *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
+          }
+
+        /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
+        in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
+        The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
+        copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
+        that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
+        adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
+        again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
+
+        else
+          {
+          int offset;
+          *code = OP_END;
+          adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd);
+          memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, len);
+          code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
+          *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
+          *previous++ = OP_BRA;
+
+          /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
+          filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
+
+          offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : previous - bralink;
+          bralink = previous;
+          PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
+          }
+
+        repeat_max--;
+        }
+
+      /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
+      times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
+      copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
+      set a required char, copy the latter from the former. */
+
+      else
+        {
+        if (repeat_min > 1)
+          {
+          if (groupsetfirstbyte && reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
+          for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
+            {
+            memcpy(code, previous, len);
+            code += len;
+            }
+          }
+        if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
+        }
+
+      /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
+      the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
+      remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
+      the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
+      the number of additional copies needed. */
+
+      if (repeat_max >= 0)
+        {
+        for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+          {
+          *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
+
+          /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
+          chain of brackets outstanding. */
+
+          if (i != 0)
+            {
+            int offset;
+            *code++ = OP_BRA;
+            offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : code - bralink;
+            bralink = code;
+            PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
+            }
+
+          memcpy(code, previous, len);
+          code += len;
+          }
+
+        /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
+        fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
+
+        while (bralink != NULL)
+          {
+          int oldlinkoffset;
+          int offset = code - bralink + 1;
+          uschar *bra = code - offset;
+          oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
+          bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
+          *code++ = OP_KET;
+          PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
+          PUT(bra, 1, offset);
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. We
+      can't just offset backwards from the current code point, because we
+      don't know if there's been an options resetting after the ket. The
+      correct offset was computed above. */
+
+      else code[-ketoffset] = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
+      }
+
+    /* Else there's some kind of shambles */
+
+    else
+      {
+      *errorcodeptr = ERR11;
+      goto FAILED;
+      }
+
+    /* If the character following a repeat is '+', we wrap the entire repeated
+    item inside OP_ONCE brackets. This is just syntactic sugar, taken from
+    Sun's Java package. The repeated item starts at tempcode, not at previous,
+    which might be the first part of a string whose (former) last char we
+    repeated. However, we don't support '+' after a greediness '?'. */
+
+    if (possessive_quantifier)
+      {
+      int len = code - tempcode;
+      memmove(tempcode + 1+LINK_SIZE, tempcode, len);
+      code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+      len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+      tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
+      *code++ = OP_KET;
+      PUTINC(code, 0, len);
+      PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
+      }
+
+    /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
+    "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqbytes if
+    it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
+
+    END_REPEAT:
+    previous = NULL;
+    cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
+    break;
+
+
+    /* Start of nested bracket sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
+    lookbehind or option setting or condition. First deal with special things
+    that can come after a bracket; all are introduced by ?, and the appearance
+    of any of them means that this is not a referencing group. They were
+    checked for validity in the first pass over the string, so we don't have to
+    check for syntax errors here.  */
+
+    case '(':
+    newoptions = options;
+    skipbytes = 0;
+
+    if (*(++ptr) == '?')
+      {
+      int set, unset;
+      int *optset;
+
+      switch (*(++ptr))
+        {
+        case '#':                 /* Comment; skip to ket */
+        ptr++;
+        while (*ptr != ')') ptr++;
+        continue;
+
+        case ':':                 /* Non-extracting bracket */
+        bravalue = OP_BRA;
+        ptr++;
+        break;
+
+        case '(':
+        bravalue = OP_COND;       /* Conditional group */
+
+        /* Condition to test for recursion */
+
+        if (ptr[1] == 'R')
+          {
+          code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
+          PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, CREF_RECURSE);
+          skipbytes = 3;
+          ptr += 3;
+          }
+
+        /* Condition to test for a numbered subpattern match. We know that
+        if a digit follows ( then there will just be digits until ) because
+        the syntax was checked in the first pass. */
+
+        else if ((digitab[ptr[1]] && ctype_digit) != 0)
+          {
+          int condref;                 /* Don't amalgamate; some compilers */
+          condref = *(++ptr) - '0';    /* grumble at autoincrement in declaration */
+          while (*(++ptr) != ')') condref = condref*10 + *ptr - '0';
+          if (condref == 0)
+            {
+            *errorcodeptr = ERR35;
+            goto FAILED;
+            }
+          ptr++;
+          code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
+          PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, condref);
+          skipbytes = 3;
+          }
+        /* For conditions that are assertions, we just fall through, having
+        set bravalue above. */
+        break;
+
+        case '=':                 /* Positive lookahead */
+        bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
+        ptr++;
+        break;
+
+        case '!':                 /* Negative lookahead */
+        bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
+        ptr++;
+        break;
+
+        case '<':                 /* Lookbehinds */
+        switch (*(++ptr))
+          {
+          case '=':               /* Positive lookbehind */
+          bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
+          ptr++;
+          break;
+
+          case '!':               /* Negative lookbehind */
+          bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
+          ptr++;
+          break;
+          }
+        break;
+
+        case '>':                 /* One-time brackets */
+        bravalue = OP_ONCE;
+        ptr++;
+        break;
+
+        case 'C':                 /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
+        previous_callout = code;  /* Save for later completion */
+        after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
+        *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;     /* Already checked that the terminating */
+          {                       /* closing parenthesis is present. */
+          int n = 0;
+          while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+            n = n * 10 + *ptr - '0';
+          if (n > 255)
+            {
+            *errorcodeptr = ERR38;
+            goto FAILED;
+            }
+          *code++ = n;
+          PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1);  /* Pattern offset */
+          PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                    /* Default length */
+          code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
+          }
+        previous = NULL;
+        continue;
+
+        case 'P':                 /* Named subpattern handling */
+        if (*(++ptr) == '<')      /* Definition */
+          {
+          int i, namelen;
+          uschar *slot = cd->name_table;
+          const uschar *name;     /* Don't amalgamate; some compilers */
+          name = ++ptr;           /* grumble at autoincrement in declaration */
+
+          while (*ptr++ != '>');
+          namelen = ptr - name - 1;
+
+          for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+            {
+            int crc = memcmp(name, slot+2, namelen);
+            if (crc == 0)
+              {
+              if (slot[2+namelen] == 0)
+                {
+                *errorcodeptr = ERR43;
+                goto FAILED;
+                }
+              crc = -1;             /* Current name is substring */
+              }
+            if (crc < 0)
+              {
+              memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
+                (cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size);
+              break;
+              }
+            slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+            }
+
+          PUT2(slot, 0, *brackets + 1);
+          memcpy(slot + 2, name, namelen);
+          slot[2+namelen] = 0;
+          cd->names_found++;
+          goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
+          }
+
+        if (*ptr == '=' || *ptr == '>')  /* Reference or recursion */
+          {
+          int i, namelen;
+          int type = *ptr++;
+          const uschar *name = ptr;
+          uschar *slot = cd->name_table;
+
+          while (*ptr != ')') ptr++;
+          namelen = ptr - name;
+
+          for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+            {
+            if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break;
+            slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+            }
+          if (i >= cd->names_found)
+            {
+            *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+            goto FAILED;
+            }
+
+          recno = GET2(slot, 0);
+
+          if (type == '>') goto HANDLE_RECURSION;  /* A few lines below */
+
+          /* Back reference */
+
+          previous = code;
+          *code++ = OP_REF;
+          PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
+          cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
+          if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
+          continue;
+          }
+
+        /* Should never happen */
+        break;
+
+        case 'R':                 /* Pattern recursion */
+        ptr++;                    /* Same as (?0)      */
+        /* Fall through */
+
+        /* Recursion or "subroutine" call */
+
+        case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+        case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+          {
+          const uschar *called;
+          recno = 0;
+          while((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+            recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - '0';
+
+          /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
+
+          HANDLE_RECURSION:
+
+          previous = code;
+
+          /* Find the bracket that is being referenced. Temporarily end the
+          regex in case it doesn't exist. */
+
+          *code = OP_END;
+          called = (recno == 0)?
+            cd->start_code : find_bracket(cd->start_code, utf8, recno);
+
+          if (called == NULL)
+            {
+            *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+            goto FAILED;
+            }
+
+          /* If the subpattern is still open, this is a recursive call. We
+          check to see if this is a left recursion that could loop for ever,
+          and diagnose that case. */
+
+          if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf8))
+            {
+            *errorcodeptr = ERR40;
+            goto FAILED;
+            }
+
+          /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item */
+
+          *code = OP_RECURSE;
+          PUT(code, 1, called - cd->start_code);
+          code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+          }
+        continue;
+
+        /* Character after (? not specially recognized */
+
+        default:                  /* Option setting */
+        set = unset = 0;
+        optset = &set;
+
+        while (*ptr != ')' && *ptr != ':')
+          {
+          switch (*ptr++)
+            {
+            case '-': optset = &unset; break;
+
+            case 'i': *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
+            case 'm': *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
+            case 's': *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
+            case 'x': *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
+            case 'U': *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
+            case 'X': *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
+            }
+          }
+
+        /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
+
+        newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
+
+        /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
+        group with option changes, so the options change at this level. Compile
+        code to change the ims options if this setting actually changes any of
+        them. We also pass the new setting back so that it can be put at the
+        start of any following branches, and when this group ends (if we are in
+        a group), a resetting item can be compiled.
+
+        Note that if this item is right at the start of the pattern, the
+        options will have been abstracted and made global, so there will be no
+        change to compile. */
+
+        if (*ptr == ')')
+          {
+          if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != (newoptions & PCRE_IMS))
+            {
+            *code++ = OP_OPT;
+            *code++ = newoptions & PCRE_IMS;
+            }
+
+          /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
+          in subsequent branches. Reset the greedy defaults and the case
+          value for firstbyte and reqbyte. */
+
+          *optionsptr = options = newoptions;
+          greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
+          greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
+          req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
+
+          previous = NULL;       /* This item can't be repeated */
+          continue;              /* It is complete */
+          }
+
+        /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
+        with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
+        not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
+        the newoptions value is handled below. */
+
+        bravalue = OP_BRA;
+        ptr++;
+        }
+      }
+
+    /* If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE is set, all unadorned brackets become
+    non-capturing and behave like (?:...) brackets */
+
+    else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
+      {
+      bravalue = OP_BRA;
+      }
+
+    /* Else we have a referencing group; adjust the opcode. If the bracket
+    number is greater than EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX, we set the opcode one higher, and
+    arrange for the true number to follow later, in an OP_BRANUMBER item. */
+
+    else
+      {
+      NUMBERED_GROUP:
+      if (++(*brackets) > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX)
+        {
+        bravalue = OP_BRA + EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX + 1;
+        code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_BRANUMBER;
+        PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, *brackets);
+        skipbytes = 3;
+        }
+      else bravalue = OP_BRA + *brackets;
+      }
+
+    /* Process nested bracketed re. Assertions may not be repeated, but other
+    kinds can be. We copy code into a non-register variable in order to be able
+    to pass its address because some compilers complain otherwise. Pass in a
+    new setting for the ims options if they have changed. */
+
+    previous = (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)? code : NULL;
+    *code = bravalue;
+    tempcode = code;
+    tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt;     /* Save value before bracket */
+
+    if (!compile_regex(
+         newoptions,                   /* The complete new option state */
+         options & PCRE_IMS,           /* The previous ims option state */
+         brackets,                     /* Extracting bracket count */
+         &tempcode,                    /* Where to put code (updated) */
+         &ptr,                         /* Input pointer (updated) */
+         errorcodeptr,                 /* Where to put an error message */
+         (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
+          bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
+         skipbytes,                    /* Skip over OP_COND/OP_BRANUMBER */
+         &subfirstbyte,                /* For possible first char */
+         &subreqbyte,                  /* For possible last char */
+         bcptr,                        /* Current branch chain */
+         cd))                          /* Tables block */
+      goto FAILED;
+
+    /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
+    group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group
+    and any option resetting that may follow it. The pattern pointer (ptr)
+    is on the bracket. */
+
+    /* If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
+    two branches in the group. */
+
+    else if (bravalue == OP_COND)
+      {
+      uschar *tc = code;
+      condcount = 0;
+
+      do {
+         condcount++;
+         tc += GET(tc,1);
+         }
+      while (*tc != OP_KET);
+
+      if (condcount > 2)
+        {
+        *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
+        goto FAILED;
+        }
+
+      /* If there is just one branch, we must not make use of its firstbyte or
+      reqbyte, because this is equivalent to an empty second branch. */
+
+      if (condcount == 1) subfirstbyte = subreqbyte = REQ_NONE;
+      }
+
+    /* Handle updating of the required and first characters. Update for normal
+    brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two branches (see code above).
+    If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with zero repeat, we have to
+    back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqbyte and zerofirstbyte outside the
+    main loop so that they can be accessed for the back off. */
+
+    zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
+    zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
+    groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
+
+    if (bravalue >= OP_BRA || bravalue == OP_ONCE || bravalue == OP_COND)
+      {
+      /* If we have not yet set a firstbyte in this branch, take it from the
+      subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
+      than one can replicate it as reqbyte if necessary. If the subpattern has
+      no firstbyte, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
+      repeat forces firstbyte to "none". */
+
+      if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
+        {
+        if (subfirstbyte >= 0)
+          {
+          firstbyte = subfirstbyte;
+          groupsetfirstbyte = TRUE;
+          }
+        else firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
+        zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
+        }
+
+      /* If firstbyte was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstbyte
+      into reqbyte if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
+      existence beforehand. */
+
+      else if (subfirstbyte >= 0 && subreqbyte < 0)
+        subreqbyte = subfirstbyte | tempreqvary;
+
+      /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
+      really the first byte - see above), set it. */
+
+      if (subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
+      }
+
+    /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqbyte, if set. This can be
+    helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
+    char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstbyte
+    for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
+    such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqbyte instead
+    of a firstbyte. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
+    firstbyte, looking for an asserted first char. */
+
+    else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
+
+    /* Now update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
+
+    code = tempcode;
+
+    /* Error if hit end of pattern */
+
+    if (*ptr != ')')
+      {
+      *errorcodeptr = ERR14;
+      goto FAILED;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Check \ for being a real metacharacter; if not, fall through and handle
+    it as a data character at the start of a string. Escape items are checked
+    for validity in the pre-compiling pass. */
+
+    case '\\':
+    tempptr = ptr;
+    c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, *brackets, options, FALSE);
+
+    /* Handle metacharacters introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
+    are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values. For the
+    back references, the values are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only
+    back references and those types that consume a character may be repeated.
+    We can test for values between ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may
+    have to change if any new ones are ever created. */
+
+    if (c < 0)
+      {
+      if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
+        {
+        if (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E') ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
+          else inescq = TRUE;
+        continue;
+        }
+
+      /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
+      setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
+
+      if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)
+        firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
+
+      /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
+
+      zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
+      zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
+
+      /* Back references are handled specially */
+
+      if (-c >= ESC_REF)
+        {
+        int number = -c - ESC_REF;
+        previous = code;
+        *code++ = OP_REF;
+        PUT2INC(code, 0, number);
+        }
+
+      /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. We know that get_ucp
+      won't fail because it was tested in the pre-pass. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+      else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
+        {
+        BOOL negated;
+        int value = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, errorcodeptr);
+        previous = code;
+        *code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
+        *code++ = value;
+        }
+#endif
+
+      /* For the rest, we can obtain the OP value by negating the escape
+      value */
+
+      else
+        {
+        previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
+        *code++ = -c;
+        }
+      continue;
+      }
+
+    /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
+    a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
+    handle it as a data character. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (utf8 && c > 127)
+      mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, mcbuffer);
+    else
+#endif
+
+     {
+     mcbuffer[0] = c;
+     mclength = 1;
+     }
+
+    goto ONE_CHAR;
+
+    /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
+    when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
+    multi-byte literal character. */
+
+    default:
+    NORMAL_CHAR:
+    mclength = 1;
+    mcbuffer[0] = c;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (utf8 && (c & 0xc0) == 0xc0)
+      {
+      while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
+        mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr);
+      }
+#endif
+
+    /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
+    in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
+
+    ONE_CHAR:
+    previous = code;
+    *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARNC : OP_CHAR;
+    for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
+
+    /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
+    byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
+    Otherwise, leave the firstbyte value alone, and don't change it on a zero
+    repeat. */
+
+    if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
+      {
+      zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
+      zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
+
+      /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstbyte
+      only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
+
+      if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
+        {
+        firstbyte = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
+        if (mclength != 1) reqbyte = code[-1] | cd->req_varyopt;
+        }
+      else firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
+      }
+
+    /* firstbyte was previously set; we can set reqbyte only the length is
+    1 or the matching is caseful. */
+
+    else
+      {
+      zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
+      zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
+      if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
+        reqbyte = code[-1] | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
+      }
+
+    break;            /* End of literal character handling */
+    }
+  }                   /* end of big loop */
+
+/* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
+error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
+to the user for diagnosing the error. */
+
+FAILED:
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*     Compile sequence of alternatives           *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return
+it points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string.
+The code variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been
+stored. If the ims options are changed at the start (for a (?ims: group) or
+during any branch, we need to insert an OP_OPT item at the start of every
+following branch to ensure they get set correctly at run time, and also pass
+the new options into every subsequent branch compile.
+
+Argument:
+  options        option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
+  oldims         previous settings of ims option bits
+  brackets       -> int containing the number of extracting brackets used
+  codeptr        -> the address of the current code pointer
+  ptrptr         -> the address of the current pattern pointer
+  errorcodeptr   -> pointer to error code variable
+  lookbehind     TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
+  skipbytes      skip this many bytes at start (for OP_COND, OP_BRANUMBER)
+  firstbyteptr   place to put the first required character, or a negative number
+  reqbyteptr     place to put the last required character, or a negative number
+  bcptr          pointer to the chain of currently open branches
+  cd             points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
+
+Returns:      TRUE on success
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+compile_regex(int options, int oldims, int *brackets, uschar **codeptr,
+  const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, int skipbytes,
+  int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd)
+{
+const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+uschar *code = *codeptr;
+uschar *last_branch = code;
+uschar *start_bracket = code;
+uschar *reverse_count = NULL;
+int firstbyte, reqbyte;
+int branchfirstbyte, branchreqbyte;
+branch_chain bc;
+
+bc.outer = bcptr;
+bc.current = code;
+
+firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
+
+/* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
+
+PUT(code, 1, 0);
+code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
+
+/* Loop for each alternative branch */
+
+for (;;)
+  {
+  /* Handle a change of ims options at the start of the branch */
+
+  if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims)
+    {
+    *code++ = OP_OPT;
+    *code++ = options & PCRE_IMS;
+    }
+
+  /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
+
+  if (lookbehind)
+    {
+    *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
+    reverse_count = code;
+    PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+  /* Now compile the branch */
+
+  if (!compile_branch(&options, brackets, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr,
+        &branchfirstbyte, &branchreqbyte, &bc, cd))
+    {
+    *ptrptr = ptr;
+    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is the first branch, the firstbyte and reqbyte values for the
+  branch become the values for the regex. */
+
+  if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
+    {
+    firstbyte = branchfirstbyte;
+    reqbyte = branchreqbyte;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqbyte have to
+  match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the previous
+  value for reqbyte didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match, and we set
+  REQ_VARY for the regex. */
+
+  else
+    {
+    /* If we previously had a firstbyte, but it doesn't match the new branch,
+    we have to abandon the firstbyte for the regex, but if there was previously
+    no reqbyte, it takes on the value of the old firstbyte. */
+
+    if (firstbyte >= 0 && firstbyte != branchfirstbyte)
+      {
+      if (reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
+      firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
+      }
+
+    /* If we (now or from before) have no firstbyte, a firstbyte from the
+    branch becomes a reqbyte if there isn't a branch reqbyte. */
+
+    if (firstbyte < 0 && branchfirstbyte >= 0 && branchreqbyte < 0)
+        branchreqbyte = branchfirstbyte;
+
+    /* Now ensure that the reqbytes match */
+
+    if ((reqbyte & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqbyte & ~REQ_VARY))
+      reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
+    else reqbyte |= branchreqbyte;   /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
+    }
+
+  /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string,
+  and put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of
+  the branch with OP_END. */
+
+  if (lookbehind)
+    {
+    int length;
+    *code = OP_END;
+    length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, options);
+    DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", length));
+    if (length < 0)
+      {
+      *errorcodeptr = (length == -2)? ERR36 : ERR25;
+      *ptrptr = ptr;
+      return FALSE;
+      }
+    PUT(reverse_count, 0, length);
+    }
+
+  /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. Go back through
+  the alternative branches and reverse the chain of offsets, with the field in
+  the BRA item now becoming an offset to the first alternative. If there are
+  no alternatives, it points to the end of the group. The length in the
+  terminating ket is always the length of the whole bracketed item. If any of
+  the ims options were changed inside the group, compile a resetting op-code
+  following, except at the very end of the pattern. Return leaving the pointer
+  at the terminating char. */
+
+  if (*ptr != '|')
+    {
+    int length = code - last_branch;
+    do
+      {
+      int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
+      PUT(last_branch, 1, length);
+      length = prev_length;
+      last_branch -= length;
+      }
+    while (length > 0);
+
+    /* Fill in the ket */
+
+    *code = OP_KET;
+    PUT(code, 1, code - start_bracket);
+    code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+
+    /* Resetting option if needed */
+
+    if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims && *ptr == ')')
+      {
+      *code++ = OP_OPT;
+      *code++ = oldims;
+      }
+
+    /* Set values to pass back */
+
+    *codeptr = code;
+    *ptrptr = ptr;
+    *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
+    *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+  /* Another branch follows; insert an "or" node. Its length field points back
+  to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
+  is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
+  zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
+
+  *code = OP_ALT;
+  PUT(code, 1, code - last_branch);
+  bc.current = last_branch = code;
+  code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+  ptr++;
+  }
+/* Control never reaches here */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*          Check for anchored expression         *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
+alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
+all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
+it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD
+counts, since OP_CIRC can match in the middle.
+
+We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
+This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
+into account the match offset".
+
+A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
+because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
+so there is no point trying again.... er ....
+
+.... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
+subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
+to catch that case precisely.
+
+At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
+and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
+However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
+of the more common cases more precisely.
+
+Arguments:
+  code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
+  options        points to the options setting
+  bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
+                  handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
+                  the less precise approach
+  backref_map    the back reference bitmap
+
+Returns:     TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+is_anchored(register const uschar *code, int *options, unsigned int bracket_map,
+  unsigned int backref_map)
+{
+do {
+   const uschar *scode =
+     first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_MULTILINE, FALSE);
+   register int op = *scode;
+
+   /* Capturing brackets */
+
+   if (op > OP_BRA)
+     {
+     int new_map;
+     op -= OP_BRA;
+     if (op > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) op = GET2(scode, 2+LINK_SIZE);
+     new_map = bracket_map | ((op < 32)? (1 << op) : 1);
+     if (!is_anchored(scode, options, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
+     }
+
+   /* Other brackets */
+
+   else if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
+     {
+     if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
+     }
+
+   /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set and it isn't in brackets that
+   are or may be referenced. */
+
+   else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR) &&
+            (*options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)
+     {
+     if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
+     }
+
+   /* Check for explicit anchoring */
+
+   else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM &&
+           ((*options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0 || op != OP_CIRC))
+     return FALSE;
+   code += GET(code, 1);
+   }
+while (*code == OP_ALT);   /* Loop for each alternative */
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*         Check for starting with ^ or .*        *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
+"first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
+matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
+the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
+have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
+because in that case we can't make the assumption.
+
+Arguments:
+  code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
+  bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
+                  handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
+                  the less precise approach
+  backref_map    the back reference bitmap
+
+Returns:         TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+is_startline(const uschar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
+  unsigned int backref_map)
+{
+do {
+   const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, NULL, 0,
+     FALSE);
+   register int op = *scode;
+
+   /* Capturing brackets */
+
+   if (op > OP_BRA)
+     {
+     int new_map;
+     op -= OP_BRA;
+     if (op > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) op = GET2(scode, 2+LINK_SIZE);
+     new_map = bracket_map | ((op < 32)? (1 << op) : 1);
+     if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
+     }
+
+   /* Other brackets */
+
+   else if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
+     { if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; }
+
+   /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in brackets that
+   may be referenced. */
+
+   else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR)
+     {
+     if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
+     }
+
+   /* Check for explicit circumflex */
+
+   else if (op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
+
+   /* Move on to the next alternative */
+
+   code += GET(code, 1);
+   }
+while (*code == OP_ALT);  /* Loop for each alternative */
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*       Check for asserted fixed first char      *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
+discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
+However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
+it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
+char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
+of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
+we return that char, otherwise -1.
+
+Arguments:
+  code       points to start of expression (the bracket)
+  options    pointer to the options (used to check casing changes)
+  inassert   TRUE if in an assertion
+
+Returns:     -1 or the fixed first char
+*/
+
+static int
+find_firstassertedchar(const uschar *code, int *options, BOOL inassert)
+{
+register int c = -1;
+do {
+   int d;
+   const uschar *scode =
+     first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_CASELESS, TRUE);
+   register int op = *scode;
+
+   if (op >= OP_BRA) op = OP_BRA;
+
+   switch(op)
+     {
+     default:
+     return -1;
+
+     case OP_BRA:
+     case OP_ASSERT:
+     case OP_ONCE:
+     case OP_COND:
+     if ((d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, options, op == OP_ASSERT)) < 0)
+       return -1;
+     if (c < 0) c = d; else if (c != d) return -1;
+     break;
+
+     case OP_EXACT:       /* Fall through */
+     scode += 2;
+
+     case OP_CHAR:
+     case OP_CHARNC:
+     case OP_PLUS:
+     case OP_MINPLUS:
+     if (!inassert) return -1;
+     if (c < 0)
+       {
+       c = scode[1];
+       if ((*options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) c |= REQ_CASELESS;
+       }
+     else if (c != scode[1]) return -1;
+     break;
+     }
+
+   code += GET(code, 1);
+   }
+while (*code == OP_ALT);
+return c;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*        Compile a Regular Expression            *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
+holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
+function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
+compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
+
+Arguments:
+  pattern       the regular expression
+  options       various option bits
+  errorcodeptr  pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
+                  can be NULL if you don't want a code value
+  errorptr      pointer to pointer to error text
+  erroroffset   ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
+  tables        pointer to character tables or NULL
+
+Returns:        pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
+                with errorptr and erroroffset set
+*/
+
+EXPORT pcre *
+pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
+  int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+{
+return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
+}
+
+
+EXPORT pcre *
+pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
+  const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+{
+real_pcre *re;
+int length = 1 + LINK_SIZE;      /* For initial BRA plus length */
+int c, firstbyte, reqbyte;
+int bracount = 0;
+int branch_extra = 0;
+int branch_newextra;
+int item_count = -1;
+int name_count = 0;
+int max_name_size = 0;
+int lastitemlength = 0;
+int errorcode = 0;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+BOOL utf8;
+BOOL class_utf8;
+#endif
+BOOL inescq = FALSE;
+unsigned int brastackptr = 0;
+size_t size;
+uschar *code;
+const uschar *codestart;
+const uschar *ptr;
+compile_data compile_block;
+int brastack[BRASTACK_SIZE];
+uschar bralenstack[BRASTACK_SIZE];
+
+/* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
+can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
+pointer. */
+
+if (errorptr == NULL)
+  {
+  if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
+  return NULL;
+  }
+
+*errorptr = NULL;
+if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
+
+/* However, we can give a message for this error */
+
+if (erroroffset == NULL)
+  {
+  errorcode = ERR16;
+  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+  }
+
+*erroroffset = 0;
+
+/* Can't support UTF8 unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+if (utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
+     (*erroroffset = _pcre_valid_utf8((uschar *)pattern, -1)) >= 0)
+  {
+  errorcode = ERR44;
+  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+  }
+#else
+if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
+  {
+  errorcode = ERR32;
+  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+  }
+#endif
+
+if ((options & ~PUBLIC_OPTIONS) != 0)
+  {
+  errorcode = ERR17;
+  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+  }
+
+/* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
+
+if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
+compile_block.lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
+compile_block.fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
+compile_block.cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
+compile_block.ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
+
+/* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. This is updated for numeric
+references during the first pass, but for named references during the actual
+compile pass. The bitmap records up to 31 back references to help in deciding
+whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not. */
+
+compile_block.top_backref = 0;
+compile_block.backref_map = 0;
+
+/* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
+
+DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
+DPRINTF(("%s\n", pattern));
+
+/* The first thing to do is to make a pass over the pattern to compute the
+amount of store required to hold the compiled code. This does not have to be
+perfect as long as errors are overestimates. At the same time we can detect any
+flag settings right at the start, and extract them. Make an attempt to correct
+for any counted white space if an "extended" flag setting appears late in the
+pattern. We can't be so clever for #-comments. */
+
+ptr = (const uschar *)(pattern - 1);
+while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0)
+  {
+  int min, max;
+  int class_optcount;
+  int bracket_length;
+  int duplength;
+
+  /* If we are inside a \Q...\E sequence, all chars are literal */
+
+  if (inescq)
+    {
+    if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0) length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+    goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+    }
+
+  /* Otherwise, first check for ignored whitespace and comments */
+
+  if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
+    {
+    if ((compile_block.ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
+    if (c == '#')
+      {
+      /* The space before the ; is to avoid a warning on a silly compiler
+      on the Macintosh. */
+      while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && c != NEWLINE) ;
+      if (c == 0) break;
+      continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+  item_count++;    /* Is zero for the first non-comment item */
+
+  /* Allow space for auto callout before every item except quantifiers. */
+
+  if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 &&
+       c != '*' && c != '+' && c != '?' &&
+       (c != '{' || !is_counted_repeat(ptr + 1)))
+    length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+
+  switch(c)
+    {
+    /* A backslashed item may be an escaped data character or it may be a
+    character type. */
+
+    case '\\':
+    c = check_escape(&ptr, &errorcode, bracount, options, FALSE);
+    if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+
+    lastitemlength = 1;     /* Default length of last item for repeats */
+
+    if (c >= 0)             /* Data character */
+      {
+      length += 2;          /* For a one-byte character */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8 && c > 127)
+        {
+        int i;
+        for (i = 0; i < _pcre_utf8_table1_size; i++)
+          if (c <= _pcre_utf8_table1[i]) break;
+        length += i;
+        lastitemlength += i;
+        }
+#endif
+
+      continue;
+      }
+
+    /* If \Q, enter "literal" mode */
+
+    if (-c == ESC_Q)
+      {
+      inescq = TRUE;
+      continue;
+      }
+
+    /* \X is supported only if Unicode property support is compiled */
+
+#ifndef SUPPORT_UCP
+    if (-c == ESC_X)
+      {
+      errorcode = ERR45;
+      goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+      }
+#endif
+
+    /* \P and \p are for Unicode properties, but only when the support has
+    been compiled. Each item needs 2 bytes. */
+
+    else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
+      {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+      BOOL negated;
+      length += 2;
+      lastitemlength = 2;
+      if (get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &errorcode) < 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+      continue;
+#else
+      errorcode = ERR45;
+      goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+#endif
+      }
+
+    /* Other escapes need one byte */
+
+    length++;
+
+    /* A back reference needs an additional 2 bytes, plus either one or 5
+    bytes for a repeat. We also need to keep the value of the highest
+    back reference. */
+
+    if (c <= -ESC_REF)
+      {
+      int refnum = -c - ESC_REF;
+      compile_block.backref_map |= (refnum < 32)? (1 << refnum) : 1;
+      if (refnum > compile_block.top_backref)
+        compile_block.top_backref = refnum;
+      length += 2;   /* For single back reference */
+      if (ptr[1] == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
+        {
+        ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+2, &min, &max, &errorcode);
+        if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+        if ((min == 0 && (max == 1 || max == -1)) ||
+          (min == 1 && max == -1))
+            length++;
+        else length += 5;
+        if (ptr[1] == '?') ptr++;
+        }
+      }
+    continue;
+
+    case '^':     /* Single-byte metacharacters */
+    case '.':
+    case '$':
+    length++;
+    lastitemlength = 1;
+    continue;
+
+    case '*':            /* These repeats won't be after brackets; */
+    case '+':            /* those are handled separately */
+    case '?':
+    length++;
+    goto POSESSIVE;      /* A few lines below */
+
+    /* This covers the cases of braced repeats after a single char, metachar,
+    class, or back reference. */
+
+    case '{':
+    if (!is_counted_repeat(ptr+1)) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+    ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &min, &max, &errorcode);
+    if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+
+    /* These special cases just insert one extra opcode */
+
+    if ((min == 0 && (max == 1 || max == -1)) ||
+      (min == 1 && max == -1))
+        length++;
+
+    /* These cases might insert additional copies of a preceding character. */
+
+    else
+      {
+      if (min != 1)
+        {
+        length -= lastitemlength;   /* Uncount the original char or metachar */
+        if (min > 0) length += 3 + lastitemlength;
+        }
+      length += lastitemlength + ((max > 0)? 3 : 1);
+      }
+
+    if (ptr[1] == '?') ptr++;      /* Needs no extra length */
+
+    POSESSIVE:                     /* Test for possessive quantifier */
+    if (ptr[1] == '+')
+      {
+      ptr++;
+      length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;   /* Allow for atomic brackets */
+      }
+    continue;
+
+    /* An alternation contains an offset to the next branch or ket. If any ims
+    options changed in the previous branch(es), and/or if we are in a
+    lookbehind assertion, extra space will be needed at the start of the
+    branch. This is handled by branch_extra. */
+
+    case '|':
+    length += 1 + LINK_SIZE + branch_extra;
+    continue;
+
+    /* A character class uses 33 characters provided that all the character
+    values are less than 256. Otherwise, it uses a bit map for low valued
+    characters, and individual items for others. Don't worry about character
+    types that aren't allowed in classes - they'll get picked up during the
+    compile. A character class that contains only one single-byte character
+    uses 2 or 3 bytes, depending on whether it is negated or not. Notice this
+    where we can. (In UTF-8 mode we can do this only for chars < 128.) */
+
+    case '[':
+    if (*(++ptr) == '^')
+      {
+      class_optcount = 10;  /* Greater than one */
+      ptr++;
+      }
+    else class_optcount = 0;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    class_utf8 = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+    /* Written as a "do" so that an initial ']' is taken as data */
+
+    if (*ptr != 0) do
+      {
+      /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
+
+      if (inescq)
+        {
+        if (*ptr != '\\' || ptr[1] != 'E') goto GET_ONE_CHARACTER;
+        inescq = FALSE;
+        ptr += 1;
+        continue;
+        }
+
+      /* Outside \Q...\E, check for escapes */
+
+      if (*ptr == '\\')
+        {
+        c = check_escape(&ptr, &errorcode, bracount, options, TRUE);
+        if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+
+        /* \b is backspace inside a class; \X is literal */
+
+        if (-c == ESC_b) c = '\b';
+        else if (-c == ESC_X) c = 'X';
+
+        /* \Q enters quoting mode */
+
+        else if (-c == ESC_Q)
+          {
+          inescq = TRUE;
+          continue;
+          }
+
+        /* Handle escapes that turn into characters */
+
+        if (c >= 0) goto NON_SPECIAL_CHARACTER;
+
+        /* Escapes that are meta-things. The normal ones just affect the
+        bit map, but Unicode properties require an XCLASS extended item. */
+
+        else
+          {
+          class_optcount = 10;         /* \d, \s etc; make sure > 1 */
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+          if (-c == ESC_p || -c == ESC_P)
+            {
+            if (!class_utf8)
+              {
+              class_utf8 = TRUE;
+              length += LINK_SIZE + 2;
+              }
+            length += 2;
+            }
+#endif
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* Check the syntax for POSIX stuff. The bits we actually handle are
+      checked during the real compile phase. */
+
+      else if (*ptr == '[' && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &ptr, &compile_block))
+        {
+        ptr++;
+        class_optcount = 10;    /* Make sure > 1 */
+        }
+
+      /* Anything else increments the possible optimization count. We have to
+      detect ranges here so that we can compute the number of extra ranges for
+      caseless wide characters when UCP support is available. If there are wide
+      characters, we are going to have to use an XCLASS, even for single
+      characters. */
+
+      else
+        {
+        int d;
+
+        GET_ONE_CHARACTER:
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+        if (utf8)
+          {
+          int extra = 0;
+          GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, extra);
+          ptr += extra;
+          }
+        else c = *ptr;
+#else
+        c = *ptr;
+#endif
+
+        /* Come here from handling \ above when it escapes to a char value */
+
+        NON_SPECIAL_CHARACTER:
+        class_optcount++;
+
+        d = -1;
+        if (ptr[1] == '-')
+          {
+          uschar const *hyptr = ptr++;
+          if (ptr[1] == '\\')
+            {
+            ptr++;
+            d = check_escape(&ptr, &errorcode, bracount, options, TRUE);
+            if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+            if (-d == ESC_b) d = '\b';        /* backspace */
+            else if (-d == ESC_X) d = 'X';    /* literal X in a class */
+            }
+          else if (ptr[1] != 0 && ptr[1] != ']')
+            {
+            ptr++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+            if (utf8)
+              {
+              int extra = 0;
+              GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, extra);
+              ptr += extra;
+              }
+            else
+#endif
+            d = *ptr;
+            }
+          if (d < 0) ptr = hyptr;      /* go back to hyphen as data */
+          }
+
+        /* If d >= 0 we have a range. In UTF-8 mode, if the end is > 255, or >
+        127 for caseless matching, we will need to use an XCLASS. */
+
+        if (d >= 0)
+          {
+          class_optcount = 10;     /* Ensure > 1 */
+          if (d < c)
+            {
+            errorcode = ERR8;
+            goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+            }
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+          if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
+            {
+            uschar buffer[6];
+            if (!class_utf8)         /* Allow for XCLASS overhead */
+              {
+              class_utf8 = TRUE;
+              length += LINK_SIZE + 2;
+              }
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+            /* If we have UCP support, find out how many extra ranges are
+            needed to map the other case of characters within this range. We
+            have to mimic the range optimization here, because extending the
+            range upwards might push d over a boundary that makes is use
+            another byte in the UTF-8 representation. */
+
+            if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+              {
+              int occ, ocd;
+              int cc = c;
+              int origd = d;
+              while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
+                {
+                if (occ >= c && ocd <= d) continue;   /* Skip embedded */
+
+                if (occ < c  && ocd >= c - 1)  /* Extend the basic range */
+                  {                            /* if there is overlap,   */
+                  c = occ;                     /* noting that if occ < c */
+                  continue;                    /* we can't have ocd > d  */
+                  }                            /* because a subrange is  */
+                if (ocd > d && occ <= d + 1)   /* always shorter than    */
+                  {                            /* the basic range.       */
+                  d = ocd;
+                  continue;
+                  }
+
+                /* An extra item is needed */
+
+                length += 1 + _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, buffer) +
+                  ((occ == ocd)? 0 : _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, buffer));
+                }
+              }
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+            /* The length of the (possibly extended) range */
+
+            length += 1 + _pcre_ord2utf8(c, buffer) + _pcre_ord2utf8(d, buffer);
+            }
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
+
+          }
+
+        /* We have a single character. There is nothing to be done unless we
+        are in UTF-8 mode. If the char is > 255, or 127 when caseless, we must
+        allow for an XCL_SINGLE item, doubled for caselessness if there is UCP
+        support. */
+
+        else
+          {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+          if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
+            {
+            uschar buffer[6];
+            class_optcount = 10;     /* Ensure > 1 */
+            if (!class_utf8)         /* Allow for XCLASS overhead */
+              {
+              class_utf8 = TRUE;
+              length += LINK_SIZE + 2;
+              }
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+            length += (((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? 2 : 1) *
+              (1 + _pcre_ord2utf8(c, buffer));
+#else   /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+            length += 1 + _pcre_ord2utf8(c, buffer);
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+            }
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    while (*(++ptr) != 0 && (inescq || *ptr != ']')); /* Concludes "do" above */
+
+    if (*ptr == 0)                          /* Missing terminating ']' */
+      {
+      errorcode = ERR6;
+      goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+      }
+
+    /* We can optimize when there was only one optimizable character. Repeats
+    for positive and negated single one-byte chars are handled by the general
+    code. Here, we handle repeats for the class opcodes. */
+
+    if (class_optcount == 1) length += 3; else
+      {
+      length += 33;
+
+      /* A repeat needs either 1 or 5 bytes. If it is a possessive quantifier,
+      we also need extra for wrapping the whole thing in a sub-pattern. */
+
+      if (*ptr != 0 && ptr[1] == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
+        {
+        ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+2, &min, &max, &errorcode);
+        if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+        if ((min == 0 && (max == 1 || max == -1)) ||
+          (min == 1 && max == -1))
+            length++;
+        else length += 5;
+        if (ptr[1] == '+')
+          {
+          ptr++;
+          length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+          }
+        else if (ptr[1] == '?') ptr++;
+        }
+      }
+    continue;
+
+    /* Brackets may be genuine groups or special things */
+
+    case '(':
+    branch_newextra = 0;
+    bracket_length = 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+
+    /* Handle special forms of bracket, which all start (? */
+
+    if (ptr[1] == '?')
+      {
+      int set, unset;
+      int *optset;
+
+      switch (c = ptr[2])
+        {
+        /* Skip over comments entirely */
+        case '#':
+        ptr += 3;
+        while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != ')') ptr++;
+        if (*ptr == 0)
+          {
+          errorcode = ERR18;
+          goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+          }
+        continue;
+
+        /* Non-referencing groups and lookaheads just move the pointer on, and
+        then behave like a non-special bracket, except that they don't increment
+        the count of extracting brackets. Ditto for the "once only" bracket,
+        which is in Perl from version 5.005. */
+
+        case ':':
+        case '=':
+        case '!':
+        case '>':
+        ptr += 2;
+        break;
+
+        /* (?R) specifies a recursive call to the regex, which is an extension
+        to provide the facility which can be obtained by (?p{perl-code}) in
+        Perl 5.6. In Perl 5.8 this has become (??{perl-code}).
+
+        From PCRE 4.00, items such as (?3) specify subroutine-like "calls" to
+        the appropriate numbered brackets. This includes both recursive and
+        non-recursive calls. (?R) is now synonymous with (?0). */
+
+        case 'R':
+        ptr++;
+
+        case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+        case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+        ptr += 2;
+        if (c != 'R')
+          while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0);
+        if (*ptr != ')')
+          {
+          errorcode = ERR29;
+          goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+          }
+        length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+
+        /* If this item is quantified, it will get wrapped inside brackets so
+        as to use the code for quantified brackets. We jump down and use the
+        code that handles this for real brackets. */
+
+        if (ptr[1] == '+' || ptr[1] == '*' || ptr[1] == '?' || ptr[1] == '{')
+          {
+          length += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE;       /* to make bracketed */
+          duplength = 5 + 3 * LINK_SIZE;
+          goto HANDLE_QUANTIFIED_BRACKETS;
+          }
+        continue;
+
+        /* (?C) is an extension which provides "callout" - to provide a bit of
+        the functionality of the Perl (?{...}) feature. An optional number may
+        follow (default is zero). */
+
+        case 'C':
+        ptr += 2;
+        while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0);
+        if (*ptr != ')')
+          {
+          errorcode = ERR39;
+          goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+          }
+        length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+        continue;
+
+        /* Named subpatterns are an extension copied from Python */
+
+        case 'P':
+        ptr += 3;
+        if (*ptr == '<')
+          {
+          const uschar *p;    /* Don't amalgamate; some compilers */
+          p = ++ptr;          /* grumble at autoincrement in declaration */
+          while ((compile_block.ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
+          if (*ptr != '>')
+            {
+            errorcode = ERR42;
+            goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+            }
+          name_count++;
+          if (ptr - p > max_name_size) max_name_size = (ptr - p);
+          break;
+          }
+
+        if (*ptr == '=' || *ptr == '>')
+          {
+          while ((compile_block.ctypes[*(++ptr)] & ctype_word) != 0);
+          if (*ptr != ')')
+            {
+            errorcode = ERR42;
+            goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+            }
+          break;
+          }
+
+        /* Unknown character after (?P */
+
+        errorcode = ERR41;
+        goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+
+        /* Lookbehinds are in Perl from version 5.005 */
+
+        case '<':
+        ptr += 3;
+        if (*ptr == '=' || *ptr == '!')
+          {
+          branch_newextra = 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+          length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;         /* For the first branch */
+          break;
+          }
+        errorcode = ERR24;
+        goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+
+        /* Conditionals are in Perl from version 5.005. The bracket must either
+        be followed by a number (for bracket reference) or by an assertion
+        group, or (a PCRE extension) by 'R' for a recursion test. */
+
+        case '(':
+        if (ptr[3] == 'R' && ptr[4] == ')')
+          {
+          ptr += 4;
+          length += 3;
+          }
+        else if ((digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+          {
+          ptr += 4;
+          length += 3;
+          while ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0) ptr++;
+          if (*ptr != ')')
+            {
+            errorcode = ERR26;
+            goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+            }
+          }
+        else   /* An assertion must follow */
+          {
+          ptr++;   /* Can treat like ':' as far as spacing is concerned */
+          if (ptr[2] != '?' ||
+             (ptr[3] != '=' && ptr[3] != '!' && ptr[3] != '<') )
+            {
+            ptr += 2;    /* To get right offset in message */
+            errorcode = ERR28;
+            goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+            }
+          }
+        break;
+
+        /* Else loop checking valid options until ) is met. Anything else is an
+        error. If we are without any brackets, i.e. at top level, the settings
+        act as if specified in the options, so massage the options immediately.
+        This is for backward compatibility with Perl 5.004. */
+
+        default:
+        set = unset = 0;
+        optset = &set;
+        ptr += 2;
+
+        for (;; ptr++)
+          {
+          c = *ptr;
+          switch (c)
+            {
+            case 'i':
+            *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS;
+            continue;
+
+            case 'm':
+            *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE;
+            continue;
+
+            case 's':
+            *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL;
+            continue;
+
+            case 'x':
+            *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED;
+            continue;
+
+            case 'X':
+            *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA;
+            continue;
+
+            case 'U':
+            *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY;
+            continue;
+
+            case '-':
+            optset = &unset;
+            continue;
+
+            /* A termination by ')' indicates an options-setting-only item; if
+            this is at the very start of the pattern (indicated by item_count
+            being zero), we use it to set the global options. This is helpful
+            when analyzing the pattern for first characters, etc. Otherwise
+            nothing is done here and it is handled during the compiling
+            process.
+
+            [Historical note: Up to Perl 5.8, options settings at top level
+            were always global settings, wherever they appeared in the pattern.
+            That is, they were equivalent to an external setting. From 5.8
+            onwards, they apply only to what follows (which is what you might
+            expect).] */
+
+            case ')':
+            if (item_count == 0)
+              {
+              options = (options | set) & (~unset);
+              set = unset = 0;     /* To save length */
+              item_count--;        /* To allow for several */
+              }
+
+            /* Fall through */
+
+            /* A termination by ':' indicates the start of a nested group with
+            the given options set. This is again handled at compile time, but
+            we must allow for compiled space if any of the ims options are
+            set. We also have to allow for resetting space at the end of
+            the group, which is why 4 is added to the length and not just 2.
+            If there are several changes of options within the same group, this
+            will lead to an over-estimate on the length, but this shouldn't
+            matter very much. We also have to allow for resetting options at
+            the start of any alternations, which we do by setting
+            branch_newextra to 2. Finally, we record whether the case-dependent
+            flag ever changes within the regex. This is used by the "required
+            character" code. */
+
+            case ':':
+            if (((set|unset) & PCRE_IMS) != 0)
+              {
+              length += 4;
+              branch_newextra = 2;
+              if (((set|unset) & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) options |= PCRE_ICHANGED;
+              }
+            goto END_OPTIONS;
+
+            /* Unrecognized option character */
+
+            default:
+            errorcode = ERR12;
+            goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+            }
+          }
+
+        /* If we hit a closing bracket, that's it - this is a freestanding
+        option-setting. We need to ensure that branch_extra is updated if
+        necessary. The only values branch_newextra can have here are 0 or 2.
+        If the value is 2, then branch_extra must either be 2 or 5, depending
+        on whether this is a lookbehind group or not. */
+
+        END_OPTIONS:
+        if (c == ')')
+          {
+          if (branch_newextra == 2 &&
+              (branch_extra == 0 || branch_extra == 1+LINK_SIZE))
+            branch_extra += branch_newextra;
+          continue;
+          }
+
+        /* If options were terminated by ':' control comes here. Fall through
+        to handle the group below. */
+        }
+      }
+
+    /* Extracting brackets must be counted so we can process escapes in a
+    Perlish way. If the number exceeds EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX we are going to
+    need an additional 3 bytes of store per extracting bracket. However, if
+    PCRE_NO_AUTO)CAPTURE is set, unadorned brackets become non-capturing, so we
+    must leave the count alone (it will aways be zero). */
+
+    else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) == 0)
+      {
+      bracount++;
+      if (bracount > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) bracket_length += 3;
+      }
+
+    /* Save length for computing whole length at end if there's a repeat that
+    requires duplication of the group. Also save the current value of
+    branch_extra, and start the new group with the new value. If non-zero, this
+    will either be 2 for a (?imsx: group, or 3 for a lookbehind assertion. */
+
+    if (brastackptr >= sizeof(brastack)/sizeof(int))
+      {
+      errorcode = ERR19;
+      goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+      }
+
+    bralenstack[brastackptr] = branch_extra;
+    branch_extra = branch_newextra;
+
+    brastack[brastackptr++] = length;
+    length += bracket_length;
+    continue;
+
+    /* Handle ket. Look for subsequent max/min; for certain sets of values we
+    have to replicate this bracket up to that many times. If brastackptr is
+    0 this is an unmatched bracket which will generate an error, but take care
+    not to try to access brastack[-1] when computing the length and restoring
+    the branch_extra value. */
+
+    case ')':
+    length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+    if (brastackptr > 0)
+      {
+      duplength = length - brastack[--brastackptr];
+      branch_extra = bralenstack[brastackptr];
+      }
+    else duplength = 0;
+
+    /* The following code is also used when a recursion such as (?3) is
+    followed by a quantifier, because in that case, it has to be wrapped inside
+    brackets so that the quantifier works. The value of duplength must be
+    set before arrival. */
+
+    HANDLE_QUANTIFIED_BRACKETS:
+
+    /* Leave ptr at the final char; for read_repeat_counts this happens
+    automatically; for the others we need an increment. */
+
+    if ((c = ptr[1]) == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
+      {
+      ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+2, &min, &max, &errorcode);
+      if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_ERROR_RETURN;
+      }
+    else if (c == '*') { min = 0; max = -1; ptr++; }
+    else if (c == '+') { min = 1; max = -1; ptr++; }
+    else if (c == '?') { min = 0; max = 1;  ptr++; }
+    else { min = 1; max = 1; }
+
+    /* If the minimum is zero, we have to allow for an OP_BRAZERO before the
+    group, and if the maximum is greater than zero, we have to replicate
+    maxval-1 times; each replication acquires an OP_BRAZERO plus a nesting
+    bracket set. */
+
+    if (min == 0)
+      {
+      length++;
+      if (max > 0) length += (max - 1) * (duplength + 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
+      }
+
+    /* When the minimum is greater than zero, we have to replicate up to
+    minval-1 times, with no additions required in the copies. Then, if there
+    is a limited maximum we have to replicate up to maxval-1 times allowing
+    for a BRAZERO item before each optional copy and nesting brackets for all
+    but one of the optional copies. */
+
+    else
+      {
+      length += (min - 1) * duplength;
+      if (max > min)   /* Need this test as max=-1 means no limit */
+        length += (max - min) * (duplength + 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
+          - (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
+      }
+
+    /* Allow space for once brackets for "possessive quantifier" */
+
+    if (ptr[1] == '+')
+      {
+      ptr++;
+      length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+      }
+    continue;
+
+    /* Non-special character. It won't be space or # in extended mode, so it is
+    always a genuine character. If we are in a \Q...\E sequence, check for the
+    end; if not, we have a literal. */
+
+    default:
+    NORMAL_CHAR:
+
+    if (inescq && c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E')
+      {
+      inescq = FALSE;
+      ptr++;
+      continue;
+      }
+
+    length += 2;          /* For a one-byte character */
+    lastitemlength = 1;   /* Default length of last item for repeats */
+
+    /* In UTF-8 mode, check for additional bytes. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (utf8 && (c & 0xc0) == 0xc0)
+      {
+      while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)         /* Can't flow over the end */
+        {                                     /* because the end is marked */
+        lastitemlength++;                     /* by a zero byte. */
+        length++;
+        ptr++;
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+
+    continue;
+    }
+  }
+
+length += 2 + LINK_SIZE;    /* For final KET and END */
+
+if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
+  length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;  /* For final callout */
+
+if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
+  {
+  errorcode = ERR20;
+  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+  }
+
+/* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
+externally provided function. */
+
+size = length + sizeof(real_pcre) + name_count * (max_name_size + 3);
+re = (real_pcre *)(pcre_malloc)(size);
+
+if (re == NULL)
+  {
+  errorcode = ERR21;
+  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+  }
+
+/* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, options, and character table
+pointer. NULL is used for the default character tables. The nullpad field is at
+the end; it's there to help in the case when a regex compiled on a system with
+4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte pointers. */
+
+re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
+re->size = size;
+re->options = options;
+re->dummy1 = 0;
+re->name_table_offset = sizeof(real_pcre);
+re->name_entry_size = max_name_size + 3;
+re->name_count = name_count;
+re->ref_count = 0;
+re->tables = (tables == _pcre_default_tables)? NULL : tables;
+re->nullpad = NULL;
+
+/* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
+passed around in the compile data block. */
+
+compile_block.names_found = 0;
+compile_block.name_entry_size = max_name_size + 3;
+compile_block.name_table = (uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
+codestart = compile_block.name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
+compile_block.start_code = codestart;
+compile_block.start_pattern = (const uschar *)pattern;
+compile_block.req_varyopt = 0;
+compile_block.nopartial = FALSE;
+
+/* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
+error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
+of the function here. */
+
+ptr = (const uschar *)pattern;
+code = (uschar *)codestart;
+*code = OP_BRA;
+bracount = 0;
+(void)compile_regex(options, options & PCRE_IMS, &bracount, &code, &ptr,
+  &errorcode, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, &compile_block);
+re->top_bracket = bracount;
+re->top_backref = compile_block.top_backref;
+
+if (compile_block.nopartial) re->options |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
+
+/* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
+
+if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != 0) errorcode = ERR22;
+
+/* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
+if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
+
+*code++ = OP_END;
+
+#ifndef DEBUG
+if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
+#endif
+
+/* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
+subpattern. */
+
+if (re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
+
+/* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
+
+if (errorcode != 0)
+  {
+  (pcre_free)(re);
+  PCRE_ERROR_RETURN:
+  *erroroffset = ptr - (const uschar *)pattern;
+  PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
+  *errorptr = error_texts[errorcode];
+  if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
+  return NULL;
+  }
+
+/* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
+the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else (such
+as starting with .* when DOTALL is set).
+
+Otherwise, if we know what the first character has to be, save it, because that
+speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
+PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
+start with ^. and also when all branches start with .* for non-DOTALL matches.
+*/
+
+if ((options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
+  {
+  int temp_options = options;
+  if (is_anchored(codestart, &temp_options, 0, compile_block.backref_map))
+    re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
+  else
+    {
+    if (firstbyte < 0)
+      firstbyte = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &temp_options, FALSE);
+    if (firstbyte >= 0)   /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
+      {
+      int ch = firstbyte & 255;
+      re->first_byte = ((firstbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
+         compile_block.fcc[ch] == ch)? ch : firstbyte;
+      re->options |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
+      }
+    else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, compile_block.backref_map))
+      re->options |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
+    }
+  }
+
+/* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
+variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
+bytes. */
+
+if (reqbyte >= 0 &&
+     ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqbyte & REQ_VARY) != 0))
+  {
+  int ch = reqbyte & 255;
+  re->req_byte = ((reqbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
+    compile_block.fcc[ch] == ch)? (reqbyte & ~REQ_CASELESS) : reqbyte;
+  re->options |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
+  }
+
+/* Print out the compiled data for debugging */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
+  length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
+
+if (re->options != 0)
+  {
+  printf("%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s\n",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) != 0)? "nopartial " : "",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0)? "anchored " : "",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? "caseless " : "",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_ICHANGED) != 0)? "case state changed " : "",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)? "extended " : "",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? "multiline " : "",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? "dotall " : "",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0)? "endonly " : "",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)? "extra " : "",
+    ((re->options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0)? "ungreedy " : "");
+  }
+
+if ((re->options & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
+  {
+  int ch = re->first_byte & 255;
+  const char *caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
+  if (isprint(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
+    else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
+  }
+
+if ((re->options & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
+  {
+  int ch = re->req_byte & 255;
+  const char *caseless = ((re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
+  if (isprint(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
+    else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
+  }
+
+_pcre_printint(re, stdout);
+
+/* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
+was compiled can be seen. */
+
+if (code - codestart > length)
+  {
+  (pcre_free)(re);
+  *errorptr = error_texts[ERR23];
+  *erroroffset = ptr - (uschar *)pattern;
+  if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
+  return NULL;
+  }
+#endif
+
+return (pcre *)re;
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_compile.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_config.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_config.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1d768ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_config.c
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_config.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_config(). */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Return info about what features are configured *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function has an extensible interface so that additional items can be
+added compatibly.
+
+Arguments:
+  what             what information is required
+  where            where to put the information
+
+Returns:           0 if data returned, negative on error
+*/
+
+EXPORT int
+pcre_config(int what, void *where)
+{
+switch (what)
+  {
+  case PCRE_CONFIG_UTF8:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+  *((int *)where) = 1;
+#else
+  *((int *)where) = 0;
+#endif
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_CONFIG_UNICODE_PROPERTIES:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+  *((int *)where) = 1;
+#else
+  *((int *)where) = 0;
+#endif
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_CONFIG_NEWLINE:
+  *((int *)where) = NEWLINE;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_CONFIG_LINK_SIZE:
+  *((int *)where) = LINK_SIZE;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_CONFIG_POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD:
+  *((int *)where) = POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT:
+  *((unsigned int *)where) = MATCH_LIMIT;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_CONFIG_STACKRECURSE:
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+  *((int *)where) = 0;
+#else
+  *((int *)where) = 1;
+#endif
+  break;
+
+  default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION;
+  }
+
+return 0;
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_config.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_exec.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_exec.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ff4af1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_exec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3634 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_exec.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains pcre_exec(), the externally visible function that does
+pattern matching using an NFA algorithm, trying to mimic Perl as closely as
+possible. There are also some static supporting functions. */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/* Structure for building a chain of data that actually lives on the
+stack, for holding the values of the subject pointer at the start of each
+subpattern, so as to detect when an empty string has been matched by a
+subpattern - to break infinite loops. When NO_RECURSE is set, these blocks
+are on the heap, not on the stack. */
+
+typedef struct eptrblock {
+  struct eptrblock *epb_prev;
+  const uschar *epb_saved_eptr;
+} eptrblock;
+
+/* Flag bits for the match() function */
+
+#define match_condassert   0x01    /* Called to check a condition assertion */
+#define match_isgroup      0x02    /* Set if start of bracketed group */
+
+/* Non-error returns from the match() function. Error returns are externally
+defined PCRE_ERROR_xxx codes, which are all negative. */
+
+#define MATCH_MATCH        1
+#define MATCH_NOMATCH      0
+
+/* Maximum number of ints of offset to save on the stack for recursive calls.
+If the offset vector is bigger, malloc is used. This should be a multiple of 3,
+because the offset vector is always a multiple of 3 long. */
+
+#define REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX 30
+
+/* Min and max values for the common repeats; for the maxima, 0 => infinity */
+
+static const char rep_min[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 };
+static const char rep_max[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1 };
+
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/*************************************************
+*        Debugging function to print chars       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Print a sequence of chars in printable format, stopping at the end of the
+subject if the requested.
+
+Arguments:
+  p           points to characters
+  length      number to print
+  is_subject  TRUE if printing from within md->start_subject
+  md          pointer to matching data block, if is_subject is TRUE
+
+Returns:     nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+pchars(const uschar *p, int length, BOOL is_subject, match_data *md)
+{
+int c;
+if (is_subject && length > md->end_subject - p) length = md->end_subject - p;
+while (length-- > 0)
+  if (isprint(c = *(p++))) printf("%c", c); else printf("\\x%02x", c);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*          Match a back-reference                *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* If a back reference hasn't been set, the length that is passed is greater
+than the number of characters left in the string, so the match fails.
+
+Arguments:
+  offset      index into the offset vector
+  eptr        points into the subject
+  length      length to be matched
+  md          points to match data block
+  ims         the ims flags
+
+Returns:      TRUE if matched
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+match_ref(int offset, register const uschar *eptr, int length, match_data *md,
+  unsigned long int ims)
+{
+const uschar *p = md->start_subject + md->offset_vector[offset];
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+  printf("matching subject <null>");
+else
+  {
+  printf("matching subject ");
+  pchars(eptr, length, TRUE, md);
+  }
+printf(" against backref ");
+pchars(p, length, FALSE, md);
+printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+/* Always fail if not enough characters left */
+
+if (length > md->end_subject - eptr) return FALSE;
+
+/* Separate the caselesss case for speed */
+
+if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+  {
+  while (length-- > 0)
+    if (md->lcc[*p++] != md->lcc[*eptr++]) return FALSE;
+  }
+else
+  { while (length-- > 0) if (*p++ != *eptr++) return FALSE; }
+
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+****************************************************************************
+                   RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION
+
+The match() function is highly recursive. Some regular expressions can cause
+it to recurse thousands of times. I was writing for Unix, so I just let it
+call itself recursively. This uses the stack for saving everything that has
+to be saved for a recursive call. On Unix, the stack can be large, and this
+works fine.
+
+It turns out that on non-Unix systems there are problems with programs that
+use a lot of stack. (This despite the fact that every last chip has oodles
+of memory these days, and techniques for extending the stack have been known
+for decades.) So....
+
+There is a fudge, triggered by defining NO_RECURSE, which avoids recursive
+calls by keeping local variables that need to be preserved in blocks of memory
+obtained from malloc instead instead of on the stack. Macros are used to
+achieve this so that the actual code doesn't look very different to what it
+always used to.
+****************************************************************************
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/* These versions of the macros use the stack, as normal */
+
+#ifndef NO_RECURSE
+#define REGISTER register
+#define RMATCH(rx,ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rf,rg) rx = match(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rf,rg)
+#define RRETURN(ra) return ra
+#else
+
+
+/* These versions of the macros manage a private stack on the heap. Note
+that the rd argument of RMATCH isn't actually used. It's the md argument of
+match(), which never changes. */
+
+#define REGISTER
+
+#define RMATCH(rx,ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rf,rg)\
+  {\
+  heapframe *newframe = (pcre_stack_malloc)(sizeof(heapframe));\
+  if (setjmp(frame->Xwhere) == 0)\
+    {\
+    newframe->Xeptr = ra;\
+    newframe->Xecode = rb;\
+    newframe->Xoffset_top = rc;\
+    newframe->Xims = re;\
+    newframe->Xeptrb = rf;\
+    newframe->Xflags = rg;\
+    newframe->Xprevframe = frame;\
+    frame = newframe;\
+    DPRINTF(("restarting from line %d\n", __LINE__));\
+    goto HEAP_RECURSE;\
+    }\
+  else\
+    {\
+    DPRINTF(("longjumped back to line %d\n", __LINE__));\
+    frame = md->thisframe;\
+    rx = frame->Xresult;\
+    }\
+  }
+
+#define RRETURN(ra)\
+  {\
+  heapframe *newframe = frame;\
+  frame = newframe->Xprevframe;\
+  (pcre_stack_free)(newframe);\
+  if (frame != NULL)\
+    {\
+    frame->Xresult = ra;\
+    md->thisframe = frame;\
+    longjmp(frame->Xwhere, 1);\
+    }\
+  return ra;\
+  }
+
+
+/* Structure for remembering the local variables in a private frame */
+
+typedef struct heapframe {
+  struct heapframe *Xprevframe;
+
+  /* Function arguments that may change */
+
+  const uschar *Xeptr;
+  const uschar *Xecode;
+  int Xoffset_top;
+  long int Xims;
+  eptrblock *Xeptrb;
+  int Xflags;
+
+  /* Function local variables */
+
+  const uschar *Xcallpat;
+  const uschar *Xcharptr;
+  const uschar *Xdata;
+  const uschar *Xnext;
+  const uschar *Xpp;
+  const uschar *Xprev;
+  const uschar *Xsaved_eptr;
+
+  recursion_info Xnew_recursive;
+
+  BOOL Xcur_is_word;
+  BOOL Xcondition;
+  BOOL Xminimize;
+  BOOL Xprev_is_word;
+
+  unsigned long int Xoriginal_ims;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+  int Xprop_type;
+  int Xprop_fail_result;
+  int Xprop_category;
+  int Xprop_chartype;
+  int Xprop_othercase;
+  int Xprop_test_against;
+  int *Xprop_test_variable;
+#endif
+
+  int Xctype;
+  int Xfc;
+  int Xfi;
+  int Xlength;
+  int Xmax;
+  int Xmin;
+  int Xnumber;
+  int Xoffset;
+  int Xop;
+  int Xsave_capture_last;
+  int Xsave_offset1, Xsave_offset2, Xsave_offset3;
+  int Xstacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX];
+
+  eptrblock Xnewptrb;
+
+  /* Place to pass back result, and where to jump back to */
+
+  int  Xresult;
+  jmp_buf Xwhere;
+
+} heapframe;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*         Match from current position            *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* On entry ecode points to the first opcode, and eptr to the first character
+in the subject string, while eptrb holds the value of eptr at the start of the
+last bracketed group - used for breaking infinite loops matching zero-length
+strings. This function is called recursively in many circumstances. Whenever it
+returns a negative (error) response, the outer incarnation must also return the
+same response.
+
+Performance note: It might be tempting to extract commonly used fields from the
+md structure (e.g. utf8, end_subject) into individual variables to improve
+performance. Tests using gcc on a SPARC disproved this; in the first case, it
+made performance worse.
+
+Arguments:
+   eptr        pointer in subject
+   ecode       position in code
+   offset_top  current top pointer
+   md          pointer to "static" info for the match
+   ims         current /i, /m, and /s options
+   eptrb       pointer to chain of blocks containing eptr at start of
+                 brackets - for testing for empty matches
+   flags       can contain
+                 match_condassert - this is an assertion condition
+                 match_isgroup - this is the start of a bracketed group
+
+Returns:       MATCH_MATCH if matched            )  these values are >= 0
+               MATCH_NOMATCH if failed to match  )
+               a negative PCRE_ERROR_xxx value if aborted by an error condition
+                 (e.g. stopped by recursion limit)
+*/
+
+static int
+match(REGISTER const uschar *eptr, REGISTER const uschar *ecode,
+  int offset_top, match_data *md, unsigned long int ims, eptrblock *eptrb,
+  int flags)
+{
+/* These variables do not need to be preserved over recursion in this function,
+so they can be ordinary variables in all cases. Mark them with "register"
+because they are used a lot in loops. */
+
+register int  rrc;    /* Returns from recursive calls */
+register int  i;      /* Used for loops not involving calls to RMATCH() */
+register int  c;      /* Character values not kept over RMATCH() calls */
+register BOOL utf8;   /* Local copy of UTF-8 flag for speed */
+
+/* When recursion is not being used, all "local" variables that have to be
+preserved over calls to RMATCH() are part of a "frame" which is obtained from
+heap storage. Set up the top-level frame here; others are obtained from the
+heap whenever RMATCH() does a "recursion". See the macro definitions above. */
+
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+heapframe *frame = (pcre_stack_malloc)(sizeof(heapframe));
+frame->Xprevframe = NULL;            /* Marks the top level */
+
+/* Copy in the original argument variables */
+
+frame->Xeptr = eptr;
+frame->Xecode = ecode;
+frame->Xoffset_top = offset_top;
+frame->Xims = ims;
+frame->Xeptrb = eptrb;
+frame->Xflags = flags;
+
+/* This is where control jumps back to to effect "recursion" */
+
+HEAP_RECURSE:
+
+/* Macros make the argument variables come from the current frame */
+
+#define eptr               frame->Xeptr
+#define ecode              frame->Xecode
+#define offset_top         frame->Xoffset_top
+#define ims                frame->Xims
+#define eptrb              frame->Xeptrb
+#define flags              frame->Xflags
+
+/* Ditto for the local variables */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+#define charptr            frame->Xcharptr
+#endif
+#define callpat            frame->Xcallpat
+#define data               frame->Xdata
+#define next               frame->Xnext
+#define pp                 frame->Xpp
+#define prev               frame->Xprev
+#define saved_eptr         frame->Xsaved_eptr
+
+#define new_recursive      frame->Xnew_recursive
+
+#define cur_is_word        frame->Xcur_is_word
+#define condition          frame->Xcondition
+#define minimize           frame->Xminimize
+#define prev_is_word       frame->Xprev_is_word
+
+#define original_ims       frame->Xoriginal_ims
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+#define prop_type          frame->Xprop_type
+#define prop_fail_result   frame->Xprop_fail_result
+#define prop_category      frame->Xprop_category
+#define prop_chartype      frame->Xprop_chartype
+#define prop_othercase     frame->Xprop_othercase
+#define prop_test_against  frame->Xprop_test_against
+#define prop_test_variable frame->Xprop_test_variable
+#endif
+
+#define ctype              frame->Xctype
+#define fc                 frame->Xfc
+#define fi                 frame->Xfi
+#define length             frame->Xlength
+#define max                frame->Xmax
+#define min                frame->Xmin
+#define number             frame->Xnumber
+#define offset             frame->Xoffset
+#define op                 frame->Xop
+#define save_capture_last  frame->Xsave_capture_last
+#define save_offset1       frame->Xsave_offset1
+#define save_offset2       frame->Xsave_offset2
+#define save_offset3       frame->Xsave_offset3
+#define stacksave          frame->Xstacksave
+
+#define newptrb            frame->Xnewptrb
+
+/* When recursion is being used, local variables are allocated on the stack and
+get preserved during recursion in the normal way. In this environment, fi and
+i, and fc and c, can be the same variables. */
+
+#else
+#define fi i
+#define fc c
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8                /* Many of these variables are used ony */
+const uschar *charptr;             /* small blocks of the code. My normal  */
+#endif                             /* style of coding would have declared  */
+const uschar *callpat;             /* them within each of those blocks.    */
+const uschar *data;                /* However, in order to accommodate the */
+const uschar *next;                /* version of this code that uses an    */
+const uschar *pp;                  /* external "stack" implemented on the  */
+const uschar *prev;                /* heap, it is easier to declare them   */
+const uschar *saved_eptr;          /* all here, so the declarations can    */
+                                   /* be cut out in a block. The only      */
+recursion_info new_recursive;      /* declarations within blocks below are */
+                                   /* for variables that do not have to    */
+BOOL cur_is_word;                  /* be preserved over a recursive call   */
+BOOL condition;                    /* to RMATCH().                         */
+BOOL minimize;
+BOOL prev_is_word;
+
+unsigned long int original_ims;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+int prop_type;
+int prop_fail_result;
+int prop_category;
+int prop_chartype;
+int prop_othercase;
+int prop_test_against;
+int *prop_test_variable;
+#endif
+
+int ctype;
+int length;
+int max;
+int min;
+int number;
+int offset;
+int op;
+int save_capture_last;
+int save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3;
+int stacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX];
+
+eptrblock newptrb;
+#endif
+
+/* These statements are here to stop the compiler complaining about unitialized
+variables. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+prop_fail_result = 0;
+prop_test_against = 0;
+prop_test_variable = NULL;
+#endif
+
+/* OK, now we can get on with the real code of the function. Recursion is
+specified by the macros RMATCH and RRETURN. When NO_RECURSE is *not* defined,
+these just turn into a recursive call to match() and a "return", respectively.
+However, RMATCH isn't like a function call because it's quite a complicated
+macro. It has to be used in one particular way. This shouldn't, however, impact
+performance when true recursion is being used. */
+
+if (md->match_call_count++ >= md->match_limit) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT);
+
+original_ims = ims;    /* Save for resetting on ')' */
+utf8 = md->utf8;       /* Local copy of the flag */
+
+/* At the start of a bracketed group, add the current subject pointer to the
+stack of such pointers, to be re-instated at the end of the group when we hit
+the closing ket. When match() is called in other circumstances, we don't add to
+this stack. */
+
+if ((flags & match_isgroup) != 0)
+  {
+  newptrb.epb_prev = eptrb;
+  newptrb.epb_saved_eptr = eptr;
+  eptrb = &newptrb;
+  }
+
+/* Now start processing the operations. */
+
+for (;;)
+  {
+  op = *ecode;
+  minimize = FALSE;
+
+  /* For partial matching, remember if we ever hit the end of the subject after
+  matching at least one subject character. */
+
+  if (md->partial &&
+      eptr >= md->end_subject &&
+      eptr > md->start_match)
+    md->hitend = TRUE;
+
+  /* Opening capturing bracket. If there is space in the offset vector, save
+  the current subject position in the working slot at the top of the vector. We
+  mustn't change the current values of the data slot, because they may be set
+  from a previous iteration of this group, and be referred to by a reference
+  inside the group.
+
+  If the bracket fails to match, we need to restore this value and also the
+  values of the final offsets, in case they were set by a previous iteration of
+  the same bracket.
+
+  If there isn't enough space in the offset vector, treat this as if it were a
+  non-capturing bracket. Don't worry about setting the flag for the error case
+  here; that is handled in the code for KET. */
+
+  if (op > OP_BRA)
+    {
+    number = op - OP_BRA;
+
+    /* For extended extraction brackets (large number), we have to fish out the
+    number from a dummy opcode at the start. */
+
+    if (number > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX)
+      number = GET2(ecode, 2+LINK_SIZE);
+    offset = number << 1;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf("start bracket %d subject=", number);
+    pchars(eptr, 16, TRUE, md);
+    printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+    if (offset < md->offset_max)
+      {
+      save_offset1 = md->offset_vector[offset];
+      save_offset2 = md->offset_vector[offset+1];
+      save_offset3 = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number];
+      save_capture_last = md->capture_last;
+
+      DPRINTF(("saving %d %d %d\n", save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3));
+      md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = eptr - md->start_subject;
+
+      do
+        {
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb,
+          match_isgroup);
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        md->capture_last = save_capture_last;
+        ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+        }
+      while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+
+      DPRINTF(("bracket %d failed\n", number));
+
+      md->offset_vector[offset] = save_offset1;
+      md->offset_vector[offset+1] = save_offset2;
+      md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = save_offset3;
+
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      }
+
+    /* Insufficient room for saving captured contents */
+
+    else op = OP_BRA;
+    }
+
+  /* Other types of node can be handled by a switch */
+
+  switch(op)
+    {
+    case OP_BRA:     /* Non-capturing bracket: optimized */
+    DPRINTF(("start bracket 0\n"));
+    do
+      {
+      RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb,
+        match_isgroup);
+      if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+      ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+      }
+    while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+    DPRINTF(("bracket 0 failed\n"));
+    RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+    /* Conditional group: compilation checked that there are no more than
+    two branches. If the condition is false, skipping the first branch takes us
+    past the end if there is only one branch, but that's OK because that is
+    exactly what going to the ket would do. */
+
+    case OP_COND:
+    if (ecode[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_CREF) /* Condition extract or recurse test */
+      {
+      offset = GET2(ecode, LINK_SIZE+2) << 1;  /* Doubled ref number */
+      condition = (offset == CREF_RECURSE * 2)?
+        (md->recursive != NULL) :
+        (offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0);
+      RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + (condition?
+        (LINK_SIZE + 4) : (LINK_SIZE + 1 + GET(ecode, 1))),
+        offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
+      RRETURN(rrc);
+      }
+
+    /* The condition is an assertion. Call match() to evaluate it - setting
+    the final argument TRUE causes it to stop at the end of an assertion. */
+
+    else
+      {
+      RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, NULL,
+          match_condassert | match_isgroup);
+      if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH)
+        {
+        ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE + GET(ecode, LINK_SIZE+2);
+        while (*ecode == OP_ALT) ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+        }
+      else if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH)
+        {
+        RRETURN(rrc);         /* Need braces because of following else */
+        }
+      else ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+      RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb,
+        match_isgroup);
+      RRETURN(rrc);
+      }
+    /* Control never reaches here */
+
+    /* Skip over conditional reference or large extraction number data if
+    encountered. */
+
+    case OP_CREF:
+    case OP_BRANUMBER:
+    ecode += 3;
+    break;
+
+    /* End of the pattern. If we are in a recursion, we should restore the
+    offsets appropriately and continue from after the call. */
+
+    case OP_END:
+    if (md->recursive != NULL && md->recursive->group_num == 0)
+      {
+      recursion_info *rec = md->recursive;
+      DPRINTF(("Hit the end in a (?0) recursion\n"));
+      md->recursive = rec->prevrec;
+      memmove(md->offset_vector, rec->offset_save,
+        rec->saved_max * sizeof(int));
+      md->start_match = rec->save_start;
+      ims = original_ims;
+      ecode = rec->after_call;
+      break;
+      }
+
+    /* Otherwise, if PCRE_NOTEMPTY is set, fail if we have matched an empty
+    string - backtracking will then try other alternatives, if any. */
+
+    if (md->notempty && eptr == md->start_match) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    md->end_match_ptr = eptr;          /* Record where we ended */
+    md->end_offset_top = offset_top;   /* and how many extracts were taken */
+    RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
+
+    /* Change option settings */
+
+    case OP_OPT:
+    ims = ecode[1];
+    ecode += 2;
+    DPRINTF(("ims set to %02lx\n", ims));
+    break;
+
+    /* Assertion brackets. Check the alternative branches in turn - the
+    matching won't pass the KET for an assertion. If any one branch matches,
+    the assertion is true. Lookbehind assertions have an OP_REVERSE item at the
+    start of each branch to move the current point backwards, so the code at
+    this level is identical to the lookahead case. */
+
+    case OP_ASSERT:
+    case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+    do
+      {
+      RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, NULL,
+        match_isgroup);
+      if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) break;
+      if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+      ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+      }
+    while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+    if (*ecode == OP_KET) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+    /* If checking an assertion for a condition, return MATCH_MATCH. */
+
+    if ((flags & match_condassert) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
+
+    /* Continue from after the assertion, updating the offsets high water
+    mark, since extracts may have been taken during the assertion. */
+
+    do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+    ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+    offset_top = md->end_offset_top;
+    continue;
+
+    /* Negative assertion: all branches must fail to match */
+
+    case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+    case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+    do
+      {
+      RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, NULL,
+        match_isgroup);
+      if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+      ecode += GET(ecode,1);
+      }
+    while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+
+    if ((flags & match_condassert) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
+
+    ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+    continue;
+
+    /* Move the subject pointer back. This occurs only at the start of
+    each branch of a lookbehind assertion. If we are too close to the start to
+    move back, this match function fails. When working with UTF-8 we move
+    back a number of characters, not bytes. */
+
+    case OP_REVERSE:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (utf8)
+      {
+      c = GET(ecode,1);
+      for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
+        {
+        eptr--;
+        if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        BACKCHAR(eptr)
+        }
+      }
+    else
+#endif
+
+    /* No UTF-8 support, or not in UTF-8 mode: count is byte count */
+
+      {
+      eptr -= GET(ecode,1);
+      if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      }
+
+    /* Skip to next op code */
+
+    ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+    break;
+
+    /* The callout item calls an external function, if one is provided, passing
+    details of the match so far. This is mainly for debugging, though the
+    function is able to force a failure. */
+
+    case OP_CALLOUT:
+    if (pcre_callout != NULL)
+      {
+      pcre_callout_block cb;
+      cb.version          = 1;   /* Version 1 of the callout block */
+      cb.callout_number   = ecode[1];
+      cb.offset_vector    = md->offset_vector;
+      cb.subject          = (const char *)md->start_subject;
+      cb.subject_length   = md->end_subject - md->start_subject;
+      cb.start_match      = md->start_match - md->start_subject;
+      cb.current_position = eptr - md->start_subject;
+      cb.pattern_position = GET(ecode, 2);
+      cb.next_item_length = GET(ecode, 2 + LINK_SIZE);
+      cb.capture_top      = offset_top/2;
+      cb.capture_last     = md->capture_last;
+      cb.callout_data     = md->callout_data;
+      if ((rrc = (*pcre_callout)(&cb)) > 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      if (rrc < 0) RRETURN(rrc);
+      }
+    ecode += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+    break;
+
+    /* Recursion either matches the current regex, or some subexpression. The
+    offset data is the offset to the starting bracket from the start of the
+    whole pattern. (This is so that it works from duplicated subpatterns.)
+
+    If there are any capturing brackets started but not finished, we have to
+    save their starting points and reinstate them after the recursion. However,
+    we don't know how many such there are (offset_top records the completed
+    total) so we just have to save all the potential data. There may be up to
+    65535 such values, which is too large to put on the stack, but using malloc
+    for small numbers seems expensive. As a compromise, the stack is used when
+    there are no more than REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX values to store; otherwise malloc
+    is used. A problem is what to do if the malloc fails ... there is no way of
+    returning to the top level with an error. Save the top REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX
+    values on the stack, and accept that the rest may be wrong.
+
+    There are also other values that have to be saved. We use a chained
+    sequence of blocks that actually live on the stack. Thanks to Robin Houston
+    for the original version of this logic. */
+
+    case OP_RECURSE:
+      {
+      callpat = md->start_code + GET(ecode, 1);
+      new_recursive.group_num = *callpat - OP_BRA;
+
+      /* For extended extraction brackets (large number), we have to fish out
+      the number from a dummy opcode at the start. */
+
+      if (new_recursive.group_num > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX)
+        new_recursive.group_num = GET2(callpat, 2+LINK_SIZE);
+
+      /* Add to "recursing stack" */
+
+      new_recursive.prevrec = md->recursive;
+      md->recursive = &new_recursive;
+
+      /* Find where to continue from afterwards */
+
+      ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+      new_recursive.after_call = ecode;
+
+      /* Now save the offset data. */
+
+      new_recursive.saved_max = md->offset_end;
+      if (new_recursive.saved_max <= REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX)
+        new_recursive.offset_save = stacksave;
+      else
+        {
+        new_recursive.offset_save =
+          (int *)(pcre_malloc)(new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int));
+        if (new_recursive.offset_save == NULL) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY);
+        }
+
+      memcpy(new_recursive.offset_save, md->offset_vector,
+            new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int));
+      new_recursive.save_start = md->start_match;
+      md->start_match = eptr;
+
+      /* OK, now we can do the recursion. For each top-level alternative we
+      restore the offset and recursion data. */
+
+      DPRINTF(("Recursing into group %d\n", new_recursive.group_num));
+      do
+        {
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, callpat + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims,
+            eptrb, match_isgroup);
+        if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH)
+          {
+          md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec;
+          if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave)
+            (pcre_free)(new_recursive.offset_save);
+          RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
+          }
+        else if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+
+        md->recursive = &new_recursive;
+        memcpy(md->offset_vector, new_recursive.offset_save,
+            new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int));
+        callpat += GET(callpat, 1);
+        }
+      while (*callpat == OP_ALT);
+
+      DPRINTF(("Recursion didn't match\n"));
+      md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec;
+      if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave)
+        (pcre_free)(new_recursive.offset_save);
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      }
+    /* Control never reaches here */
+
+    /* "Once" brackets are like assertion brackets except that after a match,
+    the point in the subject string is not moved back. Thus there can never be
+    a move back into the brackets. Friedl calls these "atomic" subpatterns.
+    Check the alternative branches in turn - the matching won't pass the KET
+    for this kind of subpattern. If any one branch matches, we carry on as at
+    the end of a normal bracket, leaving the subject pointer. */
+
+    case OP_ONCE:
+      {
+      prev = ecode;
+      saved_eptr = eptr;
+
+      do
+        {
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims,
+          eptrb, match_isgroup);
+        if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) break;
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        ecode += GET(ecode,1);
+        }
+      while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+
+      /* If hit the end of the group (which could be repeated), fail */
+
+      if (*ecode != OP_ONCE && *ecode != OP_ALT) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+      /* Continue as from after the assertion, updating the offsets high water
+      mark, since extracts may have been taken. */
+
+      do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+
+      offset_top = md->end_offset_top;
+      eptr = md->end_match_ptr;
+
+      /* For a non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This also
+      happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the group.
+      This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in Perl
+      5.005. If there is an options reset, it will get obeyed in the normal
+      course of events. */
+
+      if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr)
+        {
+        ecode += 1+LINK_SIZE;
+        break;
+        }
+
+      /* The repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from the
+      preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. We need to reset any options
+      that changed within the bracket before re-running it, so check the next
+      opcode. */
+
+      if (ecode[1+LINK_SIZE] == OP_OPT)
+        {
+        ims = (ims & ~PCRE_IMS) | ecode[4];
+        DPRINTF(("ims set to %02lx at group repeat\n", ims));
+        }
+
+      if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN)
+        {
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, prev, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        }
+      else  /* OP_KETRMAX */
+        {
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, prev, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        }
+      }
+    RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+    /* An alternation is the end of a branch; scan along to find the end of the
+    bracketed group and go to there. */
+
+    case OP_ALT:
+    do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+    break;
+
+    /* BRAZERO and BRAMINZERO occur just before a bracket group, indicating
+    that it may occur zero times. It may repeat infinitely, or not at all -
+    i.e. it could be ()* or ()? in the pattern. Brackets with fixed upper
+    repeat limits are compiled as a number of copies, with the optional ones
+    preceded by BRAZERO or BRAMINZERO. */
+
+    case OP_BRAZERO:
+      {
+      next = ecode+1;
+      RMATCH(rrc, eptr, next, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
+      if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+      do next += GET(next,1); while (*next == OP_ALT);
+      ecode = next + 1+LINK_SIZE;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    case OP_BRAMINZERO:
+      {
+      next = ecode+1;
+      do next += GET(next,1); while (*next == OP_ALT);
+      RMATCH(rrc, eptr, next + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb,
+        match_isgroup);
+      if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+      ecode++;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* End of a group, repeated or non-repeating. If we are at the end of
+    an assertion "group", stop matching and return MATCH_MATCH, but record the
+    current high water mark for use by positive assertions. Do this also
+    for the "once" (not-backup up) groups. */
+
+    case OP_KET:
+    case OP_KETRMIN:
+    case OP_KETRMAX:
+      {
+      prev = ecode - GET(ecode, 1);
+      saved_eptr = eptrb->epb_saved_eptr;
+
+      /* Back up the stack of bracket start pointers. */
+
+      eptrb = eptrb->epb_prev;
+
+      if (*prev == OP_ASSERT || *prev == OP_ASSERT_NOT ||
+          *prev == OP_ASSERTBACK || *prev == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT ||
+          *prev == OP_ONCE)
+        {
+        md->end_match_ptr = eptr;      /* For ONCE */
+        md->end_offset_top = offset_top;
+        RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
+        }
+
+      /* In all other cases except a conditional group we have to check the
+      group number back at the start and if necessary complete handling an
+      extraction by setting the offsets and bumping the high water mark. */
+
+      if (*prev != OP_COND)
+        {
+        number = *prev - OP_BRA;
+
+        /* For extended extraction brackets (large number), we have to fish out
+        the number from a dummy opcode at the start. */
+
+        if (number > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX) number = GET2(prev, 2+LINK_SIZE);
+        offset = number << 1;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+        printf("end bracket %d", number);
+        printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+        /* Test for a numbered group. This includes groups called as a result
+        of recursion. Note that whole-pattern recursion is coded as a recurse
+        into group 0, so it won't be picked up here. Instead, we catch it when
+        the OP_END is reached. */
+
+        if (number > 0)
+          {
+          md->capture_last = number;
+          if (offset >= md->offset_max) md->offset_overflow = TRUE; else
+            {
+            md->offset_vector[offset] =
+              md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number];
+            md->offset_vector[offset+1] = eptr - md->start_subject;
+            if (offset_top <= offset) offset_top = offset + 2;
+            }
+
+          /* Handle a recursively called group. Restore the offsets
+          appropriately and continue from after the call. */
+
+          if (md->recursive != NULL && md->recursive->group_num == number)
+            {
+            recursion_info *rec = md->recursive;
+            DPRINTF(("Recursion (%d) succeeded - continuing\n", number));
+            md->recursive = rec->prevrec;
+            md->start_match = rec->save_start;
+            memcpy(md->offset_vector, rec->offset_save,
+              rec->saved_max * sizeof(int));
+            ecode = rec->after_call;
+            ims = original_ims;
+            break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* Reset the value of the ims flags, in case they got changed during
+      the group. */
+
+      ims = original_ims;
+      DPRINTF(("ims reset to %02lx\n", ims));
+
+      /* For a non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This also
+      happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the group.
+      This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in Perl
+      5.005. If there is an options reset, it will get obeyed in the normal
+      course of events. */
+
+      if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr)
+        {
+        ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+        break;
+        }
+
+      /* The repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from the
+      preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. */
+
+      if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN)
+        {
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, prev, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        }
+      else  /* OP_KETRMAX */
+        {
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, prev, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, match_isgroup);
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+        if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+        }
+      }
+
+    RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+    /* Start of subject unless notbol, or after internal newline if multiline */
+
+    case OP_CIRC:
+    if (md->notbol && eptr == md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    if ((ims & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
+      {
+      if (eptr != md->start_subject && eptr[-1] != NEWLINE)
+        RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      ecode++;
+      break;
+      }
+    /* ... else fall through */
+
+    /* Start of subject assertion */
+
+    case OP_SOD:
+    if (eptr != md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    /* Start of match assertion */
+
+    case OP_SOM:
+    if (eptr != md->start_subject + md->start_offset) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    /* Assert before internal newline if multiline, or before a terminating
+    newline unless endonly is set, else end of subject unless noteol is set. */
+
+    case OP_DOLL:
+    if ((ims & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
+      {
+      if (eptr < md->end_subject)
+        { if (*eptr != NEWLINE) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); }
+      else
+        { if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); }
+      ecode++;
+      break;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+      if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      if (!md->endonly)
+        {
+        if (eptr < md->end_subject - 1 ||
+           (eptr == md->end_subject - 1 && *eptr != NEWLINE))
+          RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        ecode++;
+        break;
+        }
+      }
+    /* ... else fall through */
+
+    /* End of subject assertion (\z) */
+
+    case OP_EOD:
+    if (eptr < md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    /* End of subject or ending \n assertion (\Z) */
+
+    case OP_EODN:
+    if (eptr < md->end_subject - 1 ||
+       (eptr == md->end_subject - 1 && *eptr != NEWLINE)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    /* Word boundary assertions */
+
+    case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+    case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+      {
+
+      /* Find out if the previous and current characters are "word" characters.
+      It takes a bit more work in UTF-8 mode. Characters > 255 are assumed to
+      be "non-word" characters. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8)
+        {
+        if (eptr == md->start_subject) prev_is_word = FALSE; else
+          {
+          const uschar *lastptr = eptr - 1;
+          while((*lastptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastptr--;
+          GETCHAR(c, lastptr);
+          prev_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
+          }
+        if (eptr >= md->end_subject) cur_is_word = FALSE; else
+          {
+          GETCHAR(c, eptr);
+          cur_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
+          }
+        }
+      else
+#endif
+
+      /* More streamlined when not in UTF-8 mode */
+
+        {
+        prev_is_word = (eptr != md->start_subject) &&
+          ((md->ctypes[eptr[-1]] & ctype_word) != 0);
+        cur_is_word = (eptr < md->end_subject) &&
+          ((md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0);
+        }
+
+      /* Now see if the situation is what we want */
+
+      if ((*ecode++ == OP_WORD_BOUNDARY)?
+           cur_is_word == prev_is_word : cur_is_word != prev_is_word)
+        RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Match a single character type; inline for speed */
+
+    case OP_ANY:
+    if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0 && eptr < md->end_subject && *eptr == NEWLINE)
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    if (eptr++ >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (utf8)
+      while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
+#endif
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    /* Match a single byte, even in UTF-8 mode. This opcode really does match
+    any byte, even newline, independent of the setting of PCRE_DOTALL. */
+
+    case OP_ANYBYTE:
+    if (eptr++ >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+    if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+    if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+       c < 256 &&
+#endif
+       (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0
+       )
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    case OP_DIGIT:
+    if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+    if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+       c >= 256 ||
+#endif
+       (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0
+       )
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+    if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+    if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+       c < 256 &&
+#endif
+       (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0
+       )
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    case OP_WHITESPACE:
+    if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+    if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+       c >= 256 ||
+#endif
+       (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0
+       )
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+    if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+    if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+       c < 256 &&
+#endif
+       (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0
+       )
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+    case OP_WORDCHAR:
+    if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+    if (
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+       c >= 256 ||
+#endif
+       (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0
+       )
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+    /* Check the next character by Unicode property. We will get here only
+    if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+    case OP_PROP:
+    case OP_NOTPROP:
+    if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+      {
+      int chartype, rqdtype;
+      int othercase;
+      int category = ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase);
+
+      rqdtype = *(++ecode);
+      ecode++;
+
+      if (rqdtype >= 128)
+        {
+        if ((rqdtype - 128 != category) == (op == OP_PROP))
+          RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        if ((rqdtype != chartype) == (op == OP_PROP))
+          RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Match an extended Unicode sequence. We will get here only if the support
+    is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+    case OP_EXTUNI:
+    if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+      {
+      int chartype;
+      int othercase;
+      int category = ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase);
+      if (category == ucp_M) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      while (eptr < md->end_subject)
+        {
+        int len = 1;
+        if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
+          {
+          GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+          }
+        category = ucp_findchar(c, &chartype, &othercase);
+        if (category != ucp_M) break;
+        eptr += len;
+        }
+      }
+    ecode++;
+    break;
+#endif
+
+
+    /* Match a back reference, possibly repeatedly. Look past the end of the
+    item to see if there is repeat information following. The code is similar
+    to that for character classes, but repeated for efficiency. Then obey
+    similar code to character type repeats - written out again for speed.
+    However, if the referenced string is the empty string, always treat
+    it as matched, any number of times (otherwise there could be infinite
+    loops). */
+
+    case OP_REF:
+      {
+      offset = GET2(ecode, 1) << 1;               /* Doubled ref number */
+      ecode += 3;                                 /* Advance past item */
+
+      /* If the reference is unset, set the length to be longer than the amount
+      of subject left; this ensures that every attempt at a match fails. We
+      can't just fail here, because of the possibility of quantifiers with zero
+      minima. */
+
+      length = (offset >= offset_top || md->offset_vector[offset] < 0)?
+        md->end_subject - eptr + 1 :
+        md->offset_vector[offset+1] - md->offset_vector[offset];
+
+      /* Set up for repetition, or handle the non-repeated case */
+
+      switch (*ecode)
+        {
+        case OP_CRSTAR:
+        case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+        case OP_CRPLUS:
+        case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+        case OP_CRQUERY:
+        case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+        c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR;
+        minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+        min = rep_min[c];                 /* Pick up values from tables; */
+        max = rep_max[c];                 /* zero for max => infinity */
+        if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+        break;
+
+        case OP_CRRANGE:
+        case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+        minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE);
+        min = GET2(ecode, 1);
+        max = GET2(ecode, 3);
+        if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+        ecode += 5;
+        break;
+
+        default:               /* No repeat follows */
+        if (!match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, ims)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        eptr += length;
+        continue;              /* With the main loop */
+        }
+
+      /* If the length of the reference is zero, just continue with the
+      main loop. */
+
+      if (length == 0) continue;
+
+      /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. We get back
+      the length of the reference string explicitly rather than passing the
+      address of eptr, so that eptr can be a register variable. */
+
+      for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+        {
+        if (!match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, ims)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        eptr += length;
+        }
+
+      /* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursion.
+      They are not both allowed to be zero. */
+
+      if (min == max) continue;
+
+      /* If minimizing, keep trying and advancing the pointer */
+
+      if (minimize)
+        {
+        for (fi = min;; fi++)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (fi >= max || !match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, ims))
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          eptr += length;
+          }
+        /* Control never gets here */
+        }
+
+      /* If maximizing, find the longest string and work backwards */
+
+      else
+        {
+        pp = eptr;
+        for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+          {
+          if (!match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, ims)) break;
+          eptr += length;
+          }
+        while (eptr >= pp)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          eptr -= length;
+          }
+        RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+      }
+    /* Control never gets here */
+
+
+
+    /* Match a bit-mapped character class, possibly repeatedly. This op code is
+    used when all the characters in the class have values in the range 0-255,
+    and either the matching is caseful, or the characters are in the range
+    0-127 when UTF-8 processing is enabled. The only difference between
+    OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS occurs when a data character outside the range is
+    encountered.
+
+    First, look past the end of the item to see if there is repeat information
+    following. Then obey similar code to character type repeats - written out
+    again for speed. */
+
+    case OP_NCLASS:
+    case OP_CLASS:
+      {
+      data = ecode + 1;                /* Save for matching */
+      ecode += 33;                     /* Advance past the item */
+
+      switch (*ecode)
+        {
+        case OP_CRSTAR:
+        case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+        case OP_CRPLUS:
+        case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+        case OP_CRQUERY:
+        case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+        c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR;
+        minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+        min = rep_min[c];                 /* Pick up values from tables; */
+        max = rep_max[c];                 /* zero for max => infinity */
+        if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+        break;
+
+        case OP_CRRANGE:
+        case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+        minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE);
+        min = GET2(ecode, 1);
+        max = GET2(ecode, 3);
+        if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+        ecode += 5;
+        break;
+
+        default:               /* No repeat follows */
+        min = max = 1;
+        break;
+        }
+
+      /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      /* UTF-8 mode */
+      if (utf8)
+        {
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+          if (c > 255)
+            {
+            if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            }
+          else
+            {
+            if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      else
+#endif
+      /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+        {
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          c = *eptr++;
+          if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the
+      need to recurse. */
+
+      if (min == max) continue;
+
+      /* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing
+      the pointer while it matches the class. */
+
+      if (minimize)
+        {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+        /* UTF-8 mode */
+        if (utf8)
+          {
+          for (fi = min;; fi++)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+            if (c > 255)
+              {
+              if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+              }
+            else
+              {
+              if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        else
+#endif
+        /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+          {
+          for (fi = min;; fi++)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            c = *eptr++;
+            if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            }
+          }
+        /* Control never gets here */
+        }
+
+      /* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */
+
+      else
+        {
+        pp = eptr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+        /* UTF-8 mode */
+        if (utf8)
+          {
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+            if (c > 255)
+              {
+              if (op == OP_CLASS) break;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+              if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break;
+              }
+            eptr += len;
+            }
+          for (;;)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            if (eptr-- == pp) break;        /* Stop if tried at original pos */
+            BACKCHAR(eptr);
+            }
+          }
+        else
+#endif
+          /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+          {
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            c = *eptr;
+            if ((data[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break;
+            eptr++;
+            }
+          while (eptr >= pp)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            eptr--;
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            }
+          }
+
+        RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+      }
+    /* Control never gets here */
+
+
+    /* Match an extended character class. This opcode is encountered only
+    in UTF-8 mode, because that's the only time it is compiled. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    case OP_XCLASS:
+      {
+      data = ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE;                /* Save for matching */
+      ecode += GET(ecode, 1);                      /* Advance past the item */
+
+      switch (*ecode)
+        {
+        case OP_CRSTAR:
+        case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+        case OP_CRPLUS:
+        case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+        case OP_CRQUERY:
+        case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+        c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR;
+        minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+        min = rep_min[c];                 /* Pick up values from tables; */
+        max = rep_max[c];                 /* zero for max => infinity */
+        if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+        break;
+
+        case OP_CRRANGE:
+        case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+        minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE);
+        min = GET2(ecode, 1);
+        max = GET2(ecode, 3);
+        if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+        ecode += 5;
+        break;
+
+        default:               /* No repeat follows */
+        min = max = 1;
+        break;
+        }
+
+      /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */
+
+      for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+        {
+        if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+        if (!_pcre_xclass(c, data)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+
+      /* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the
+      need to recurse. */
+
+      if (min == max) continue;
+
+      /* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing
+      the pointer while it matches the class. */
+
+      if (minimize)
+        {
+        for (fi = min;; fi++)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+          if (!_pcre_xclass(c, data)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        /* Control never gets here */
+        }
+
+      /* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */
+
+      else
+        {
+        pp = eptr;
+        for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+          {
+          int len = 1;
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+          GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+          if (!_pcre_xclass(c, data)) break;
+          eptr += len;
+          }
+        for(;;)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (eptr-- == pp) break;        /* Stop if tried at original pos */
+          BACKCHAR(eptr)
+          }
+        RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+
+      /* Control never gets here */
+      }
+#endif    /* End of XCLASS */
+
+    /* Match a single character, casefully */
+
+    case OP_CHAR:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (utf8)
+      {
+      length = 1;
+      ecode++;
+      GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length);
+      if (length > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      while (length-- > 0) if (*ecode++ != *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      }
+    else
+#endif
+
+    /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
+      {
+      if (md->end_subject - eptr < 1) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      if (ecode[1] != *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      ecode += 2;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Match a single character, caselessly */
+
+    case OP_CHARNC:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (utf8)
+      {
+      length = 1;
+      ecode++;
+      GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length);
+
+      if (length > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+      /* If the pattern character's value is < 128, we have only one byte, and
+      can use the fast lookup table. */
+
+      if (fc < 128)
+        {
+        if (md->lcc[*ecode++] != md->lcc[*eptr++]) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+
+      /* Otherwise we must pick up the subject character */
+
+      else
+        {
+        int dc;
+        GETCHARINC(dc, eptr);
+        ecode += length;
+
+        /* If we have Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other
+        case of the character, if there is one. The result of ucp_findchar() is
+        < 0 if the char isn't found, and othercase is returned as zero if there
+        isn't one. */
+
+        if (fc != dc)
+          {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+          int chartype;
+          int othercase;
+          if (ucp_findchar(fc, &chartype, &othercase) < 0 || dc != othercase)
+#endif
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    else
+#endif   /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
+
+    /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
+      {
+      if (md->end_subject - eptr < 1) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      if (md->lcc[ecode[1]] != md->lcc[*eptr++]) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      ecode += 2;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Match a single character repeatedly; different opcodes share code. */
+
+    case OP_EXACT:
+    min = max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+    ecode += 3;
+    goto REPEATCHAR;
+
+    case OP_UPTO:
+    case OP_MINUPTO:
+    min = 0;
+    max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+    minimize = *ecode == OP_MINUPTO;
+    ecode += 3;
+    goto REPEATCHAR;
+
+    case OP_STAR:
+    case OP_MINSTAR:
+    case OP_PLUS:
+    case OP_MINPLUS:
+    case OP_QUERY:
+    case OP_MINQUERY:
+    c = *ecode++ - OP_STAR;
+    minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+    min = rep_min[c];                 /* Pick up values from tables; */
+    max = rep_max[c];                 /* zero for max => infinity */
+    if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+
+    /* Common code for all repeated single-character matches. We can give
+    up quickly if there are fewer than the minimum number of characters left in
+    the subject. */
+
+    REPEATCHAR:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (utf8)
+      {
+      length = 1;
+      charptr = ecode;
+      GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length);
+      if (min * length > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      ecode += length;
+
+      /* Handle multibyte character matching specially here. There is
+      support for caseless matching if UCP support is present. */
+
+      if (length > 1)
+        {
+        int oclength = 0;
+        uschar occhars[8];
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+        int othercase;
+        int chartype;
+        if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 &&
+             ucp_findchar(fc, &chartype, &othercase) >= 0 &&
+             othercase > 0)
+          oclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, occhars);
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (memcmp(eptr, charptr, length) == 0) eptr += length;
+          /* Need braces because of following else */
+          else if (oclength == 0) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); }
+          else
+            {
+            if (memcmp(eptr, occhars, oclength) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            eptr += oclength;
+            }
+          }
+
+        if (min == max) continue;
+
+        if (minimize)
+          {
+          for (fi = min;; fi++)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            if (memcmp(eptr, charptr, length) == 0) eptr += length;
+            /* Need braces because of following else */
+            else if (oclength == 0) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); }
+            else
+              {
+              if (memcmp(eptr, occhars, oclength) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+              eptr += oclength;
+              }
+            }
+          /* Control never gets here */
+          }
+        else
+          {
+          pp = eptr;
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr > md->end_subject - length) break;
+            if (memcmp(eptr, charptr, length) == 0) eptr += length;
+            else if (oclength == 0) break;
+            else
+              {
+              if (memcmp(eptr, occhars, oclength) != 0) break;
+              eptr += oclength;
+              }
+            }
+          while (eptr >= pp)
+           {
+           RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+           if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+           eptr -= length;
+           }
+          RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        /* Control never gets here */
+        }
+
+      /* If the length of a UTF-8 character is 1, we fall through here, and
+      obey the code as for non-UTF-8 characters below, though in this case the
+      value of fc will always be < 128. */
+      }
+    else
+#endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
+
+    /* When not in UTF-8 mode, load a single-byte character. */
+      {
+      if (min > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      fc = *ecode++;
+      }
+
+    /* The value of fc at this point is always less than 256, though we may or
+    may not be in UTF-8 mode. The code is duplicated for the caseless and
+    caseful cases, for speed, since matching characters is likely to be quite
+    common. First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. If min =
+    max, continue at the same level without recursing. Otherwise, if
+    minimizing, keep trying the rest of the expression and advancing one
+    matching character if failing, up to the maximum. Alternatively, if
+    maximizing, find the maximum number of characters and work backwards. */
+
+    DPRINTF(("matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n", fc, min, max,
+      max, eptr));
+
+    if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+      {
+      fc = md->lcc[fc];
+      for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+        if (fc != md->lcc[*eptr++]) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      if (min == max) continue;
+      if (minimize)
+        {
+        for (fi = min;; fi++)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject ||
+              fc != md->lcc[*eptr++])
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        /* Control never gets here */
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        pp = eptr;
+        for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject || fc != md->lcc[*eptr]) break;
+          eptr++;
+          }
+        while (eptr >= pp)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          eptr--;
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          }
+        RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+      /* Control never gets here */
+      }
+
+    /* Caseful comparisons (includes all multi-byte characters) */
+
+    else
+      {
+      for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) if (fc != *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      if (min == max) continue;
+      if (minimize)
+        {
+        for (fi = min;; fi++)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc != *eptr++)
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        /* Control never gets here */
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        pp = eptr;
+        for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject || fc != *eptr) break;
+          eptr++;
+          }
+        while (eptr >= pp)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          eptr--;
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          }
+        RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+      }
+    /* Control never gets here */
+
+    /* Match a negated single one-byte character. The character we are
+    checking can be multibyte. */
+
+    case OP_NOT:
+    if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    ecode++;
+    GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+    if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+      {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (c < 256)
+#endif
+      c = md->lcc[c];
+      if (md->lcc[*ecode++] == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      }
+    else
+      {
+      if (*ecode++ == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Match a negated single one-byte character repeatedly. This is almost a
+    repeat of the code for a repeated single character, but I haven't found a
+    nice way of commoning these up that doesn't require a test of the
+    positive/negative option for each character match. Maybe that wouldn't add
+    very much to the time taken, but character matching *is* what this is all
+    about... */
+
+    case OP_NOTEXACT:
+    min = max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+    ecode += 3;
+    goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
+
+    case OP_NOTUPTO:
+    case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+    min = 0;
+    max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+    minimize = *ecode == OP_NOTMINUPTO;
+    ecode += 3;
+    goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
+
+    case OP_NOTSTAR:
+    case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+    case OP_NOTPLUS:
+    case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+    case OP_NOTQUERY:
+    case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+    c = *ecode++ - OP_NOTSTAR;
+    minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+    min = rep_min[c];                 /* Pick up values from tables; */
+    max = rep_max[c];                 /* zero for max => infinity */
+    if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+
+    /* Common code for all repeated single-byte matches. We can give up quickly
+    if there are fewer than the minimum number of bytes left in the
+    subject. */
+
+    REPEATNOTCHAR:
+    if (min > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    fc = *ecode++;
+
+    /* The code is duplicated for the caseless and caseful cases, for speed,
+    since matching characters is likely to be quite common. First, ensure the
+    minimum number of matches are present. If min = max, continue at the same
+    level without recursing. Otherwise, if minimizing, keep trying the rest of
+    the expression and advancing one matching character if failing, up to the
+    maximum. Alternatively, if maximizing, find the maximum number of
+    characters and work backwards. */
+
+    DPRINTF(("negative matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n", fc, min, max,
+      max, eptr));
+
+    if ((ims & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+      {
+      fc = md->lcc[fc];
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      /* UTF-8 mode */
+      if (utf8)
+        {
+        register int d;
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
+          if (d < 256) d = md->lcc[d];
+          if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        }
+      else
+#endif
+
+      /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+        {
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          if (fc == md->lcc[*eptr++]) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+
+      if (min == max) continue;
+
+      if (minimize)
+        {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+        /* UTF-8 mode */
+        if (utf8)
+          {
+          register int d;
+          for (fi = min;; fi++)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
+            if (d < 256) d = md->lcc[d];
+            if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == d)
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            }
+          }
+        else
+#endif
+        /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+          {
+          for (fi = min;; fi++)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == md->lcc[*eptr++])
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            }
+          }
+        /* Control never gets here */
+        }
+
+      /* Maximize case */
+
+      else
+        {
+        pp = eptr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+        /* UTF-8 mode */
+        if (utf8)
+          {
+          register int d;
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len);
+            if (d < 256) d = md->lcc[d];
+            if (fc == d) break;
+            eptr += len;
+            }
+          for(;;)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            if (eptr-- == pp) break;        /* Stop if tried at original pos */
+            BACKCHAR(eptr);
+            }
+          }
+        else
+#endif
+        /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+          {
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == md->lcc[*eptr]) break;
+            eptr++;
+            }
+          while (eptr >= pp)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            eptr--;
+            }
+          }
+
+        RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+      /* Control never gets here */
+      }
+
+    /* Caseful comparisons */
+
+    else
+      {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      /* UTF-8 mode */
+      if (utf8)
+        {
+        register int d;
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
+          if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        }
+      else
+#endif
+      /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+        {
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          if (fc == *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+
+      if (min == max) continue;
+
+      if (minimize)
+        {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+        /* UTF-8 mode */
+        if (utf8)
+          {
+          register int d;
+          for (fi = min;; fi++)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
+            if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == d)
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            }
+          }
+        else
+#endif
+        /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+          {
+          for (fi = min;; fi++)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == *eptr++)
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            }
+          }
+        /* Control never gets here */
+        }
+
+      /* Maximize case */
+
+      else
+        {
+        pp = eptr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+        /* UTF-8 mode */
+        if (utf8)
+          {
+          register int d;
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len);
+            if (fc == d) break;
+            eptr += len;
+            }
+          for(;;)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            if (eptr-- == pp) break;        /* Stop if tried at original pos */
+            BACKCHAR(eptr);
+            }
+          }
+        else
+#endif
+        /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+          {
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject || fc == *eptr) break;
+            eptr++;
+            }
+          while (eptr >= pp)
+            {
+            RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+            if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+            eptr--;
+            }
+          }
+
+        RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        }
+      }
+    /* Control never gets here */
+
+    /* Match a single character type repeatedly; several different opcodes
+    share code. This is very similar to the code for single characters, but we
+    repeat it in the interests of efficiency. */
+
+    case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+    min = max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+    minimize = TRUE;
+    ecode += 3;
+    goto REPEATTYPE;
+
+    case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+    case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+    min = 0;
+    max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+    minimize = *ecode == OP_TYPEMINUPTO;
+    ecode += 3;
+    goto REPEATTYPE;
+
+    case OP_TYPESTAR:
+    case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+    case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+    case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+    case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+    case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+    c = *ecode++ - OP_TYPESTAR;
+    minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+    min = rep_min[c];                 /* Pick up values from tables; */
+    max = rep_max[c];                 /* zero for max => infinity */
+    if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+
+    /* Common code for all repeated single character type matches. Note that
+    in UTF-8 mode, '.' matches a character of any length, but for the other
+    character types, the valid characters are all one-byte long. */
+
+    REPEATTYPE:
+    ctype = *ecode++;      /* Code for the character type */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+    if (ctype == OP_PROP || ctype == OP_NOTPROP)
+      {
+      prop_fail_result = ctype == OP_NOTPROP;
+      prop_type = *ecode++;
+      if (prop_type >= 128)
+        {
+        prop_test_against = prop_type - 128;
+        prop_test_variable = &prop_category;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        prop_test_against = prop_type;
+        prop_test_variable = &prop_chartype;
+        }
+      }
+    else prop_type = -1;
+#endif
+
+    /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. Use inline
+    code for maximizing the speed, and do the type test once at the start
+    (i.e. keep it out of the loop). Also we can test that there are at least
+    the minimum number of bytes before we start. This isn't as effective in
+    UTF-8 mode, but it does no harm. Separate the UTF-8 code completely as that
+    is tidier. Also separate the UCP code, which can be the same for both UTF-8
+    and single-bytes. */
+
+    if (min > md->end_subject - eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+    if (min > 0)
+      {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+      if (prop_type > 0)
+        {
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+          prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+          if ((*prop_test_variable == prop_test_against) == prop_fail_result)
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the
+      support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+      else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI)
+        {
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+          prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+          if (prop_category == ucp_M) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          while (eptr < md->end_subject)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
+              {
+              GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+              }
+            prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+            if (prop_category != ucp_M) break;
+            eptr += len;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+      else
+#endif     /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+/* Handle all other cases when the coding is UTF-8 */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8) switch(ctype)
+        {
+        case OP_ANY:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
+             (*eptr++ == NEWLINE && (ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0))
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
+          }
+        break;
+
+        case OP_ANYBYTE:
+        eptr += min;
+        break;
+
+        case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+          if (c < 128 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        break;
+
+        case OP_DIGIT:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
+             *eptr >= 128 || (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_digit) == 0)
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */
+          }
+        break;
+
+        case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
+             (*eptr < 128 && (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_space) != 0))
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
+          }
+        break;
+
+        case OP_WHITESPACE:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
+             *eptr >= 128 || (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_space) == 0)
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */
+          }
+        break;
+
+        case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
+             (*eptr < 128 && (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_word) != 0))
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
+          }
+        break;
+
+        case OP_WORDCHAR:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject ||
+             *eptr >= 128 || (md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_word) == 0)
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */
+          }
+        break;
+
+        default:
+        RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+        }  /* End switch(ctype) */
+
+      else
+#endif     /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
+
+      /* Code for the non-UTF-8 case for minimum matching of operators other
+      than OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP. */
+
+      switch(ctype)
+        {
+        case OP_ANY:
+        if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0)
+          {
+          for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+            if (*eptr++ == NEWLINE) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        else eptr += min;
+        break;
+
+        case OP_ANYBYTE:
+        eptr += min;
+        break;
+
+        case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        break;
+
+        case OP_DIGIT:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        break;
+
+        case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        break;
+
+        case OP_WHITESPACE:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        break;
+
+        case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_word) != 0)
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        break;
+
+        case OP_WORDCHAR:
+        for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+          if ((md->ctypes[*eptr++] & ctype_word) == 0)
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+        break;
+
+        default:
+        RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+        }
+      }
+
+    /* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursing */
+
+    if (min == max) continue;
+
+    /* If minimizing, we have to test the rest of the pattern before each
+    subsequent match. Again, separate the UTF-8 case for speed, and also
+    separate the UCP cases. */
+
+    if (minimize)
+      {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+      if (prop_type > 0)
+        {
+        for (fi = min;; fi++)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+          prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+          if ((*prop_test_variable == prop_test_against) == prop_fail_result)
+            RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the
+      support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+      else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI)
+        {
+        for (fi = min;; fi++)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+          prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+          if (prop_category == ucp_M) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          while (eptr < md->end_subject)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
+              {
+              GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+              }
+            prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+            if (prop_category != ucp_M) break;
+            eptr += len;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+      else
+#endif     /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      /* UTF-8 mode */
+      if (utf8)
+        {
+        for (fi = min;; fi++)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+          GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+          switch(ctype)
+            {
+            case OP_ANY:
+            if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0 && c == NEWLINE) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_ANYBYTE:
+            break;
+
+            case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+            if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_DIGIT:
+            if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0)
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+            if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0)
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_WHITESPACE:
+            if  (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0)
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+            if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0)
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_WORDCHAR:
+            if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0)
+              RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            default:
+            RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      else
+#endif
+      /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+        {
+        for (fi = min;; fi++)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (fi >= max || eptr >= md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+          c = *eptr++;
+          switch(ctype)
+            {
+            case OP_ANY:
+            if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0 && c == NEWLINE) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_ANYBYTE:
+            break;
+
+            case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+            if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_DIGIT:
+            if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+            if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_WHITESPACE:
+            if  ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+            if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            case OP_WORDCHAR:
+            if ((md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+            break;
+
+            default:
+            RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      /* Control never gets here */
+      }
+
+    /* If maximizing it is worth using inline code for speed, doing the type
+    test once at the start (i.e. keep it out of the loop). Again, keep the
+    UTF-8 and UCP stuff separate. */
+
+    else
+      {
+      pp = eptr;  /* Remember where we started */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+      if (prop_type > 0)
+        {
+        for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+          {
+          int len = 1;
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+          GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+          prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+          if ((*prop_test_variable == prop_test_against) == prop_fail_result)
+            break;
+          eptr+= len;
+          }
+
+        /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
+
+        for(;;)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (eptr-- == pp) break;        /* Stop if tried at original pos */
+          BACKCHAR(eptr);
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the
+      support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+      else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI)
+        {
+        for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+          {
+          if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+          GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+          prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+          if (prop_category == ucp_M) break;
+          while (eptr < md->end_subject)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
+              {
+              GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+              }
+            prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+            if (prop_category != ucp_M) break;
+            eptr += len;
+            }
+          }
+
+        /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
+
+        for(;;)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (eptr-- == pp) break;        /* Stop if tried at original pos */
+          for (;;)                        /* Move back over one extended */
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            BACKCHAR(eptr);
+            if (!utf8) c = *eptr; else
+              {
+              GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+              }
+            prop_category = ucp_findchar(c, &prop_chartype, &prop_othercase);
+            if (prop_category != ucp_M) break;
+            eptr--;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+      else
+#endif   /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      /* UTF-8 mode */
+
+      if (utf8)
+        {
+        switch(ctype)
+          {
+          case OP_ANY:
+
+          /* Special code is required for UTF8, but when the maximum is unlimited
+          we don't need it, so we repeat the non-UTF8 code. This is probably
+          worth it, because .* is quite a common idiom. */
+
+          if (max < INT_MAX)
+            {
+            if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0)
+              {
+              for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+                {
+                if (eptr >= md->end_subject || *eptr == NEWLINE) break;
+                eptr++;
+                while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
+                }
+              }
+            else
+              {
+              for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+                {
+                eptr++;
+                while (eptr < md->end_subject && (*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+
+          /* Handle unlimited UTF-8 repeat */
+
+          else
+            {
+            if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0)
+              {
+              for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+                {
+                if (eptr >= md->end_subject || *eptr == NEWLINE) break;
+                eptr++;
+                }
+              break;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+              c = max - min;
+              if (c > md->end_subject - eptr) c = md->end_subject - eptr;
+              eptr += c;
+              }
+            }
+          break;
+
+          /* The byte case is the same as non-UTF8 */
+
+          case OP_ANYBYTE:
+          c = max - min;
+          if (c > md->end_subject - eptr) c = md->end_subject - eptr;
+          eptr += c;
+          break;
+
+          case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+            if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) break;
+            eptr+= len;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_DIGIT:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+            if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
+            eptr+= len;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+            if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) break;
+            eptr+= len;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_WHITESPACE:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+            if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) break;
+            eptr+= len;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+            if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) break;
+            eptr+= len;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_WORDCHAR:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            int len = 1;
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+            GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+            if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
+            eptr+= len;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          default:
+          RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+          }
+
+        /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
+
+        for(;;)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          if (eptr-- == pp) break;        /* Stop if tried at original pos */
+          BACKCHAR(eptr);
+          }
+        }
+      else
+#endif
+
+      /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+        {
+        switch(ctype)
+          {
+          case OP_ANY:
+          if ((ims & PCRE_DOTALL) == 0)
+            {
+            for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+              {
+              if (eptr >= md->end_subject || *eptr == NEWLINE) break;
+              eptr++;
+              }
+            break;
+            }
+          /* For DOTALL case, fall through and treat as \C */
+
+          case OP_ANYBYTE:
+          c = max - min;
+          if (c > md->end_subject - eptr) c = md->end_subject - eptr;
+          eptr += c;
+          break;
+
+          case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+              break;
+            eptr++;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_DIGIT:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) == 0)
+              break;
+            eptr++;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) != 0)
+              break;
+            eptr++;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_WHITESPACE:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) == 0)
+              break;
+            eptr++;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
+              break;
+            eptr++;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          case OP_WORDCHAR:
+          for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+            {
+            if (eptr >= md->end_subject || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) == 0)
+              break;
+            eptr++;
+            }
+          break;
+
+          default:
+          RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+          }
+
+        /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
+
+        while (eptr >= pp)
+          {
+          RMATCH(rrc, eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, ims, eptrb, 0);
+          eptr--;
+          if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* Get here if we can't make it match with any permitted repetitions */
+
+      RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+      }
+    /* Control never gets here */
+
+    /* There's been some horrible disaster. Since all codes > OP_BRA are
+    for capturing brackets, and there shouldn't be any gaps between 0 and
+    OP_BRA, arrival here can only mean there is something seriously wrong
+    in the code above or the OP_xxx definitions. */
+
+    default:
+    DPRINTF(("Unknown opcode %d\n", *ecode));
+    RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_NODE);
+    }
+
+  /* Do not stick any code in here without much thought; it is assumed
+  that "continue" in the code above comes out to here to repeat the main
+  loop. */
+
+  }             /* End of main loop */
+/* Control never reaches here */
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+****************************************************************************
+                   RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION
+
+Undefine all the macros that were defined above to handle this. */
+
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+#undef eptr
+#undef ecode
+#undef offset_top
+#undef ims
+#undef eptrb
+#undef flags
+
+#undef callpat
+#undef charptr
+#undef data
+#undef next
+#undef pp
+#undef prev
+#undef saved_eptr
+
+#undef new_recursive
+
+#undef cur_is_word
+#undef condition
+#undef minimize
+#undef prev_is_word
+
+#undef original_ims
+
+#undef ctype
+#undef length
+#undef max
+#undef min
+#undef number
+#undef offset
+#undef op
+#undef save_capture_last
+#undef save_offset1
+#undef save_offset2
+#undef save_offset3
+#undef stacksave
+
+#undef newptrb
+
+#endif
+
+/* These two are defined as macros in both cases */
+
+#undef fc
+#undef fi
+
+/***************************************************************************
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*         Execute a Regular Expression           *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function applies a compiled re to a subject string and picks out
+portions of the string if it matches. Two elements in the vector are set for
+each substring: the offsets to the start and end of the substring.
+
+Arguments:
+  argument_re     points to the compiled expression
+  extra_data      points to extra data or is NULL
+  subject         points to the subject string
+  length          length of subject string (may contain binary zeros)
+  start_offset    where to start in the subject string
+  options         option bits
+  offsets         points to a vector of ints to be filled in with offsets
+  offsetcount     the number of elements in the vector
+
+Returns:          > 0 => success; value is the number of elements filled in
+                  = 0 => success, but offsets is not big enough
+                   -1 => failed to match
+                 < -1 => some kind of unexpected problem
+*/
+
+EXPORT int
+pcre_exec(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data,
+  const char *subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets,
+  int offsetcount)
+{
+int rc, resetcount, ocount;
+int first_byte = -1;
+int req_byte = -1;
+int req_byte2 = -1;
+unsigned long int ims = 0;
+BOOL using_temporary_offsets = FALSE;
+BOOL anchored;
+BOOL startline;
+BOOL firstline;
+BOOL first_byte_caseless = FALSE;
+BOOL req_byte_caseless = FALSE;
+match_data match_block;
+const uschar *tables;
+const uschar *start_bits = NULL;
+const uschar *start_match = (const uschar *)subject + start_offset;
+const uschar *end_subject;
+const uschar *req_byte_ptr = start_match - 1;
+
+pcre_study_data internal_study;
+const pcre_study_data *study;
+
+real_pcre internal_re;
+const real_pcre *external_re = (const real_pcre *)argument_re;
+const real_pcre *re = external_re;
+
+/* Plausibility checks */
+
+if ((options & ~PUBLIC_EXEC_OPTIONS) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION;
+if (re == NULL || subject == NULL ||
+   (offsets == NULL && offsetcount > 0)) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL;
+if (offsetcount < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT;
+
+/* Fish out the optional data from the extra_data structure, first setting
+the default values. */
+
+study = NULL;
+match_block.match_limit = MATCH_LIMIT;
+match_block.callout_data = NULL;
+
+/* The table pointer is always in native byte order. */
+
+tables = external_re->tables;
+
+if (extra_data != NULL)
+  {
+  register unsigned int flags = extra_data->flags;
+  if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0)
+    study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data;
+  if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT) != 0)
+    match_block.match_limit = extra_data->match_limit;
+  if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA) != 0)
+    match_block.callout_data = extra_data->callout_data;
+  if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES) != 0) tables = extra_data->tables;
+  }
+
+/* If the exec call supplied NULL for tables, use the inbuilt ones. This
+is a feature that makes it possible to save compiled regex and re-use them
+in other programs later. */
+
+if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
+
+/* Check that the first field in the block is the magic number. If it is not,
+test for a regex that was compiled on a host of opposite endianness. If this is
+the case, flipped values are put in internal_re and internal_study if there was
+study data too. */
+
+if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER)
+  {
+  re = _pcre_try_flipped(re, &internal_re, study, &internal_study);
+  if (re == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC;
+  if (study != NULL) study = &internal_study;
+  }
+
+/* Set up other data */
+
+anchored = ((re->options | options) & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0;
+startline = (re->options & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0;
+firstline = (re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0;
+
+/* The code starts after the real_pcre block and the capture name table. */
+
+match_block.start_code = (const uschar *)external_re + re->name_table_offset +
+  re->name_count * re->name_entry_size;
+
+match_block.start_subject = (const uschar *)subject;
+match_block.start_offset = start_offset;
+match_block.end_subject = match_block.start_subject + length;
+end_subject = match_block.end_subject;
+
+match_block.endonly = (re->options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0;
+match_block.utf8 = (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+
+match_block.notbol = (options & PCRE_NOTBOL) != 0;
+match_block.noteol = (options & PCRE_NOTEOL) != 0;
+match_block.notempty = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY) != 0;
+match_block.partial = (options & PCRE_PARTIAL) != 0;
+match_block.hitend = FALSE;
+
+match_block.recursive = NULL;                   /* No recursion at top level */
+
+match_block.lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
+match_block.ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
+
+/* Partial matching is supported only for a restricted set of regexes at the
+moment. */
+
+if (match_block.partial && (re->options & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) != 0)
+  return PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL;
+
+/* Check a UTF-8 string if required. Unfortunately there's no way of passing
+back the character offset. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+if (match_block.utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0)
+  {
+  if (_pcre_valid_utf8((uschar *)subject, length) >= 0)
+    return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8;
+  if (start_offset > 0 && start_offset < length)
+    {
+    int tb = ((uschar *)subject)[start_offset];
+    if (tb > 127)
+      {
+      tb &= 0xc0;
+      if (tb != 0 && tb != 0xc0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+/* The ims options can vary during the matching as a result of the presence
+of (?ims) items in the pattern. They are kept in a local variable so that
+restoring at the exit of a group is easy. */
+
+ims = re->options & (PCRE_CASELESS|PCRE_MULTILINE|PCRE_DOTALL);
+
+/* If the expression has got more back references than the offsets supplied can
+hold, we get a temporary chunk of working store to use during the matching.
+Otherwise, we can use the vector supplied, rounding down its size to a multiple
+of 3. */
+
+ocount = offsetcount - (offsetcount % 3);
+
+if (re->top_backref > 0 && re->top_backref >= ocount/3)
+  {
+  ocount = re->top_backref * 3 + 3;
+  match_block.offset_vector = (int *)(pcre_malloc)(ocount * sizeof(int));
+  if (match_block.offset_vector == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY;
+  using_temporary_offsets = TRUE;
+  DPRINTF(("Got memory to hold back references\n"));
+  }
+else match_block.offset_vector = offsets;
+
+match_block.offset_end = ocount;
+match_block.offset_max = (2*ocount)/3;
+match_block.offset_overflow = FALSE;
+match_block.capture_last = -1;
+
+/* Compute the minimum number of offsets that we need to reset each time. Doing
+this makes a huge difference to execution time when there aren't many brackets
+in the pattern. */
+
+resetcount = 2 + re->top_bracket * 2;
+if (resetcount > offsetcount) resetcount = ocount;
+
+/* Reset the working variable associated with each extraction. These should
+never be used unless previously set, but they get saved and restored, and so we
+initialize them to avoid reading uninitialized locations. */
+
+if (match_block.offset_vector != NULL)
+  {
+  register int *iptr = match_block.offset_vector + ocount;
+  register int *iend = iptr - resetcount/2 + 1;
+  while (--iptr >= iend) *iptr = -1;
+  }
+
+/* Set up the first character to match, if available. The first_byte value is
+never set for an anchored regular expression, but the anchoring may be forced
+at run time, so we have to test for anchoring. The first char may be unset for
+an unanchored pattern, of course. If there's no first char and the pattern was
+studied, there may be a bitmap of possible first characters. */
+
+if (!anchored)
+  {
+  if ((re->options & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
+    {
+    first_byte = re->first_byte & 255;
+    if ((first_byte_caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)) == TRUE)
+      first_byte = match_block.lcc[first_byte];
+    }
+  else
+    if (!startline && study != NULL &&
+      (study->options & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0)
+        start_bits = study->start_bits;
+  }
+
+/* For anchored or unanchored matches, there may be a "last known required
+character" set. */
+
+if ((re->options & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
+  {
+  req_byte = re->req_byte & 255;
+  req_byte_caseless = (re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0;
+  req_byte2 = (tables + fcc_offset)[req_byte];  /* case flipped */
+  }
+
+/* Loop for handling unanchored repeated matching attempts; for anchored regexs
+the loop runs just once. */
+
+do
+  {
+  const uschar *save_end_subject = end_subject;
+
+  /* Reset the maximum number of extractions we might see. */
+
+  if (match_block.offset_vector != NULL)
+    {
+    register int *iptr = match_block.offset_vector;
+    register int *iend = iptr + resetcount;
+    while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Advance to a unique first char if possible. If firstline is TRUE, the
+  start of the match is constrained to the first line of a multiline string.
+  Implement this by temporarily adjusting end_subject so that we stop scanning
+  at a newline. If the match fails at the newline, later code breaks this loop.
+  */
+
+  if (firstline)
+    {
+    const uschar *t = start_match;
+    while (t < save_end_subject && *t != '\n') t++;
+    end_subject = t;
+    }
+
+  /* Now test for a unique first byte */
+
+  if (first_byte >= 0)
+    {
+    if (first_byte_caseless)
+      while (start_match < end_subject &&
+             match_block.lcc[*start_match] != first_byte)
+        start_match++;
+    else
+      while (start_match < end_subject && *start_match != first_byte)
+        start_match++;
+    }
+
+  /* Or to just after \n for a multiline match if possible */
+
+  else if (startline)
+    {
+    if (start_match > match_block.start_subject + start_offset)
+      {
+      while (start_match < end_subject && start_match[-1] != NEWLINE)
+        start_match++;
+      }
+    }
+
+  /* Or to a non-unique first char after study */
+
+  else if (start_bits != NULL)
+    {
+    while (start_match < end_subject)
+      {
+      register unsigned int c = *start_match;
+      if ((start_bits[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) start_match++; else break;
+      }
+    }
+
+  /* Restore fudged end_subject */
+
+  end_subject = save_end_subject;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG  /* Sigh. Some compilers never learn. */
+  printf(">>>> Match against: ");
+  pchars(start_match, end_subject - start_match, TRUE, &match_block);
+  printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+  /* If req_byte is set, we know that that character must appear in the subject
+  for the match to succeed. If the first character is set, req_byte must be
+  later in the subject; otherwise the test starts at the match point. This
+  optimization can save a huge amount of backtracking in patterns with nested
+  unlimited repeats that aren't going to match. Writing separate code for
+  cased/caseless versions makes it go faster, as does using an autoincrement
+  and backing off on a match.
+
+  HOWEVER: when the subject string is very, very long, searching to its end can
+  take a long time, and give bad performance on quite ordinary patterns. This
+  showed up when somebody was matching /^C/ on a 32-megabyte string... so we
+  don't do this when the string is sufficiently long.
+
+  ALSO: this processing is disabled when partial matching is requested.
+  */
+
+  if (req_byte >= 0 &&
+      end_subject - start_match < REQ_BYTE_MAX &&
+      !match_block.partial)
+    {
+    register const uschar *p = start_match + ((first_byte >= 0)? 1 : 0);
+
+    /* We don't need to repeat the search if we haven't yet reached the
+    place we found it at last time. */
+
+    if (p > req_byte_ptr)
+      {
+      if (req_byte_caseless)
+        {
+        while (p < end_subject)
+          {
+          register int pp = *p++;
+          if (pp == req_byte || pp == req_byte2) { p--; break; }
+          }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        while (p < end_subject)
+          {
+          if (*p++ == req_byte) { p--; break; }
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* If we can't find the required character, break the matching loop */
+
+      if (p >= end_subject) break;
+
+      /* If we have found the required character, save the point where we
+      found it, so that we don't search again next time round the loop if
+      the start hasn't passed this character yet. */
+
+      req_byte_ptr = p;
+      }
+    }
+
+  /* When a match occurs, substrings will be set for all internal extractions;
+  we just need to set up the whole thing as substring 0 before returning. If
+  there were too many extractions, set the return code to zero. In the case
+  where we had to get some local store to hold offsets for backreferences, copy
+  those back references that we can. In this case there need not be overflow
+  if certain parts of the pattern were not used. */
+
+  match_block.start_match = start_match;
+  match_block.match_call_count = 0;
+
+  rc = match(start_match, match_block.start_code, 2, &match_block, ims, NULL,
+    match_isgroup);
+
+  /* When the result is no match, if the subject's first character was a
+  newline and the PCRE_FIRSTLINE option is set, break (which will return
+  PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH). The option requests that a match occur before the first
+  newline in the subject. Otherwise, advance the pointer to the next character
+  and continue - but the continuation will actually happen only when the
+  pattern is not anchored. */
+
+  if (rc == MATCH_NOMATCH)
+    {
+    if (firstline && *start_match == NEWLINE) break;
+    start_match++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+    if (match_block.utf8)
+      while(start_match < end_subject && (*start_match & 0xc0) == 0x80)
+        start_match++;
+#endif
+    continue;
+    }
+
+  if (rc != MATCH_MATCH)
+    {
+    DPRINTF((">>>> error: returning %d\n", rc));
+    return rc;
+    }
+
+  /* We have a match! Copy the offset information from temporary store if
+  necessary */
+
+  if (using_temporary_offsets)
+    {
+    if (offsetcount >= 4)
+      {
+      memcpy(offsets + 2, match_block.offset_vector + 2,
+        (offsetcount - 2) * sizeof(int));
+      DPRINTF(("Copied offsets from temporary memory\n"));
+      }
+    if (match_block.end_offset_top > offsetcount)
+      match_block.offset_overflow = TRUE;
+
+    DPRINTF(("Freeing temporary memory\n"));
+    (pcre_free)(match_block.offset_vector);
+    }
+
+  rc = match_block.offset_overflow? 0 : match_block.end_offset_top/2;
+
+  if (offsetcount < 2) rc = 0; else
+    {
+    offsets[0] = start_match - match_block.start_subject;
+    offsets[1] = match_block.end_match_ptr - match_block.start_subject;
+    }
+
+  DPRINTF((">>>> returning %d\n", rc));
+  return rc;
+  }
+
+/* This "while" is the end of the "do" above */
+
+while (!anchored && start_match <= end_subject);
+
+if (using_temporary_offsets)
+  {
+  DPRINTF(("Freeing temporary memory\n"));
+  (pcre_free)(match_block.offset_vector);
+  }
+
+if (match_block.partial && match_block.hitend)
+  {
+  DPRINTF((">>>> returning PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL\n"));
+  return PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL;
+  }
+else
+  {
+  DPRINTF((">>>> returning PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH\n"));
+  return PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH;
+  }
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_exec.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..45106ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/*PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_fullinfo(), which returns
+information about a compiled pattern. */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*        Return info about compiled pattern      *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This is a newer "info" function which has an extensible interface so
+that additional items can be added compatibly.
+
+Arguments:
+  argument_re      points to compiled code
+  extra_data       points extra data, or NULL
+  what             what information is required
+  where            where to put the information
+
+Returns:           0 if data returned, negative on error
+*/
+
+EXPORT int
+pcre_fullinfo(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data, int what,
+  void *where)
+{
+real_pcre internal_re;
+pcre_study_data internal_study;
+const real_pcre *re = (const real_pcre *)argument_re;
+const pcre_study_data *study = NULL;
+
+if (re == NULL || where == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL;
+
+if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0)
+  study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data;
+
+if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER)
+  {
+  re = _pcre_try_flipped(re, &internal_re, study, &internal_study);
+  if (re == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC;
+  if (study != NULL) study = &internal_study;
+  }
+
+switch (what)
+  {
+  case PCRE_INFO_OPTIONS:
+  *((unsigned long int *)where) = re->options & PUBLIC_OPTIONS;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_SIZE:
+  *((size_t *)where) = re->size;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_STUDYSIZE:
+  *((size_t *)where) = (study == NULL)? 0 : study->size;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_CAPTURECOUNT:
+  *((int *)where) = re->top_bracket;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_BACKREFMAX:
+  *((int *)where) = re->top_backref;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTBYTE:
+  *((int *)where) =
+    ((re->options & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)? re->first_byte :
+    ((re->options & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0)? -1 : -2;
+  break;
+
+  /* Make sure we pass back the pointer to the bit vector in the external
+  block, not the internal copy (with flipped integer fields). */
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTTABLE:
+  *((const uschar **)where) =
+    (study != NULL && (study->options & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0)?
+      ((const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data)->start_bits : NULL;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_LASTLITERAL:
+  *((int *)where) =
+    ((re->options & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)? re->req_byte : -1;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE:
+  *((int *)where) = re->name_entry_size;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT:
+  *((int *)where) = re->name_count;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE:
+  *((const uschar **)where) = (const uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
+  break;
+
+  case PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES:
+  *((const uschar **)where) = (const uschar *)(_pcre_default_tables);
+  break;
+
+  default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION;
+  }
+
+return 0;
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_fullinfo.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_get.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_get.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e458a6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_get.c
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_get.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains some convenience functions for extracting substrings
+from the subject string after a regex match has succeeded. The original idea
+for these functions came from Scott Wimer. */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*           Find number for named string         *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is used by the two extraction functions below, as well
+as being generally available.
+
+Arguments:
+  code        the compiled regex
+  stringname  the name whose number is required
+
+Returns:      the number of the named parentheses, or a negative number
+                (PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING) if not found
+*/
+
+int
+pcre_get_stringnumber(const pcre *code, const char *stringname)
+{
+int rc;
+int entrysize;
+int top, bot;
+uschar *nametable;
+
+if ((rc = pcre_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT, &top)) != 0)
+  return rc;
+if (top <= 0) return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING;
+
+if ((rc = pcre_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE, &entrysize)) != 0)
+  return rc;
+if ((rc = pcre_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE, &nametable)) != 0)
+  return rc;
+
+bot = 0;
+while (top > bot)
+  {
+  int mid = (top + bot) / 2;
+  uschar *entry = nametable + entrysize*mid;
+  int c = strcmp(stringname, (char *)(entry + 2));
+  if (c == 0) return (entry[0] << 8) + entry[1];
+  if (c > 0) bot = mid + 1; else top = mid;
+  }
+
+return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Copy captured string to given buffer      *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function copies a single captured substring into a given buffer.
+Note that we use memcpy() rather than strncpy() in case there are binary zeros
+in the string.
+
+Arguments:
+  subject        the subject string that was matched
+  ovector        pointer to the offsets table
+  stringcount    the number of substrings that were captured
+                   (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless
+                   that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3
+                   of the offset table size)
+  stringnumber   the number of the required substring
+  buffer         where to put the substring
+  size           the size of the buffer
+
+Returns:         if successful:
+                   the length of the copied string, not including the zero
+                   that is put on the end; can be zero
+                 if not successful:
+                   PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) buffer too small
+                   PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7) no such captured substring
+*/
+
+int
+pcre_copy_substring(const char *subject, int *ovector, int stringcount,
+  int stringnumber, char *buffer, int size)
+{
+int yield;
+if (stringnumber < 0 || stringnumber >= stringcount)
+  return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING;
+stringnumber *= 2;
+yield = ovector[stringnumber+1] - ovector[stringnumber];
+if (size < yield + 1) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY;
+memcpy(buffer, subject + ovector[stringnumber], yield);
+buffer[yield] = 0;
+return yield;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*   Copy named captured string to given buffer   *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function copies a single captured substring into a given buffer,
+identifying it by name.
+
+Arguments:
+  code           the compiled regex
+  subject        the subject string that was matched
+  ovector        pointer to the offsets table
+  stringcount    the number of substrings that were captured
+                   (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless
+                   that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3
+                   of the offset table size)
+  stringname     the name of the required substring
+  buffer         where to put the substring
+  size           the size of the buffer
+
+Returns:         if successful:
+                   the length of the copied string, not including the zero
+                   that is put on the end; can be zero
+                 if not successful:
+                   PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) buffer too small
+                   PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7) no such captured substring
+*/
+
+int
+pcre_copy_named_substring(const pcre *code, const char *subject, int *ovector,
+  int stringcount, const char *stringname, char *buffer, int size)
+{
+int n = pcre_get_stringnumber(code, stringname);
+if (n <= 0) return n;
+return pcre_copy_substring(subject, ovector, stringcount, n, buffer, size);
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Copy all captured strings to new store    *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function gets one chunk of store and builds a list of pointers and all
+of the captured substrings in it. A NULL pointer is put on the end of the list.
+
+Arguments:
+  subject        the subject string that was matched
+  ovector        pointer to the offsets table
+  stringcount    the number of substrings that were captured
+                   (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless
+                   that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3
+                   of the offset table size)
+  listptr        set to point to the list of pointers
+
+Returns:         if successful: 0
+                 if not successful:
+                   PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) failed to get store
+*/
+
+int
+pcre_get_substring_list(const char *subject, int *ovector, int stringcount,
+  const char ***listptr)
+{
+int i;
+int size = sizeof(char *);
+int double_count = stringcount * 2;
+char **stringlist;
+char *p;
+
+for (i = 0; i < double_count; i += 2)
+  size += sizeof(char *) + ovector[i+1] - ovector[i] + 1;
+
+stringlist = (char **)(pcre_malloc)(size);
+if (stringlist == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY;
+
+*listptr = (const char **)stringlist;
+p = (char *)(stringlist + stringcount + 1);
+
+for (i = 0; i < double_count; i += 2)
+  {
+  int len = ovector[i+1] - ovector[i];
+  memcpy(p, subject + ovector[i], len);
+  *stringlist++ = p;
+  p += len;
+  *p++ = 0;
+  }
+
+*stringlist = NULL;
+return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*   Free store obtained by get_substring_list    *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function exists for the benefit of people calling PCRE from non-C
+programs that can call its functions, but not free() or (pcre_free)() directly.
+
+Argument:   the result of a previous pcre_get_substring_list()
+Returns:    nothing
+*/
+
+void
+pcre_free_substring_list(const char **pointer)
+{
+(pcre_free)((void *)pointer);
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Copy captured string to new store         *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function copies a single captured substring into a piece of new
+store
+
+Arguments:
+  subject        the subject string that was matched
+  ovector        pointer to the offsets table
+  stringcount    the number of substrings that were captured
+                   (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless
+                   that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3
+                   of the offset table size)
+  stringnumber   the number of the required substring
+  stringptr      where to put a pointer to the substring
+
+Returns:         if successful:
+                   the length of the string, not including the zero that
+                   is put on the end; can be zero
+                 if not successful:
+                   PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) failed to get store
+                   PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7) substring not present
+*/
+
+int
+pcre_get_substring(const char *subject, int *ovector, int stringcount,
+  int stringnumber, const char **stringptr)
+{
+int yield;
+char *substring;
+if (stringnumber < 0 || stringnumber >= stringcount)
+  return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING;
+stringnumber *= 2;
+yield = ovector[stringnumber+1] - ovector[stringnumber];
+substring = (char *)(pcre_malloc)(yield + 1);
+if (substring == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY;
+memcpy(substring, subject + ovector[stringnumber], yield);
+substring[yield] = 0;
+*stringptr = substring;
+return yield;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*   Copy named captured string to new store      *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function copies a single captured substring, identified by name, into
+new store.
+
+Arguments:
+  code           the compiled regex
+  subject        the subject string that was matched
+  ovector        pointer to the offsets table
+  stringcount    the number of substrings that were captured
+                   (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless
+                   that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3
+                   of the offset table size)
+  stringname     the name of the required substring
+  stringptr      where to put the pointer
+
+Returns:         if successful:
+                   the length of the copied string, not including the zero
+                   that is put on the end; can be zero
+                 if not successful:
+                   PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) couldn't get memory
+                   PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7) no such captured substring
+*/
+
+int
+pcre_get_named_substring(const pcre *code, const char *subject, int *ovector,
+  int stringcount, const char *stringname, const char **stringptr)
+{
+int n = pcre_get_stringnumber(code, stringname);
+if (n <= 0) return n;
+return pcre_get_substring(subject, ovector, stringcount, n, stringptr);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*       Free store obtained by get_substring     *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function exists for the benefit of people calling PCRE from non-C
+programs that can call its functions, but not free() or (pcre_free)() directly.
+
+Argument:   the result of a previous pcre_get_substring()
+Returns:    nothing
+*/
+
+void
+pcre_free_substring(const char *pointer)
+{
+(pcre_free)((void *)pointer);
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_get.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_globals.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_globals.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..737f6b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_globals.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_globals.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains global variables that are exported by the PCRE library.
+PCRE is thread-clean and doesn't use any global variables in the normal sense.
+However, it calls memory allocation and freeing functions via the four
+indirections below, and it can optionally do callouts, using the fifth
+indirection. These values can be changed by the caller, but are shared between
+all threads. However, when compiling for Virtual Pascal, things are done
+differently, and global variables are not used (see pcre.in). */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+#ifndef VPCOMPAT
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void *(*pcre_malloc)(size_t) = malloc;
+extern "C" void  (*pcre_free)(void *) = free;
+extern "C" void *(*pcre_stack_malloc)(size_t) = malloc;
+extern "C" void  (*pcre_stack_free)(void *) = free;
+extern "C" int   (*pcre_callout)(pcre_callout_block *) = NULL;
+#else
+void *(*pcre_malloc)(size_t) = malloc;
+void  (*pcre_free)(void *) = free;
+void *(*pcre_stack_malloc)(size_t) = malloc;
+void  (*pcre_stack_free)(void *) = free;
+int   (*pcre_callout)(pcre_callout_block *) = NULL;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* End of pcre_globals.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_internal.h b/src/src/pcre/pcre_internal.h
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a66f78a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,907 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_internal.h,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+/* This header contains definitions that are shared between the different
+modules, but which are not relevant to the exported API. This includes some
+functions whose names all begin with "_pcre_". */
+
+
+/* Define DEBUG to get debugging output on stdout. */
+
+/****
+#define DEBUG
+****/
+
+/* Use a macro for debugging printing, 'cause that eliminates the use of #ifdef
+inline, and there are *still* stupid compilers about that don't like indented
+pre-processor statements, or at least there were when I first wrote this. After
+all, it had only been about 10 years then... */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#define DPRINTF(p) printf p
+#else
+#define DPRINTF(p) /*nothing*/
+#endif
+
+
+/* Get the definitions provided by running "configure" */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+/* Standard C headers plus the external interface definition. The only time
+setjmp and stdarg are used is when NO_RECURSE is set. */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <setjmp.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef PCRE_SPY
+#define PCRE_DEFINITION       /* Win32 __declspec(export) trigger for .dll */
+#endif
+
+/* We need to have types that specify unsigned 16-bit and 32-bit integers. We
+cannot determine these outside the compilation (e.g. by running a program as
+part of "configure") because PCRE is often cross-compiled for use on other
+systems. Instead we make use of the maximum sizes that are available at
+preprocessor time in standard C environments. */
+
+#if USHRT_MAX == 65535
+  typedef unsigned short pcre_uint16;
+#elif UINT_MAX == 65535
+  typedef unsigned int pcre_uint16;
+#else
+  #error Cannot determine a type for 16-bit unsigned integers
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == 4294967295
+  typedef unsigned int pcre_uint32;
+#elif ULONG_MAX == 4294967295
+  typedef unsigned long int pcre_uint32;
+#else
+  #error Cannot determine a type for 32-bit unsigned integers
+#endif
+
+/* All character handling must be done as unsigned characters. Otherwise there
+are problems with top-bit-set characters and functions such as isspace().
+However, we leave the interface to the outside world as char *, because that
+should make things easier for callers. We define a short type for unsigned char
+to save lots of typing. I tried "uchar", but it causes problems on Digital
+Unix, where it is defined in sys/types, so use "uschar" instead. */
+
+typedef unsigned char uschar;
+
+/* Include the public PCRE header */
+
+#include "pcre.h"
+
+/* Include the (copy of) the public ucp header, changing the external name into
+a private one. This does no harm, even if we aren't compiling UCP support. */
+
+#define ucp_findchar _pcre_ucp_findchar
+#include "ucp.h"
+
+/* When compiling for use with the Virtual Pascal compiler, these functions
+need to have their names changed. PCRE must be compiled with the -DVPCOMPAT
+option on the command line. */
+
+#ifdef VPCOMPAT
+#define strncmp(s1,s2,m) _strncmp(s1,s2,m)
+#define memcpy(d,s,n)    _memcpy(d,s,n)
+#define memmove(d,s,n)   _memmove(d,s,n)
+#define memset(s,c,n)    _memset(s,c,n)
+#else  /* VPCOMPAT */
+
+/* To cope with SunOS4 and other systems that lack memmove() but have bcopy(),
+define a macro for memmove() if HAVE_MEMMOVE is false, provided that HAVE_BCOPY
+is set. Otherwise, include an emulating function for those systems that have
+neither (there some non-Unix environments where this is the case). This assumes
+that all calls to memmove are moving strings upwards in store, which is the
+case in PCRE. */
+
+#if ! HAVE_MEMMOVE
+#undef  memmove        /* some systems may have a macro */
+#if HAVE_BCOPY
+#define memmove(a, b, c) bcopy(b, a, c)
+#else  /* HAVE_BCOPY */
+void *
+pcre_memmove(unsigned char *dest, const unsigned char *src, size_t n)
+{
+int i;
+dest += n;
+src += n;
+for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) *(--dest) =  *(--src);
+}
+#define memmove(a, b, c) pcre_memmove(a, b, c)
+#endif   /* not HAVE_BCOPY */
+#endif   /* not HAVE_MEMMOVE */
+#endif   /* not VPCOMPAT */
+
+
+/* PCRE keeps offsets in its compiled code as 2-byte quantities (always stored
+in big-endian order) by default. These are used, for example, to link from the
+start of a subpattern to its alternatives and its end. The use of 2 bytes per
+offset limits the size of the compiled regex to around 64K, which is big enough
+for almost everybody. However, I received a request for an even bigger limit.
+For this reason, and also to make the code easier to maintain, the storing and
+loading of offsets from the byte string is now handled by the macros that are
+defined here.
+
+The macros are controlled by the value of LINK_SIZE. This defaults to 2 in
+the config.h file, but can be overridden by using -D on the command line. This
+is automated on Unix systems via the "configure" command. */
+
+#if LINK_SIZE == 2
+
+#define PUT(a,n,d)   \
+  (a[n] = (d) >> 8), \
+  (a[(n)+1] = (d) & 255)
+
+#define GET(a,n) \
+  (((a)[n] << 8) | (a)[(n)+1])
+
+#define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 16)
+
+
+#elif LINK_SIZE == 3
+
+#define PUT(a,n,d)       \
+  (a[n] = (d) >> 16),    \
+  (a[(n)+1] = (d) >> 8), \
+  (a[(n)+2] = (d) & 255)
+
+#define GET(a,n) \
+  (((a)[n] << 16) | ((a)[(n)+1] << 8) | (a)[(n)+2])
+
+#define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 24)
+
+
+#elif LINK_SIZE == 4
+
+#define PUT(a,n,d)        \
+  (a[n] = (d) >> 24),     \
+  (a[(n)+1] = (d) >> 16), \
+  (a[(n)+2] = (d) >> 8),  \
+  (a[(n)+3] = (d) & 255)
+
+#define GET(a,n) \
+  (((a)[n] << 24) | ((a)[(n)+1] << 16) | ((a)[(n)+2] << 8) | (a)[(n)+3])
+
+#define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 30)   /* Keep it positive */
+
+
+#else
+#error LINK_SIZE must be either 2, 3, or 4
+#endif
+
+
+/* Convenience macro defined in terms of the others */
+
+#define PUTINC(a,n,d)   PUT(a,n,d), a += LINK_SIZE
+
+
+/* PCRE uses some other 2-byte quantities that do not change when the size of
+offsets changes. There are used for repeat counts and for other things such as
+capturing parenthesis numbers in back references. */
+
+#define PUT2(a,n,d)   \
+  a[n] = (d) >> 8; \
+  a[(n)+1] = (d) & 255
+
+#define GET2(a,n) \
+  (((a)[n] << 8) | (a)[(n)+1])
+
+#define PUT2INC(a,n,d)  PUT2(a,n,d), a += 2
+
+
+/* When UTF-8 encoding is being used, a character is no longer just a single
+byte. The macros for character handling generate simple sequences when used in
+byte-mode, and more complicated ones for UTF-8 characters. */
+
+#ifndef SUPPORT_UTF8
+#define GETCHAR(c, eptr) c = *eptr;
+#define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) c = *eptr;
+#define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) c = *eptr++;
+#define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) c = *eptr++;
+#define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) c = *eptr;
+#define BACKCHAR(eptr)
+
+#else   /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
+
+/* Get the next UTF-8 character, not advancing the pointer. This is called when
+we know we are in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHAR(c, eptr) \
+  c = *eptr; \
+  if ((c & 0xc0) == 0xc0) \
+    { \
+    int gcii; \
+    int gcaa = _pcre_utf8_table4[c & 0x3f];  /* Number of additional bytes */ \
+    int gcss = 6*gcaa; \
+    c = (c & _pcre_utf8_table3[gcaa]) << gcss; \
+    for (gcii = 1; gcii <= gcaa; gcii++) \
+      { \
+      gcss -= 6; \
+      c |= (eptr[gcii] & 0x3f) << gcss; \
+      } \
+    }
+
+/* Get the next UTF-8 character, testing for UTF-8 mode, and not advancing the
+pointer. */
+
+#define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) \
+  c = *eptr; \
+  if (utf8 && (c & 0xc0) == 0xc0) \
+    { \
+    int gcii; \
+    int gcaa = _pcre_utf8_table4[c & 0x3f];  /* Number of additional bytes */ \
+    int gcss = 6*gcaa; \
+    c = (c & _pcre_utf8_table3[gcaa]) << gcss; \
+    for (gcii = 1; gcii <= gcaa; gcii++) \
+      { \
+      gcss -= 6; \
+      c |= (eptr[gcii] & 0x3f) << gcss; \
+      } \
+    }
+
+/* Get the next UTF-8 character, advancing the pointer. This is called when we
+know we are in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) \
+  c = *eptr++; \
+  if ((c & 0xc0) == 0xc0) \
+    { \
+    int gcaa = _pcre_utf8_table4[c & 0x3f];  /* Number of additional bytes */ \
+    int gcss = 6*gcaa; \
+    c = (c & _pcre_utf8_table3[gcaa]) << gcss; \
+    while (gcaa-- > 0) \
+      { \
+      gcss -= 6; \
+      c |= (*eptr++ & 0x3f) << gcss; \
+      } \
+    }
+
+/* Get the next character, testing for UTF-8 mode, and advancing the pointer */
+
+#define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) \
+  c = *eptr++; \
+  if (utf8 && (c & 0xc0) == 0xc0) \
+    { \
+    int gcaa = _pcre_utf8_table4[c & 0x3f];  /* Number of additional bytes */ \
+    int gcss = 6*gcaa; \
+    c = (c & _pcre_utf8_table3[gcaa]) << gcss; \
+    while (gcaa-- > 0) \
+      { \
+      gcss -= 6; \
+      c |= (*eptr++ & 0x3f) << gcss; \
+      } \
+    }
+
+/* Get the next UTF-8 character, not advancing the pointer, incrementing length
+if there are extra bytes. This is called when we know we are in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) \
+  c = *eptr; \
+  if ((c & 0xc0) == 0xc0) \
+    { \
+    int gcii; \
+    int gcaa = _pcre_utf8_table4[c & 0x3f];  /* Number of additional bytes */ \
+    int gcss = 6*gcaa; \
+    c = (c & _pcre_utf8_table3[gcaa]) << gcss; \
+    for (gcii = 1; gcii <= gcaa; gcii++) \
+      { \
+      gcss -= 6; \
+      c |= (eptr[gcii] & 0x3f) << gcss; \
+      } \
+    len += gcaa; \
+    }
+
+/* If the pointer is not at the start of a character, move it back until
+it is. Called only in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+#define BACKCHAR(eptr) while((*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr--;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* In case there is no definition of offsetof() provided - though any proper
+Standard C system should have one. */
+
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(p_type,field) ((size_t)&(((p_type *)0)->field))
+#endif
+
+
+/* These are the public options that can change during matching. */
+
+#define PCRE_IMS (PCRE_CASELESS|PCRE_MULTILINE|PCRE_DOTALL)
+
+/* Private options flags start at the most significant end of the four bytes,
+but skip the top bit so we can use ints for convenience without getting tangled
+with negative values. The public options defined in pcre.h start at the least
+significant end. Make sure they don't overlap! */
+
+#define PCRE_FIRSTSET      0x40000000  /* first_byte is set */
+#define PCRE_REQCHSET      0x20000000  /* req_byte is set */
+#define PCRE_STARTLINE     0x10000000  /* start after \n for multiline */
+#define PCRE_ICHANGED      0x08000000  /* i option changes within regex */
+#define PCRE_NOPARTIAL     0x04000000  /* can't use partial with this regex */
+
+/* Options for the "extra" block produced by pcre_study(). */
+
+#define PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED   0x01     /* a map of starting chars exists */
+
+/* Masks for identifying the public options that are permitted at compile
+time, run time, or study time, respectively. */
+
+#define PUBLIC_OPTIONS \
+  (PCRE_CASELESS|PCRE_EXTENDED|PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_MULTILINE| \
+   PCRE_DOTALL|PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY|PCRE_EXTRA|PCRE_UNGREEDY|PCRE_UTF8| \
+   PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE|PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK|PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT|PCRE_FIRSTLINE)
+
+#define PUBLIC_EXEC_OPTIONS \
+  (PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_NOTBOL|PCRE_NOTEOL|PCRE_NOTEMPTY|PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK| \
+   PCRE_PARTIAL)
+
+#define PUBLIC_DFA_EXEC_OPTIONS \
+  (PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_NOTBOL|PCRE_NOTEOL|PCRE_NOTEMPTY|PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK| \
+   PCRE_PARTIAL|PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST|PCRE_DFA_RESTART)
+
+#define PUBLIC_STUDY_OPTIONS 0   /* None defined */
+
+/* Magic number to provide a small check against being handed junk. Also used
+to detect whether a pattern was compiled on a host of different endianness. */
+
+#define MAGIC_NUMBER  0x50435245UL   /* 'PCRE' */
+
+/* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar variables */
+
+#define REQ_UNSET (-2)
+#define REQ_NONE  (-1)
+
+/* The maximum remaining length of subject we are prepared to search for a
+req_byte match. */
+
+#define REQ_BYTE_MAX 1000
+
+/* Flags added to firstbyte or reqbyte; a "non-literal" item is either a
+variable-length repeat, or a anything other than literal characters. */
+
+#define REQ_CASELESS 0x0100    /* indicates caselessness */
+#define REQ_VARY     0x0200    /* reqbyte followed non-literal item */
+
+/* Miscellaneous definitions */
+
+typedef int BOOL;
+
+#define FALSE   0
+#define TRUE    1
+
+/* Escape items that are just an encoding of a particular data value. Note that
+ESC_n is defined as yet another macro, which is set in config.h to either \n
+(the default) or \r (which some people want). */
+
+#ifndef ESC_e
+#define ESC_e 27
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ESC_f
+#define ESC_f '\f'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ESC_n
+#define ESC_n NEWLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ESC_r
+#define ESC_r '\r'
+#endif
+
+/* We can't officially use ESC_t because it is a POSIX reserved identifier
+(presumably because of all the others like size_t). */
+
+#ifndef ESC_tee
+#define ESC_tee '\t'
+#endif
+
+/* These are escaped items that aren't just an encoding of a particular data
+value such as \n. They must have non-zero values, as check_escape() returns
+their negation. Also, they must appear in the same order as in the opcode
+definitions below, up to ESC_z. There's a dummy for OP_ANY because it
+corresponds to "." rather than an escape sequence. The final one must be
+ESC_REF as subsequent values are used for \1, \2, \3, etc. There is are two
+tests in the code for an escape greater than ESC_b and less than ESC_Z to
+detect the types that may be repeated. These are the types that consume
+characters. If any new escapes are put in between that don't consume a
+character, that code will have to change. */
+
+enum { ESC_A = 1, ESC_G, ESC_B, ESC_b, ESC_D, ESC_d, ESC_S, ESC_s, ESC_W,
+       ESC_w, ESC_dum1, ESC_C, ESC_P, ESC_p, ESC_X, ESC_Z, ESC_z, ESC_E,
+       ESC_Q, ESC_REF };
+
+/* Flag bits and data types for the extended class (OP_XCLASS) for classes that
+contain UTF-8 characters with values greater than 255. */
+
+#define XCL_NOT    0x01    /* Flag: this is a negative class */
+#define XCL_MAP    0x02    /* Flag: a 32-byte map is present */
+
+#define XCL_END       0    /* Marks end of individual items */
+#define XCL_SINGLE    1    /* Single item (one multibyte char) follows */
+#define XCL_RANGE     2    /* A range (two multibyte chars) follows */
+#define XCL_PROP      3    /* Unicode property (one property code) follows */
+#define XCL_NOTPROP   4    /* Unicode inverted property (ditto) */
+
+
+/* Opcode table: OP_BRA must be last, as all values >= it are used for brackets
+that extract substrings. Starting from 1 (i.e. after OP_END), the values up to
+OP_EOD must correspond in order to the list of escapes immediately above.
+Note that whenever this list is updated, the two macro definitions that follow
+must also be updated to match. */
+
+enum {
+  OP_END,            /* 0 End of pattern */
+
+  /* Values corresponding to backslashed metacharacters */
+
+  OP_SOD,            /* 1 Start of data: \A */
+  OP_SOM,            /* 2 Start of match (subject + offset): \G */
+  OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY,  /*  3 \B */
+  OP_WORD_BOUNDARY,      /*  4 \b */
+  OP_NOT_DIGIT,          /*  5 \D */
+  OP_DIGIT,              /*  6 \d */
+  OP_NOT_WHITESPACE,     /*  7 \S */
+  OP_WHITESPACE,         /*  8 \s */
+  OP_NOT_WORDCHAR,       /*  9 \W */
+  OP_WORDCHAR,           /* 10 \w */
+  OP_ANY,            /* 11 Match any character */
+  OP_ANYBYTE,        /* 12 Match any byte (\C); different to OP_ANY for UTF-8 */
+  OP_NOTPROP,        /* 13 \P (not Unicode property) */
+  OP_PROP,           /* 14 \p (Unicode property) */
+  OP_EXTUNI,         /* 15 \X (extended Unicode sequence */
+  OP_EODN,           /* 16 End of data or \n at end of data: \Z. */
+  OP_EOD,            /* 17 End of data: \z */
+
+  OP_OPT,            /* 18 Set runtime options */
+  OP_CIRC,           /* 19 Start of line - varies with multiline switch */
+  OP_DOLL,           /* 20 End of line - varies with multiline switch */
+  OP_CHAR,           /* 21 Match one character, casefully */
+  OP_CHARNC,         /* 22 Match one character, caselessly */
+  OP_NOT,            /* 23 Match anything but the following char */
+
+  OP_STAR,           /* 24 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */
+  OP_MINSTAR,        /* 25 all these opcodes must come in pairs, with */
+  OP_PLUS,           /* 26 the minimizing one second. */
+  OP_MINPLUS,        /* 27 This first set applies to single characters */
+  OP_QUERY,          /* 28 */
+  OP_MINQUERY,       /* 29 */
+  OP_UPTO,           /* 30 From 0 to n matches */
+  OP_MINUPTO,        /* 31 */
+  OP_EXACT,          /* 32 Exactly n matches */
+
+  OP_NOTSTAR,        /* 33 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */
+  OP_NOTMINSTAR,     /* 34 all these opcodes must come in pairs, with */
+  OP_NOTPLUS,        /* 35 the minimizing one second. */
+  OP_NOTMINPLUS,     /* 36 This set applies to "not" single characters */
+  OP_NOTQUERY,       /* 37 */
+  OP_NOTMINQUERY,    /* 38 */
+  OP_NOTUPTO,        /* 39 From 0 to n matches */
+  OP_NOTMINUPTO,     /* 40 */
+  OP_NOTEXACT,       /* 41 Exactly n matches */
+
+  OP_TYPESTAR,       /* 42 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */
+  OP_TYPEMINSTAR,    /* 43 all these opcodes must come in pairs, with */
+  OP_TYPEPLUS,       /* 44 the minimizing one second. These codes must */
+  OP_TYPEMINPLUS,    /* 45 be in exactly the same order as those above. */
+  OP_TYPEQUERY,      /* 46 This set applies to character types such as \d */
+  OP_TYPEMINQUERY,   /* 47 */
+  OP_TYPEUPTO,       /* 48 From 0 to n matches */
+  OP_TYPEMINUPTO,    /* 49 */
+  OP_TYPEEXACT,      /* 50 Exactly n matches */
+
+  OP_CRSTAR,         /* 51 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */
+  OP_CRMINSTAR,      /* 52 all these opcodes must come in pairs, with */
+  OP_CRPLUS,         /* 53 the minimizing one second. These codes must */
+  OP_CRMINPLUS,      /* 54 be in exactly the same order as those above. */
+  OP_CRQUERY,        /* 55 These are for character classes and back refs */
+  OP_CRMINQUERY,     /* 56 */
+  OP_CRRANGE,        /* 57 These are different to the three sets above. */
+  OP_CRMINRANGE,     /* 58 */
+
+  OP_CLASS,          /* 59 Match a character class, chars < 256 only */
+  OP_NCLASS,         /* 60 Same, but the bitmap was created from a negative
+                           class - the difference is relevant only when a UTF-8
+                           character > 255 is encountered. */
+
+  OP_XCLASS,         /* 61 Extended class for handling UTF-8 chars within the
+                           class. This does both positive and negative. */
+
+  OP_REF,            /* 62 Match a back reference */
+  OP_RECURSE,        /* 63 Match a numbered subpattern (possibly recursive) */
+  OP_CALLOUT,        /* 64 Call out to external function if provided */
+
+  OP_ALT,            /* 65 Start of alternation */
+  OP_KET,            /* 66 End of group that doesn't have an unbounded repeat */
+  OP_KETRMAX,        /* 67 These two must remain together and in this */
+  OP_KETRMIN,        /* 68 order. They are for groups the repeat for ever. */
+
+  /* The assertions must come before ONCE and COND */
+
+  OP_ASSERT,         /* 69 Positive lookahead */
+  OP_ASSERT_NOT,     /* 70 Negative lookahead */
+  OP_ASSERTBACK,     /* 71 Positive lookbehind */
+  OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT, /* 72 Negative lookbehind */
+  OP_REVERSE,        /* 73 Move pointer back - used in lookbehind assertions */
+
+  /* ONCE and COND must come after the assertions, with ONCE first, as there's
+  a test for >= ONCE for a subpattern that isn't an assertion. */
+
+  OP_ONCE,           /* 74 Once matched, don't back up into the subpattern */
+  OP_COND,           /* 75 Conditional group */
+  OP_CREF,           /* 76 Used to hold an extraction string number (cond ref) */
+
+  OP_BRAZERO,        /* 77 These two must remain together and in this */
+  OP_BRAMINZERO,     /* 78 order. */
+
+  OP_BRANUMBER,      /* 79 Used for extracting brackets whose number is greater
+                           than can fit into an opcode. */
+
+  OP_BRA             /* 80 This and greater values are used for brackets that
+                           extract substrings up to EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX. After
+                           that, use is made of OP_BRANUMBER. */
+};
+
+/* WARNING WARNING WARNING: There is an implicit assumption in pcre.c and
+study.c that all opcodes are less than 128 in value. This makes handling UTF-8
+character sequences easier. */
+
+/* The highest extraction number before we have to start using additional
+bytes. (Originally PCRE didn't have support for extraction counts highter than
+this number.) The value is limited by the number of opcodes left after OP_BRA,
+i.e. 255 - OP_BRA. We actually set it a bit lower to leave room for additional
+opcodes. */
+
+#define EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX  100
+
+
+/* This macro defines textual names for all the opcodes. These are used only
+for debugging. The macro is referenced only in pcre_printint.c. */
+
+#define OP_NAME_LIST \
+  "End", "\\A", "\\G", "\\B", "\\b", "\\D", "\\d",                \
+  "\\S", "\\s", "\\W", "\\w", "Any", "Anybyte",                   \
+  "notprop", "prop", "extuni",                                    \
+  "\\Z", "\\z",                                                   \
+  "Opt", "^", "$", "char", "charnc", "not",                       \
+  "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", "{", "{", "{",                 \
+  "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", "{", "{", "{",                 \
+  "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", "{", "{", "{",                 \
+  "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", "{", "{",                      \
+  "class", "nclass", "xclass", "Ref", "Recurse", "Callout",       \
+  "Alt", "Ket", "KetRmax", "KetRmin", "Assert", "Assert not",     \
+  "AssertB", "AssertB not", "Reverse", "Once", "Cond", "Cond ref",\
+  "Brazero", "Braminzero", "Branumber", "Bra"
+
+
+/* This macro defines the length of fixed length operations in the compiled
+regex. The lengths are used when searching for specific things, and also in the
+debugging printing of a compiled regex. We use a macro so that it can be
+defined close to the definitions of the opcodes themselves.
+
+As things have been extended, some of these are no longer fixed lenths, but are
+minima instead. For example, the length of a single-character repeat may vary
+in UTF-8 mode. The code that uses this table must know about such things. */
+
+#define OP_LENGTHS \
+  1,                             /* End                                    */ \
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* \A, \G, \B, \B, \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, \w */ \
+  1, 1,                          /* Any, Anybyte                           */ \
+  2, 2, 1,                       /* NOTPROP, PROP, EXTUNI                  */ \
+  1, 1, 2, 1, 1,                 /* \Z, \z, Opt, ^, $                      */ \
+  2,                             /* Char  - the minimum length             */ \
+  2,                             /* Charnc  - the minimum length           */ \
+  2,                             /* not                                    */ \
+  /* Positive single-char repeats                            ** These are  */ \
+  2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,              /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ??      ** minima in  */ \
+  4, 4, 4,                       /* upto, minupto, exact     ** UTF-8 mode */ \
+  /* Negative single-char repeats - only for chars < 256                   */ \
+  2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,              /* NOT *, *?, +, +?, ?, ??                */ \
+  4, 4, 4,                       /* NOT upto, minupto, exact               */ \
+  /* Positive type repeats                                                 */ \
+  2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,              /* Type *, *?, +, +?, ?, ??               */ \
+  4, 4, 4,                       /* Type upto, minupto, exact              */ \
+  /* Character class & ref repeats                                         */ \
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,              /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ??                    */ \
+  5, 5,                          /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE                    */ \
+ 33,                             /* CLASS                                  */ \
+ 33,                             /* NCLASS                                 */ \
+  0,                             /* XCLASS - variable length               */ \
+  3,                             /* REF                                    */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* RECURSE                                */ \
+  2+2*LINK_SIZE,                 /* CALLOUT                                */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* Alt                                    */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* Ket                                    */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* KetRmax                                */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* KetRmin                                */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* Assert                                 */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* Assert not                             */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* Assert behind                          */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* Assert behind not                      */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* Reverse                                */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* Once                                   */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE,                   /* COND                                   */ \
+  3,                             /* CREF                                   */ \
+  1, 1,                          /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO                    */ \
+  3,                             /* BRANUMBER                              */ \
+  1+LINK_SIZE                    /* BRA                                    */ \
+
+
+/* A magic value for OP_CREF to indicate the "in recursion" condition. */
+
+#define CREF_RECURSE  0xffff
+
+/* Error code numbers. They are given names so that they can more easily be
+tracked. */
+
+enum { ERR0,  ERR1,  ERR2,  ERR3,  ERR4,  ERR5,  ERR6,  ERR7,  ERR8,  ERR9,
+       ERR10, ERR11, ERR12, ERR13, ERR14, ERR15, ERR16, ERR17, ERR18, ERR19,
+       ERR20, ERR21, ERR22, ERR23, ERR24, ERR25, ERR26, ERR27, ERR28, ERR29,
+       ERR30, ERR31, ERR32, ERR33, ERR34, ERR35, ERR36, ERR37, ERR38, ERR39,
+       ERR40, ERR41, ERR42, ERR43, ERR44, ERR45, ERR46, ERR47 };
+
+/* The real format of the start of the pcre block; the index of names and the
+code vector run on as long as necessary after the end. We store an explicit
+offset to the name table so that if a regex is compiled on one host, saved, and
+then run on another where the size of pointers is different, all might still
+be well. For the case of compiled-on-4 and run-on-8, we include an extra
+pointer that is always NULL. For future-proofing, a few dummy fields were
+originally included - even though you can never get this planning right - but
+there is only one left now.
+
+NOTE NOTE NOTE:
+Because people can now save and re-use compiled patterns, any additions to this
+structure should be made at the end, and something earlier (e.g. a new
+flag in the options or one of the dummy fields) should indicate that the new
+fields are present. Currently PCRE always sets the dummy fields to zero.
+NOTE NOTE NOTE:
+*/
+
+typedef struct real_pcre {
+  pcre_uint32 magic_number;
+  pcre_uint32 size;               /* Total that was malloced */
+  pcre_uint32 options;
+  pcre_uint32 dummy1;             /* For future use, maybe */
+
+  pcre_uint16 top_bracket;
+  pcre_uint16 top_backref;
+  pcre_uint16 first_byte;
+  pcre_uint16 req_byte;
+  pcre_uint16 name_table_offset;  /* Offset to name table that follows */
+  pcre_uint16 name_entry_size;    /* Size of any name items */
+  pcre_uint16 name_count;         /* Number of name items */
+  pcre_uint16 ref_count;          /* Reference count */
+
+  const unsigned char *tables;    /* Pointer to tables or NULL for std */
+  const unsigned char *nullpad;   /* NULL padding */
+} real_pcre;
+
+/* The format of the block used to store data from pcre_study(). The same
+remark (see NOTE above) about extending this structure applies. */
+
+typedef struct pcre_study_data {
+  pcre_uint32 size;               /* Total that was malloced */
+  pcre_uint32 options;
+  uschar start_bits[32];
+} pcre_study_data;
+
+/* Structure for passing "static" information around between the functions
+doing the compiling, so that they are thread-safe. */
+
+typedef struct compile_data {
+  const uschar *lcc;            /* Points to lower casing table */
+  const uschar *fcc;            /* Points to case-flipping table */
+  const uschar *cbits;          /* Points to character type table */
+  const uschar *ctypes;         /* Points to table of type maps */
+  const uschar *start_code;     /* The start of the compiled code */
+  const uschar *start_pattern;  /* The start of the pattern */
+  uschar *name_table;           /* The name/number table */
+  int  names_found;             /* Number of entries so far */
+  int  name_entry_size;         /* Size of each entry */
+  int  top_backref;             /* Maximum back reference */
+  unsigned int backref_map;     /* Bitmap of low back refs */
+  int  req_varyopt;             /* "After variable item" flag for reqbyte */
+  BOOL nopartial;               /* Set TRUE if partial won't work */
+} compile_data;
+
+/* Structure for maintaining a chain of pointers to the currently incomplete
+branches, for testing for left recursion. */
+
+typedef struct branch_chain {
+  struct branch_chain *outer;
+  uschar *current;
+} branch_chain;
+
+/* Structure for items in a linked list that represents an explicit recursive
+call within the pattern. */
+
+typedef struct recursion_info {
+  struct recursion_info *prevrec; /* Previous recursion record (or NULL) */
+  int group_num;                /* Number of group that was called */
+  const uschar *after_call;     /* "Return value": points after the call in the expr */
+  const uschar *save_start;     /* Old value of md->start_match */
+  int *offset_save;             /* Pointer to start of saved offsets */
+  int saved_max;                /* Number of saved offsets */
+} recursion_info;
+
+/* When compiling in a mode that doesn't use recursive calls to match(),
+a structure is used to remember local variables on the heap. It is defined in
+pcre.c, close to the match() function, so that it is easy to keep it in step
+with any changes of local variable. However, the pointer to the current frame
+must be saved in some "static" place over a longjmp(). We declare the
+structure here so that we can put a pointer in the match_data structure.
+NOTE: This isn't used for a "normal" compilation of pcre. */
+
+struct heapframe;
+
+/* Structure for passing "static" information around between the functions
+doing traditional NFA matching, so that they are thread-safe. */
+
+typedef struct match_data {
+  unsigned long int match_call_count; /* As it says */
+  unsigned long int match_limit;/* As it says */
+  int   *offset_vector;         /* Offset vector */
+  int    offset_end;            /* One past the end */
+  int    offset_max;            /* The maximum usable for return data */
+  const uschar *lcc;            /* Points to lower casing table */
+  const uschar *ctypes;         /* Points to table of type maps */
+  BOOL   offset_overflow;       /* Set if too many extractions */
+  BOOL   notbol;                /* NOTBOL flag */
+  BOOL   noteol;                /* NOTEOL flag */
+  BOOL   utf8;                  /* UTF8 flag */
+  BOOL   endonly;               /* Dollar not before final \n */
+  BOOL   notempty;              /* Empty string match not wanted */
+  BOOL   partial;               /* PARTIAL flag */
+  BOOL   hitend;                /* Hit the end of the subject at some point */
+  const uschar *start_code;     /* For use when recursing */
+  const uschar *start_subject;  /* Start of the subject string */
+  const uschar *end_subject;    /* End of the subject string */
+  const uschar *start_match;    /* Start of this match attempt */
+  const uschar *end_match_ptr;  /* Subject position at end match */
+  int    end_offset_top;        /* Highwater mark at end of match */
+  int    capture_last;          /* Most recent capture number */
+  int    start_offset;          /* The start offset value */
+  recursion_info *recursive;    /* Linked list of recursion data */
+  void  *callout_data;          /* To pass back to callouts */
+  struct heapframe *thisframe;  /* Used only when compiling for no recursion */
+} match_data;
+
+/* A similar structure is used for the same purpose by the DFA matching
+functions. */
+
+typedef struct dfa_match_data {
+  const uschar *start_code;     /* Start of the compiled pattern */
+  const uschar *start_subject;  /* Start of the subject string */
+  const uschar *end_subject;    /* End of subject string */
+  const uschar *tables;         /* Character tables */
+  int   moptions;               /* Match options */
+  int   poptions;               /* Pattern options */
+  void  *callout_data;          /* To pass back to callouts */
+} dfa_match_data;
+
+/* Bit definitions for entries in the pcre_ctypes table. */
+
+#define ctype_space   0x01
+#define ctype_letter  0x02
+#define ctype_digit   0x04
+#define ctype_xdigit  0x08
+#define ctype_word    0x10   /* alphameric or '_' */
+#define ctype_meta    0x80   /* regexp meta char or zero (end pattern) */
+
+/* Offsets for the bitmap tables in pcre_cbits. Each table contains a set
+of bits for a class map. Some classes are built by combining these tables. */
+
+#define cbit_space     0      /* [:space:] or \s */
+#define cbit_xdigit   32      /* [:xdigit:] */
+#define cbit_digit    64      /* [:digit:] or \d */
+#define cbit_upper    96      /* [:upper:] */
+#define cbit_lower   128      /* [:lower:] */
+#define cbit_word    160      /* [:word:] or \w */
+#define cbit_graph   192      /* [:graph:] */
+#define cbit_print   224      /* [:print:] */
+#define cbit_punct   256      /* [:punct:] */
+#define cbit_cntrl   288      /* [:cntrl:] */
+#define cbit_length  320      /* Length of the cbits table */
+
+/* Offsets of the various tables from the base tables pointer, and
+total length. */
+
+#define lcc_offset      0
+#define fcc_offset    256
+#define cbits_offset  512
+#define ctypes_offset (cbits_offset + cbit_length)
+#define tables_length (ctypes_offset + 256)
+
+/* Layout of the UCP type table that translates property names into codes for
+ucp_findchar(). */
+
+typedef struct {
+  const char *name;
+  int value;
+} ucp_type_table;
+
+
+/* Internal shared data tables. These are tables that are used by more than one
+of the exported public functions. They have to be "external" in the C sense,
+but are not part of the PCRE public API. The data for these tables is in the
+pcre_tables.c module. */
+
+extern const int    _pcre_utf8_table1[];
+extern const int    _pcre_utf8_table2[];
+extern const int    _pcre_utf8_table3[];
+extern const uschar _pcre_utf8_table4[];
+
+extern const int    _pcre_utf8_table1_size;
+
+extern const ucp_type_table _pcre_utt[];
+extern const int _pcre_utt_size;
+
+extern const uschar _pcre_default_tables[];
+
+extern const uschar _pcre_OP_lengths[];
+
+
+/* Internal shared functions. These are functions that are used by more than
+one of the exported public functions. They have to be "external" in the C
+sense, but are not part of the PCRE public API. */
+
+extern int         _pcre_ord2utf8(int, uschar *);
+extern void        _pcre_printint(pcre *, FILE *);
+extern real_pcre * _pcre_try_flipped(const real_pcre *, real_pcre *,
+                     const pcre_study_data *, pcre_study_data *);
+extern int         _pcre_ucp_findchar(const int, int *, int *);
+extern int         _pcre_valid_utf8(const uschar *, int);
+extern BOOL        _pcre_xclass(int, const uschar *);
+
+/* End of pcre_internal.h */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_maketables.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_maketables.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a710d6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_maketables.c
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_maketables.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_maketables(), which builds
+character tables for PCRE in the current locale. The file is compiled on its
+own as part of the PCRE library. However, it is also included in the
+compilation of dftables.c, in which case the macro DFTABLES is defined. */
+
+
+#ifndef DFTABLES
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*           Create PCRE character tables         *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function builds a set of character tables for use by PCRE and returns
+a pointer to them. They are build using the ctype functions, and consequently
+their contents will depend upon the current locale setting. When compiled as
+part of the library, the store is obtained via pcre_malloc(), but when compiled
+inside dftables, use malloc().
+
+Arguments:   none
+Returns:     pointer to the contiguous block of data
+*/
+
+const unsigned char *
+pcre_maketables(void)
+{
+unsigned char *yield, *p;
+int i;
+
+#ifndef DFTABLES
+yield = (unsigned char*)(pcre_malloc)(tables_length);
+#else
+yield = (unsigned char*)malloc(tables_length);
+#endif
+
+if (yield == NULL) return NULL;
+p = yield;
+
+/* First comes the lower casing table */
+
+for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) *p++ = tolower(i);
+
+/* Next the case-flipping table */
+
+for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) *p++ = islower(i)? toupper(i) : tolower(i);
+
+/* Then the character class tables. Don't try to be clever and save effort
+on exclusive ones - in some locales things may be different. Note that the
+table for "space" includes everything "isspace" gives, including VT in the
+default locale. This makes it work for the POSIX class [:space:]. */
+
+memset(p, 0, cbit_length);
+for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+  {
+  if (isdigit(i))
+    {
+    p[cbit_digit  + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+    p[cbit_word   + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+    }
+  if (isupper(i))
+    {
+    p[cbit_upper  + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+    p[cbit_word   + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+    }
+  if (islower(i))
+    {
+    p[cbit_lower  + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+    p[cbit_word   + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+    }
+  if (i == '_')   p[cbit_word   + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+  if (isspace(i)) p[cbit_space  + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+  if (isxdigit(i))p[cbit_xdigit + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+  if (isgraph(i)) p[cbit_graph  + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+  if (isprint(i)) p[cbit_print  + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+  if (ispunct(i)) p[cbit_punct  + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+  if (iscntrl(i)) p[cbit_cntrl  + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+  }
+p += cbit_length;
+
+/* Finally, the character type table. In this, we exclude VT from the white
+space chars, because Perl doesn't recognize it as such for \s and for comments
+within regexes. */
+
+for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+  {
+  int x = 0;
+  if (i != 0x0b && isspace(i)) x += ctype_space;
+  if (isalpha(i)) x += ctype_letter;
+  if (isdigit(i)) x += ctype_digit;
+  if (isxdigit(i)) x += ctype_xdigit;
+  if (isalnum(i) || i == '_') x += ctype_word;
+
+  /* Note: strchr includes the terminating zero in the characters it considers.
+  In this instance, that is ok because we want binary zero to be flagged as a
+  meta-character, which in this sense is any character that terminates a run
+  of data characters. */
+
+  if (strchr("*+?{^.$|()[", i) != 0) x += ctype_meta; *p++ = x; }
+
+return yield;
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_maketables.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_printint.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_printint.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5ddc507
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_printint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_printint.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains an PCRE private debugging function for printing out the
+internal form of a compiled regular expression, along with some supporting
+local functions. */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+static const char *OP_names[] = { OP_NAME_LIST };
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*       Print single- or multi-byte character    *
+*************************************************/
+
+static int
+print_char(FILE *f, uschar *ptr, BOOL utf8)
+{
+int c = *ptr;
+
+if (!utf8 || (c & 0xc0) != 0xc0)
+  {
+  if (isprint(c)) fprintf(f, "%c", c); else fprintf(f, "\\x%02x", c);
+  return 0;
+  }
+else
+  {
+  int i;
+  int a = _pcre_utf8_table4[c & 0x3f];  /* Number of additional bytes */
+  int s = 6*a;
+  c = (c & _pcre_utf8_table3[a]) << s;
+  for (i = 1; i <= a; i++)
+    {
+    /* This is a check for malformed UTF-8; it should only occur if the sanity
+    check has been turned off. Rather than swallow random bytes, just stop if
+    we hit a bad one. Print it with \X instead of \x as an indication. */
+
+    if ((ptr[i] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
+      {
+      fprintf(f, "\\X{%x}", c);
+      return i - 1;
+      }
+
+    /* The byte is OK */
+
+    s -= 6;
+    c |= (ptr[i] & 0x3f) << s;
+    }
+  if (c < 128) fprintf(f, "\\x%02x", c); else fprintf(f, "\\x{%x}", c);
+  return a;
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*          Find Unicode property name            *
+*************************************************/
+
+static const char *
+get_ucpname(int property)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+int i;
+for (i = _pcre_utt_size; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+  if (property == _pcre_utt[i].value) break;
+  }
+return (i >= 0)? _pcre_utt[i].name : "??";
+#else
+return "??";
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*         Print compiled regex                   *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Make this function work for a regex with integers either byte order.
+However, we assume that what we are passed is a compiled regex. */
+
+EXPORT void
+_pcre_printint(pcre *external_re, FILE *f)
+{
+real_pcre *re = (real_pcre *)external_re;
+uschar *codestart, *code;
+BOOL utf8;
+
+unsigned int options = re->options;
+int offset = re->name_table_offset;
+int count = re->name_count;
+int size = re->name_entry_size;
+
+if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER)
+  {
+  offset = ((offset << 8) & 0xff00) | ((offset >> 8) & 0xff);
+  count = ((count << 8) & 0xff00) | ((count >> 8) & 0xff);
+  size = ((size << 8) & 0xff00) | ((size >> 8) & 0xff);
+  options = ((options << 24) & 0xff000000) |
+            ((options <<  8) & 0x00ff0000) |
+            ((options >>  8) & 0x0000ff00) |
+            ((options >> 24) & 0x000000ff);
+  }
+
+code = codestart = (uschar *)re + offset + count * size;
+utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+
+for(;;)
+  {
+  uschar *ccode;
+  int c;
+  int extra = 0;
+
+  fprintf(f, "%3d ", (int)(code - codestart));
+
+  if (*code >= OP_BRA)
+    {
+    if (*code - OP_BRA > EXTRACT_BASIC_MAX)
+      fprintf(f, "%3d Bra extra\n", GET(code, 1));
+    else
+      fprintf(f, "%3d Bra %d\n", GET(code, 1), *code - OP_BRA);
+    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[OP_BRA];
+    continue;
+    }
+
+  switch(*code)
+    {
+    case OP_END:
+    fprintf(f, "    %s\n", OP_names[*code]);
+    fprintf(f, "------------------------------------------------------------------\n");
+    return;
+
+    case OP_OPT:
+    fprintf(f, " %.2x %s", code[1], OP_names[*code]);
+    break;
+
+    case OP_CHAR:
+      {
+      fprintf(f, "    ");
+      do
+        {
+        code++;
+        code += 1 + print_char(f, code, utf8);
+        }
+      while (*code == OP_CHAR);
+      fprintf(f, "\n");
+      continue;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    case OP_CHARNC:
+      {
+      fprintf(f, " NC ");
+      do
+        {
+        code++;
+        code += 1 + print_char(f, code, utf8);
+        }
+      while (*code == OP_CHARNC);
+      fprintf(f, "\n");
+      continue;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    case OP_KETRMAX:
+    case OP_KETRMIN:
+    case OP_ALT:
+    case OP_KET:
+    case OP_ASSERT:
+    case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+    case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+    case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+    case OP_ONCE:
+    case OP_COND:
+    case OP_REVERSE:
+    fprintf(f, "%3d %s", GET(code, 1), OP_names[*code]);
+    break;
+
+    case OP_BRANUMBER:
+    printf("%3d %s", GET2(code, 1), OP_names[*code]);
+    break;
+
+    case OP_CREF:
+    if (GET2(code, 1) == CREF_RECURSE)
+      fprintf(f, "    Cond recurse");
+    else
+      fprintf(f, "%3d %s", GET2(code,1), OP_names[*code]);
+    break;
+
+    case OP_STAR:
+    case OP_MINSTAR:
+    case OP_PLUS:
+    case OP_MINPLUS:
+    case OP_QUERY:
+    case OP_MINQUERY:
+    case OP_TYPESTAR:
+    case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+    case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+    case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+    case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+    case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+    fprintf(f, "    ");
+    if (*code >= OP_TYPESTAR)
+      {
+      fprintf(f, "%s", OP_names[code[1]]);
+      if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP)
+        {
+        fprintf(f, " %s ", get_ucpname(code[2]));
+        extra = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    else extra = print_char(f, code+1, utf8);
+    fprintf(f, "%s", OP_names[*code]);
+    break;
+
+    case OP_EXACT:
+    case OP_UPTO:
+    case OP_MINUPTO:
+    fprintf(f, "    ");
+    extra = print_char(f, code+3, utf8);
+    fprintf(f, "{");
+    if (*code != OP_EXACT) fprintf(f, ",");
+    fprintf(f, "%d}", GET2(code,1));
+    if (*code == OP_MINUPTO) fprintf(f, "?");
+    break;
+
+    case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+    case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+    case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+    fprintf(f, "    %s", OP_names[code[3]]);
+    if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP)
+      {
+      fprintf(f, " %s ", get_ucpname(code[4]));
+      extra = 1;
+      }
+    fprintf(f, "{");
+    if (*code != OP_TYPEEXACT) fprintf(f, "0,");
+    fprintf(f, "%d}", GET2(code,1));
+    if (*code == OP_TYPEMINUPTO) fprintf(f, "?");
+    break;
+
+    case OP_NOT:
+    if (isprint(c = code[1])) fprintf(f, "    [^%c]", c);
+      else fprintf(f, "    [^\\x%02x]", c);
+    break;
+
+    case OP_NOTSTAR:
+    case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+    case OP_NOTPLUS:
+    case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+    case OP_NOTQUERY:
+    case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+    if (isprint(c = code[1])) fprintf(f, "    [^%c]", c);
+      else fprintf(f, "    [^\\x%02x]", c);
+    fprintf(f, "%s", OP_names[*code]);
+    break;
+
+    case OP_NOTEXACT:
+    case OP_NOTUPTO:
+    case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+    if (isprint(c = code[3])) fprintf(f, "    [^%c]{", c);
+      else fprintf(f, "    [^\\x%02x]{", c);
+    if (*code != OP_NOTEXACT) fprintf(f, "0,");
+    fprintf(f, "%d}", GET2(code,1));
+    if (*code == OP_NOTMINUPTO) fprintf(f, "?");
+    break;
+
+    case OP_RECURSE:
+    fprintf(f, "%3d %s", GET(code, 1), OP_names[*code]);
+    break;
+
+    case OP_REF:
+    fprintf(f, "    \\%d", GET2(code,1));
+    ccode = code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
+    goto CLASS_REF_REPEAT;
+
+    case OP_CALLOUT:
+    fprintf(f, "    %s %d %d %d", OP_names[*code], code[1], GET(code,2),
+      GET(code, 2 + LINK_SIZE));
+    break;
+
+    case OP_PROP:
+    case OP_NOTPROP:
+    fprintf(f, "    %s %s", OP_names[*code], get_ucpname(code[1]));
+    break;
+
+    /* OP_XCLASS can only occur in UTF-8 mode. However, there's no harm in
+    having this code always here, and it makes it less messy without all those
+    #ifdefs. */
+
+    case OP_CLASS:
+    case OP_NCLASS:
+    case OP_XCLASS:
+      {
+      int i, min, max;
+      BOOL printmap;
+
+      fprintf(f, "    [");
+
+      if (*code == OP_XCLASS)
+        {
+        extra = GET(code, 1);
+        ccode = code + LINK_SIZE + 1;
+        printmap = (*ccode & XCL_MAP) != 0;
+        if ((*ccode++ & XCL_NOT) != 0) fprintf(f, "^");
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        printmap = TRUE;
+        ccode = code + 1;
+        }
+
+      /* Print a bit map */
+
+      if (printmap)
+        {
+        for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+          {
+          if ((ccode[i/8] & (1 << (i&7))) != 0)
+            {
+            int j;
+            for (j = i+1; j < 256; j++)
+              if ((ccode[j/8] & (1 << (j&7))) == 0) break;
+            if (i == '-' || i == ']') fprintf(f, "\\");
+            if (isprint(i)) fprintf(f, "%c", i); else fprintf(f, "\\x%02x", i);
+            if (--j > i)
+              {
+              if (j != i + 1) fprintf(f, "-");
+              if (j == '-' || j == ']') fprintf(f, "\\");
+              if (isprint(j)) fprintf(f, "%c", j); else fprintf(f, "\\x%02x", j);
+              }
+            i = j;
+            }
+          }
+        ccode += 32;
+        }
+
+      /* For an XCLASS there is always some additional data */
+
+      if (*code == OP_XCLASS)
+        {
+        int ch;
+        while ((ch = *ccode++) != XCL_END)
+          {
+          if (ch == XCL_PROP)
+            {
+            fprintf(f, "\\p{%s}", get_ucpname(*ccode++));
+            }
+          else if (ch == XCL_NOTPROP)
+            {
+            fprintf(f, "\\P{%s}", get_ucpname(*ccode++));
+            }
+          else
+            {
+            ccode += 1 + print_char(f, ccode, TRUE);
+            if (ch == XCL_RANGE)
+              {
+              fprintf(f, "-");
+              ccode += 1 + print_char(f, ccode, TRUE);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+      /* Indicate a non-UTF8 class which was created by negation */
+
+      fprintf(f, "]%s", (*code == OP_NCLASS)? " (neg)" : "");
+
+      /* Handle repeats after a class or a back reference */
+
+      CLASS_REF_REPEAT:
+      switch(*ccode)
+        {
+        case OP_CRSTAR:
+        case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+        case OP_CRPLUS:
+        case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+        case OP_CRQUERY:
+        case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+        fprintf(f, "%s", OP_names[*ccode]);
+        extra += _pcre_OP_lengths[*ccode];
+        break;
+
+        case OP_CRRANGE:
+        case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+        min = GET2(ccode,1);
+        max = GET2(ccode,3);
+        if (max == 0) fprintf(f, "{%d,}", min);
+        else fprintf(f, "{%d,%d}", min, max);
+        if (*ccode == OP_CRMINRANGE) fprintf(f, "?");
+        extra += _pcre_OP_lengths[*ccode];
+        break;
+        }
+      }
+    break;
+
+    /* Anything else is just an item with no data*/
+
+    default:
+    fprintf(f, "    %s", OP_names[*code]);
+    break;
+    }
+
+  code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code] + extra;
+  fprintf(f, "\n");
+  }
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_printint.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_study.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_study.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..85868f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_study.c
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_study.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_study(), along with local
+supporting functions. */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Set a bit and maybe its alternate case    *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Given a character, set its bit in the table, and also the bit for the other
+version of a letter if we are caseless.
+
+Arguments:
+  start_bits    points to the bit map
+  c             is the character
+  caseless      the caseless flag
+  cd            the block with char table pointers
+
+Returns:        nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+set_bit(uschar *start_bits, unsigned int c, BOOL caseless, compile_data *cd)
+{
+start_bits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
+if (caseless && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_letter) != 0)
+  start_bits[cd->fcc[c]/8] |= (1 << (cd->fcc[c]&7));
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*          Create bitmap of starting chars       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function scans a compiled unanchored expression and attempts to build a
+bitmap of the set of initial characters. If it can't, it returns FALSE. As time
+goes by, we may be able to get more clever at doing this.
+
+Arguments:
+  code         points to an expression
+  start_bits   points to a 32-byte table, initialized to 0
+  caseless     the current state of the caseless flag
+  utf8         TRUE if in UTF-8 mode
+  cd           the block with char table pointers
+
+Returns:       TRUE if table built, FALSE otherwise
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+set_start_bits(const uschar *code, uschar *start_bits, BOOL caseless,
+  BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd)
+{
+register int c;
+
+/* This next statement and the later reference to dummy are here in order to
+trick the optimizer of the IBM C compiler for OS/2 into generating correct
+code. Apparently IBM isn't going to fix the problem, and we would rather not
+disable optimization (in this module it actually makes a big difference, and
+the pcre module can use all the optimization it can get). */
+
+volatile int dummy;
+
+do
+  {
+  const uschar *tcode = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+  BOOL try_next = TRUE;
+
+  while (try_next)
+    {
+    /* If a branch starts with a bracket or a positive lookahead assertion,
+    recurse to set bits from within them. That's all for this branch. */
+
+    if ((int)*tcode >= OP_BRA || *tcode == OP_ASSERT)
+      {
+      if (!set_start_bits(tcode, start_bits, caseless, utf8, cd))
+        return FALSE;
+      try_next = FALSE;
+      }
+
+    else switch(*tcode)
+      {
+      default:
+      return FALSE;
+
+      /* Skip over callout */
+
+      case OP_CALLOUT:
+      tcode += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+      break;
+
+      /* Skip over extended extraction bracket number */
+
+      case OP_BRANUMBER:
+      tcode += 3;
+      break;
+
+      /* Skip over lookbehind and negative lookahead assertions */
+
+      case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+      case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+      case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+      do tcode += GET(tcode, 1); while (*tcode == OP_ALT);
+      tcode += 1+LINK_SIZE;
+      break;
+
+      /* Skip over an option setting, changing the caseless flag */
+
+      case OP_OPT:
+      caseless = (tcode[1] & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0;
+      tcode += 2;
+      break;
+
+      /* BRAZERO does the bracket, but carries on. */
+
+      case OP_BRAZERO:
+      case OP_BRAMINZERO:
+      if (!set_start_bits(++tcode, start_bits, caseless, utf8, cd))
+        return FALSE;
+      dummy = 1;
+      do tcode += GET(tcode,1); while (*tcode == OP_ALT);
+      tcode += 1+LINK_SIZE;
+      break;
+
+      /* Single-char * or ? sets the bit and tries the next item */
+
+      case OP_STAR:
+      case OP_MINSTAR:
+      case OP_QUERY:
+      case OP_MINQUERY:
+      set_bit(start_bits, tcode[1], caseless, cd);
+      tcode += 2;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8) while ((*tcode & 0xc0) == 0x80) tcode++;
+#endif
+      break;
+
+      /* Single-char upto sets the bit and tries the next */
+
+      case OP_UPTO:
+      case OP_MINUPTO:
+      set_bit(start_bits, tcode[3], caseless, cd);
+      tcode += 4;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
+      if (utf8) while ((*tcode & 0xc0) == 0x80) tcode++;
+#endif
+      break;
+
+      /* At least one single char sets the bit and stops */
+
+      case OP_EXACT:       /* Fall through */
+      tcode += 2;
+
+      case OP_CHAR:
+      case OP_CHARNC:
+      case OP_PLUS:
+      case OP_MINPLUS:
+      set_bit(start_bits, tcode[1], caseless, cd);
+      try_next = FALSE;
+      break;
+
+      /* Single character type sets the bits and stops */
+
+      case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+      for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+        start_bits[c] |= ~cd->cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+      try_next = FALSE;
+      break;
+
+      case OP_DIGIT:
+      for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+        start_bits[c] |= cd->cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+      try_next = FALSE;
+      break;
+
+      case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+      for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+        start_bits[c] |= ~cd->cbits[c+cbit_space];
+      try_next = FALSE;
+      break;
+
+      case OP_WHITESPACE:
+      for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+        start_bits[c] |= cd->cbits[c+cbit_space];
+      try_next = FALSE;
+      break;
+
+      case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+      for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+        start_bits[c] |= ~cd->cbits[c+cbit_word];
+      try_next = FALSE;
+      break;
+
+      case OP_WORDCHAR:
+      for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+        start_bits[c] |= cd->cbits[c+cbit_word];
+      try_next = FALSE;
+      break;
+
+      /* One or more character type fudges the pointer and restarts, knowing
+      it will hit a single character type and stop there. */
+
+      case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+      case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+      tcode++;
+      break;
+
+      case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+      tcode += 3;
+      break;
+
+      /* Zero or more repeats of character types set the bits and then
+      try again. */
+
+      case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+      case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+      tcode += 2;               /* Fall through */
+
+      case OP_TYPESTAR:
+      case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+      case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+      case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+      switch(tcode[1])
+        {
+        case OP_ANY:
+        return FALSE;
+
+        case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+        for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+          start_bits[c] |= ~cd->cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+        break;
+
+        case OP_DIGIT:
+        for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+          start_bits[c] |= cd->cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+        break;
+
+        case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+        for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+          start_bits[c] |= ~cd->cbits[c+cbit_space];
+        break;
+
+        case OP_WHITESPACE:
+        for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+          start_bits[c] |= cd->cbits[c+cbit_space];
+        break;
+
+        case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+        for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+          start_bits[c] |= ~cd->cbits[c+cbit_word];
+        break;
+
+        case OP_WORDCHAR:
+        for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
+          start_bits[c] |= cd->cbits[c+cbit_word];
+        break;
+        }
+
+      tcode += 2;
+      break;
+
+      /* Character class where all the information is in a bit map: set the
+      bits and either carry on or not, according to the repeat count. If it was
+      a negative class, and we are operating with UTF-8 characters, any byte
+      with a value >= 0xc4 is a potentially valid starter because it starts a
+      character with a value > 255. */
+
+      case OP_NCLASS:
+      if (utf8)
+        {
+        start_bits[24] |= 0xf0;              /* Bits for 0xc4 - 0xc8 */
+        memset(start_bits+25, 0xff, 7);      /* Bits for 0xc9 - 0xff */
+        }
+      /* Fall through */
+
+      case OP_CLASS:
+        {
+        tcode++;
+
+        /* In UTF-8 mode, the bits in a bit map correspond to character
+        values, not to byte values. However, the bit map we are constructing is
+        for byte values. So we have to do a conversion for characters whose
+        value is > 127. In fact, there are only two possible starting bytes for
+        characters in the range 128 - 255. */
+
+        if (utf8)
+          {
+          for (c = 0; c < 16; c++) start_bits[c] |= tcode[c];
+          for (c = 128; c < 256; c++)
+            {
+            if ((tcode[c/8] && (1 << (c&7))) != 0)
+              {
+              int d = (c >> 6) | 0xc0;            /* Set bit for this starter */
+              start_bits[d/8] |= (1 << (d&7));    /* and then skip on to the */
+              c = (c & 0xc0) + 0x40 - 1;          /* next relevant character. */
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+        /* In non-UTF-8 mode, the two bit maps are completely compatible. */
+
+        else
+          {
+          for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) start_bits[c] |= tcode[c];
+          }
+
+        /* Advance past the bit map, and act on what follows */
+
+        tcode += 32;
+        switch (*tcode)
+          {
+          case OP_CRSTAR:
+          case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+          case OP_CRQUERY:
+          case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+          tcode++;
+          break;
+
+          case OP_CRRANGE:
+          case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+          if (((tcode[1] << 8) + tcode[2]) == 0) tcode += 5;
+            else try_next = FALSE;
+          break;
+
+          default:
+          try_next = FALSE;
+          break;
+          }
+        }
+      break; /* End of bitmap class handling */
+
+      }      /* End of switch */
+    }        /* End of try_next loop */
+
+  code += GET(code, 1);   /* Advance to next branch */
+  }
+while (*code == OP_ALT);
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*          Study a compiled expression           *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is handed a compiled expression that it must study to produce
+information that will speed up the matching. It returns a pcre_extra block
+which then gets handed back to pcre_exec().
+
+Arguments:
+  re        points to the compiled expression
+  options   contains option bits
+  errorptr  points to where to place error messages;
+            set NULL unless error
+
+Returns:    pointer to a pcre_extra block, with study_data filled in and the
+              appropriate flag set;
+            NULL on error or if no optimization possible
+*/
+
+EXPORT pcre_extra *
+pcre_study(const pcre *external_re, int options, const char **errorptr)
+{
+uschar start_bits[32];
+pcre_extra *extra;
+pcre_study_data *study;
+const uschar *tables;
+const real_pcre *re = (const real_pcre *)external_re;
+uschar *code = (uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset +
+  (re->name_count * re->name_entry_size);
+compile_data compile_block;
+
+*errorptr = NULL;
+
+if (re == NULL || re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER)
+  {
+  *errorptr = "argument is not a compiled regular expression";
+  return NULL;
+  }
+
+if ((options & ~PUBLIC_STUDY_OPTIONS) != 0)
+  {
+  *errorptr = "unknown or incorrect option bit(s) set";
+  return NULL;
+  }
+
+/* For an anchored pattern, or an unanchored pattern that has a first char, or
+a multiline pattern that matches only at "line starts", no further processing
+at present. */
+
+if ((re->options & (PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_FIRSTSET|PCRE_STARTLINE)) != 0)
+  return NULL;
+
+/* Set the character tables in the block that is passed around */
+
+tables = re->tables;
+if (tables == NULL)
+  (void)pcre_fullinfo(external_re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES,
+  (void *)(&tables));
+
+compile_block.lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
+compile_block.fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
+compile_block.cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
+compile_block.ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
+
+/* See if we can find a fixed set of initial characters for the pattern. */
+
+memset(start_bits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar));
+if (!set_start_bits(code, start_bits, (re->options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0,
+  (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, &compile_block)) return NULL;
+
+/* Get a pcre_extra block and a pcre_study_data block. The study data is put in
+the latter, which is pointed to by the former, which may also get additional
+data set later by the calling program. At the moment, the size of
+pcre_study_data is fixed. We nevertheless save it in a field for returning via
+the pcre_fullinfo() function so that if it becomes variable in the future, we
+don't have to change that code. */
+
+extra = (pcre_extra *)(pcre_malloc)
+  (sizeof(pcre_extra) + sizeof(pcre_study_data));
+
+if (extra == NULL)
+  {
+  *errorptr = "failed to get memory";
+  return NULL;
+  }
+
+study = (pcre_study_data *)((char *)extra + sizeof(pcre_extra));
+extra->flags = PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA;
+extra->study_data = study;
+
+study->size = sizeof(pcre_study_data);
+study->options = PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED;
+memcpy(study->start_bits, start_bits, sizeof(start_bits));
+
+return extra;
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_study.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_tables.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_tables.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3d43159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_tables.c
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_tables.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains some fixed tables that are used by more than one of the
+PCRE code modules. */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/* Table of sizes for the fixed-length opcodes. It's defined in a macro so that
+the definition is next to the definition of the opcodes in internal.h. */
+
+const uschar _pcre_OP_lengths[] = { OP_LENGTHS };
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*           Tables for UTF-8 support             *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* These are the breakpoints for different numbers of bytes in a UTF-8
+character. */
+
+const int _pcre_utf8_table1[] =
+  { 0x7f, 0x7ff, 0xffff, 0x1fffff, 0x3ffffff, 0x7fffffff};
+
+const int _pcre_utf8_table1_size = sizeof(_pcre_utf8_table1)/sizeof(int);
+
+/* These are the indicator bits and the mask for the data bits to set in the
+first byte of a character, indexed by the number of additional bytes. */
+
+const int _pcre_utf8_table2[] = { 0,    0xc0, 0xe0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc};
+const int _pcre_utf8_table3[] = { 0xff, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01};
+
+/* Table of the number of extra characters, indexed by the first character
+masked with 0x3f. The highest number for a valid UTF-8 character is in fact
+0x3d. */
+
+const uschar _pcre_utf8_table4[] = {
+  1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
+  1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
+  2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,
+  3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5 };
+
+/* This table translates Unicode property names into code values for the
+ucp_findchar() function. It is used by pcretest as well as by the library
+functions. */
+
+const ucp_type_table _pcre_utt[] = {
+  { "C",  128 + ucp_C },
+  { "Cc", ucp_Cc },
+  { "Cf", ucp_Cf },
+  { "Cn", ucp_Cn },
+  { "Co", ucp_Co },
+  { "Cs", ucp_Cs },
+  { "L",  128 + ucp_L },
+  { "Ll", ucp_Ll },
+  { "Lm", ucp_Lm },
+  { "Lo", ucp_Lo },
+  { "Lt", ucp_Lt },
+  { "Lu", ucp_Lu },
+  { "M",  128 + ucp_M },
+  { "Mc", ucp_Mc },
+  { "Me", ucp_Me },
+  { "Mn", ucp_Mn },
+  { "N",  128 + ucp_N },
+  { "Nd", ucp_Nd },
+  { "Nl", ucp_Nl },
+  { "No", ucp_No },
+  { "P",  128 + ucp_P },
+  { "Pc", ucp_Pc },
+  { "Pd", ucp_Pd },
+  { "Pe", ucp_Pe },
+  { "Pf", ucp_Pf },
+  { "Pi", ucp_Pi },
+  { "Po", ucp_Po },
+  { "Ps", ucp_Ps },
+  { "S",  128 + ucp_S },
+  { "Sc", ucp_Sc },
+  { "Sk", ucp_Sk },
+  { "Sm", ucp_Sm },
+  { "So", ucp_So },
+  { "Z",  128 + ucp_Z },
+  { "Zl", ucp_Zl },
+  { "Zp", ucp_Zp },
+  { "Zs", ucp_Zs }
+};
+
+const int _pcre_utt_size = sizeof(_pcre_utt)/sizeof(ucp_type_table);
+
+/* End of pcre_tables.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_try_flipped.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_try_flipped.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3c6f950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_try_flipped.c
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_try_flipped.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains an internal function that tests a compiled pattern to
+see if it was compiled with the opposite endianness. If so, it uses an
+auxiliary local function to flip the appropriate bytes. */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*         Flip bytes in an integer               *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when the magic number in a regex doesn't match, in
+order to flip its bytes to see if we are dealing with a pattern that was
+compiled on a host of different endianness. If so, this function is used to
+flip other byte values.
+
+Arguments:
+  value        the number to flip
+  n            the number of bytes to flip (assumed to be 2 or 4)
+
+Returns:       the flipped value
+*/
+
+static long int
+byteflip(long int value, int n)
+{
+if (n == 2) return ((value & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((value & 0xff00) >> 8);
+return ((value & 0x000000ff) << 24) |
+       ((value & 0x0000ff00) <<  8) |
+       ((value & 0x00ff0000) >>  8) |
+       ((value & 0xff000000) >> 24);
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*       Test for a byte-flipped compiled regex   *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called from pcre_exec(), pcre_dfa_exec(), and also from
+pcre_fullinfo(). Its job is to test whether the regex is byte-flipped - that
+is, it was compiled on a system of opposite endianness. The function is called
+only when the native MAGIC_NUMBER test fails. If the regex is indeed flipped,
+we flip all the relevant values into a different data block, and return it.
+
+Arguments:
+  re               points to the regex
+  study            points to study data, or NULL
+  internal_re      points to a new regex block
+  internal_study   points to a new study block
+
+Returns:           the new block if is is indeed a byte-flipped regex
+                   NULL if it is not
+*/
+
+EXPORT real_pcre *
+_pcre_try_flipped(const real_pcre *re, real_pcre *internal_re,
+  const pcre_study_data *study, pcre_study_data *internal_study)
+{
+if (byteflip(re->magic_number, sizeof(re->magic_number)) != MAGIC_NUMBER)
+  return NULL;
+
+*internal_re = *re;           /* To copy other fields */
+internal_re->size = byteflip(re->size, sizeof(re->size));
+internal_re->options = byteflip(re->options, sizeof(re->options));
+internal_re->top_bracket =
+  (pcre_uint16)byteflip(re->top_bracket, sizeof(re->top_bracket));
+internal_re->top_backref =
+  (pcre_uint16)byteflip(re->top_backref, sizeof(re->top_backref));
+internal_re->first_byte =
+  (pcre_uint16)byteflip(re->first_byte, sizeof(re->first_byte));
+internal_re->req_byte =
+  (pcre_uint16)byteflip(re->req_byte, sizeof(re->req_byte));
+internal_re->name_table_offset =
+  (pcre_uint16)byteflip(re->name_table_offset, sizeof(re->name_table_offset));
+internal_re->name_entry_size =
+  (pcre_uint16)byteflip(re->name_entry_size, sizeof(re->name_entry_size));
+internal_re->name_count =
+  (pcre_uint16)byteflip(re->name_count, sizeof(re->name_count));
+
+if (study != NULL)
+  {
+  *internal_study = *study;   /* To copy other fields */
+  internal_study->size = byteflip(study->size, sizeof(study->size));
+  internal_study->options = byteflip(study->options, sizeof(study->options));
+  }
+
+return internal_re;
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_tryflipped.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcre_version.c b/src/src/pcre/pcre_version.c
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b5f2c87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcre_version.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcre_version.c,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+                       Written by Philip Hazel
+           Copyright (c) 1997-2005 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+      this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_version(), which returns a
+string that identifies the PCRE version that is in use. */
+
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/*************************************************
+*          Return version string                 *
+*************************************************/
+
+#define STRING(a)  # a
+#define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
+
+EXPORT const char *
+pcre_version(void)
+{
+return XSTRING(PCRE_MAJOR) "." XSTRING(PCRE_MINOR) " " XSTRING(PCRE_DATE);
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_version.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/pcretest.c b/src/src/pcre/pcretest.c
index 087ef2c04e4f104c12362ddd7d1bb682af26e586..fe2701b37cc4763d6ca74056c3188c973be9c7da 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/pcretest.c
+++ b/src/src/pcre/pcretest.c
@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/pcretest.c,v 1.2 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+

 /*************************************************
 *             PCRE testing program               *
 *************************************************/
 
 /* This program was hacked up as a tester for PCRE. I really should have
 written it more tidily in the first place. Will I ever learn? It has grown and
 /*************************************************
 *             PCRE testing program               *
 *************************************************/
 
 /* This program was hacked up as a tester for PCRE. I really should have
 written it more tidily in the first place. Will I ever learn? It has grown and

-been extended and consequently is now rather untidy in places.
+been extended and consequently is now rather, er, *very* untidy in places.

 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without


@@ -44,11 +46,15 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 #include <locale.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 
 #include <locale.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 

-/* We need the internal info for displaying the results of pcre_study(). Also
-for getting the opcodes for showing compiled code. */
-

 #define PCRE_SPY        /* For Win32 build, import data, not export */
 #define PCRE_SPY        /* For Win32 build, import data, not export */

-#include "internal.h"
+
+/* We need the internal info for displaying the results of pcre_study() and
+other internal data; pcretest also uses some of the fixed tables, and generally
+has "inside information" compared to a program that strictly follows the PCRE
+API. */
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+

 
 /* It is possible to compile this test program without including support for
 testing the POSIX interface, though this is not available via the standard
 
 /* It is possible to compile this test program without including support for
 testing the POSIX interface, though this is not available via the standard


@@ -58,6 +64,12 @@ Makefile. */
 #include "pcreposix.h"
 #endif
 
 #include "pcreposix.h"
 #endif
 

+/* It is also possible, for the benefit of the version imported into Exim, to 
+build pcretest without support for UTF8 (define NOUTF8), without the interface 
+to the DFA matcher (NODFA), and without the doublecheck of the old "info"
+function (define NOINFOCHECK). */
+
+

 #ifndef CLOCKS_PER_SEC
 #ifdef CLK_TCK
 #define CLOCKS_PER_SEC CLK_TCK
 #ifndef CLOCKS_PER_SEC
 #ifdef CLK_TCK
 #define CLOCKS_PER_SEC CLK_TCK


@@ -87,37 +99,6 @@ static size_t gotten_store;
 static uschar *pbuffer = NULL;
 
 
 static uschar *pbuffer = NULL;
 
 

-static const int utf8_table1[] = {
-  0x0000007f, 0x000007ff, 0x0000ffff, 0x001fffff, 0x03ffffff, 0x7fffffff};
-
-static const int utf8_table2[] = {
-  0, 0xc0, 0xe0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc};
-
-static const int utf8_table3[] = {
-  0xff, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01};
-
-
-
-/*************************************************
-*         Print compiled regex                   *
-*************************************************/
-
-/* The code for doing this is held in a separate file that is also included in
-pcre.c when it is compiled with the debug switch. It defines a function called
-print_internals(), which uses a table of opcode lengths defined by the macro
-OP_LENGTHS, whose name must be OP_lengths. It also uses a table that translates
-Unicode property names to numbers; this is kept in a separate file. */
-
-static uschar OP_lengths[] = { OP_LENGTHS };
-
-#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
-#include "ucp.h"
-#include "ucptypetable.c"
-#endif
-
-#include "printint.c"
-
-

 
 /*************************************************
 *          Read number from string               *
 
 /*************************************************
 *          Read number from string               *


@@ -146,42 +127,6 @@ return(result);
 
 
 
 
 
 

-/*************************************************
-*       Convert character value to UTF-8         *
-*************************************************/
-
-/* This function takes an integer value in the range 0 - 0x7fffffff
-and encodes it as a UTF-8 character in 0 to 6 bytes.
-
-Arguments:
-  cvalue     the character value
-  buffer     pointer to buffer for result - at least 6 bytes long
-
-Returns:     number of characters placed in the buffer
-             -1 if input character is negative
-             0 if input character is positive but too big (only when
-             int is longer than 32 bits)
-*/
-
-static int
-ord2utf8(int cvalue, unsigned char *buffer)
-{
-register int i, j;
-for (i = 0; i < sizeof(utf8_table1)/sizeof(int); i++)
-  if (cvalue <= utf8_table1[i]) break;
-if (i >= sizeof(utf8_table1)/sizeof(int)) return 0;
-if (cvalue < 0) return -1;
-
-buffer += i;
-for (j = i; j > 0; j--)
- {
- *buffer-- = 0x80 | (cvalue & 0x3f);
- cvalue >>= 6;
- }
-*buffer = utf8_table2[i] | cvalue;
-return i + 1;
-}
-

 
 /*************************************************
 *            Convert UTF-8 string to value       *
 
 /*************************************************
 *            Convert UTF-8 string to value       *


@@ -198,6 +143,8 @@ Returns:   >  0 => the number of bytes consumed
            -6 to 0 => malformed UTF-8 character at offset = (-return)
 */
 
            -6 to 0 => malformed UTF-8 character at offset = (-return)
 */
 

+#if !defined NOUTF8
+

 static int
 utf82ord(unsigned char *buffer, int *vptr)
 {
 static int
 utf82ord(unsigned char *buffer, int *vptr)
 {


@@ -217,7 +164,7 @@ if (i == 0 || i == 6) return 0;        /* invalid UTF-8 */
 /* i now has a value in the range 1-5 */
 
 s = 6*i;
 /* i now has a value in the range 1-5 */
 
 s = 6*i;

-d = (c & utf8_table3[i]) << s;
+d = (c & _pcre_utf8_table3[i]) << s;

 
 for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
   {
 
 for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
   {


@@ -229,8 +176,8 @@ for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
 
 /* Check that encoding was the correct unique one */
 
 
 /* Check that encoding was the correct unique one */
 

-for (j = 0; j < sizeof(utf8_table1)/sizeof(int); j++)
-  if (d <= utf8_table1[j]) break;
+for (j = 0; j < _pcre_utf8_table1_size; j++)
+  if (d <= _pcre_utf8_table1[j]) break;

 if (j != i) return -(i+1);
 
 /* Valid value */
 if (j != i) return -(i+1);
 
 /* Valid value */


@@ -239,6 +186,8 @@ if (j != i) return -(i+1);
 return i+1;
 }
 
 return i+1;
 }
 

+#endif
+

 
 
 /*************************************************
 
 
 /*************************************************


@@ -256,6 +205,7 @@ int yield = 0;
 
 while (length-- > 0)
   {
 
 while (length-- > 0)
   {

+#if !defined NOUTF8   

   if (use_utf8)
     {
     int rc = utf82ord(p, &c);
   if (use_utf8)
     {
     int rc = utf82ord(p, &c);


@@ -278,6 +228,7 @@ while (length-- > 0)
       continue;
       }
     }
       continue;
       }
     }

+#endif

 
    /* Not UTF-8, or malformed UTF-8  */
 
 
    /* Not UTF-8, or malformed UTF-8  */
 


@@ -487,12 +438,14 @@ int showinfo = 0;
 int showstore = 0;
 int size_offsets = 45;
 int size_offsets_max;
 int showstore = 0;
 int size_offsets = 45;
 int size_offsets_max;

-int *offsets;
+int *offsets = NULL;

 #if !defined NOPOSIX
 int posix = 0;
 #endif
 int debug = 0;
 int done = 0;
 #if !defined NOPOSIX
 int posix = 0;
 #endif
 int debug = 0;
 int done = 0;

+int all_use_dfa = 0;
+int yield = 0;

 
 unsigned char *buffer;
 unsigned char *dbuffer;
 
 unsigned char *buffer;
 unsigned char *dbuffer;


@@ -525,6 +478,9 @@ while (argc > 1 && argv[op][0] == '-')
   else if (strcmp(argv[op], "-t") == 0) timeit = 1;
   else if (strcmp(argv[op], "-i") == 0) showinfo = 1;
   else if (strcmp(argv[op], "-d") == 0) showinfo = debug = 1;
   else if (strcmp(argv[op], "-t") == 0) timeit = 1;
   else if (strcmp(argv[op], "-i") == 0) showinfo = 1;
   else if (strcmp(argv[op], "-d") == 0) showinfo = debug = 1;

+#if !defined NODFA   
+  else if (strcmp(argv[op], "-dfa") == 0) all_use_dfa = 1;
+#endif

   else if (strcmp(argv[op], "-o") == 0 && argc > 2 &&
       ((size_offsets = get_value((unsigned char *)argv[op+1], &endptr)),
         *endptr == 0))
   else if (strcmp(argv[op], "-o") == 0 && argc > 2 &&
       ((size_offsets = get_value((unsigned char *)argv[op+1], &endptr)),
         *endptr == 0))


@@ -561,8 +517,11 @@ while (argc > 1 && argv[op][0] == '-')
     printf("** Unknown or malformed option %s\n", argv[op]);
     printf("Usage:   pcretest [-d] [-i] [-o <n>] [-p] [-s] [-t] [<input> [<output>]]\n");
     printf("  -C     show PCRE compile-time options and exit\n");
     printf("** Unknown or malformed option %s\n", argv[op]);
     printf("Usage:   pcretest [-d] [-i] [-o <n>] [-p] [-s] [-t] [<input> [<output>]]\n");
     printf("  -C     show PCRE compile-time options and exit\n");

-    printf("  -d     debug: show compiled code; implies -i\n"
-           "  -i     show information about compiled pattern\n"
+    printf("  -d     debug: show compiled code; implies -i\n");
+#if !defined NODFA
+    printf("  -dfa   force DFA matching for all subjects\n");
+#endif
+    printf("  -i     show information about compiled pattern\n"

            "  -m     output memory used information\n"
            "  -o <n> set size of offsets vector to <n>\n");
 #if !defined NOPOSIX
            "  -m     output memory used information\n"
            "  -o <n> set size of offsets vector to <n>\n");
 #if !defined NOPOSIX


@@ -570,7 +529,8 @@ while (argc > 1 && argv[op][0] == '-')
 #endif
     printf("  -s     output store (memory) used information\n"
            "  -t     time compilation and execution\n");
 #endif
     printf("  -s     output store (memory) used information\n"
            "  -t     time compilation and execution\n");

-    return 1;
+    yield = 1;
+    goto EXIT;

     }
   op++;
   argc--;
     }
   op++;
   argc--;


@@ -584,7 +544,8 @@ if (offsets == NULL)
   {
   printf("** Failed to get %d bytes of memory for offsets vector\n",
     size_offsets_max * sizeof(int));
   {
   printf("** Failed to get %d bytes of memory for offsets vector\n",
     size_offsets_max * sizeof(int));

-  return 1;
+  yield = 1;
+  goto EXIT;

   }
 
 /* Sort out the input and output files */
   }
 
 /* Sort out the input and output files */


@@ -595,7 +556,8 @@ if (argc > 1)
   if (infile == NULL)
     {
     printf("** Failed to open %s\n", argv[op]);
   if (infile == NULL)
     {
     printf("** Failed to open %s\n", argv[op]);

-    return 1;
+    yield = 1;
+    goto EXIT;

     }
   }
 
     }
   }
 


@@ -605,7 +567,8 @@ if (argc > 2)
   if (outfile == NULL)
     {
     printf("** Failed to open %s\n", argv[op+1]);
   if (outfile == NULL)
     {
     printf("** Failed to open %s\n", argv[op+1]);

-    return 1;
+    yield = 1;
+    goto EXIT;

     }
   }
 
     }
   }
 


@@ -805,6 +768,7 @@ while (!done)
     {
     switch (*pp++)
       {
     {
     switch (*pp++)
       {

+      case 'f': options |= PCRE_FIRSTLINE; break;

       case 'g': do_g = 1; break;
       case 'i': options |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
       case 'm': options |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
       case 'g': do_g = 1; break;
       case 'i': options |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
       case 'm': options |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;


@@ -834,7 +798,8 @@ while (!done)
 
       case 'L':
       ppp = pp;
 
       case 'L':
       ppp = pp;

-      while (*ppp != '\n' && *ppp != ' ') ppp++;
+      /* The '\r' test here is so that it works on Windows */
+      while (*ppp != '\n' && *ppp != '\r' && *ppp != ' ') ppp++;

       *ppp = 0;
       if (setlocale(LC_CTYPE, (const char *)pp) == NULL)
         {
       *ppp = 0;
       if (setlocale(LC_CTYPE, (const char *)pp) == NULL)
         {


@@ -852,7 +817,10 @@ while (!done)
       *pp = 0;
       break;
 
       *pp = 0;
       break;
 

-      case '\n': case ' ': break;
+      case '\r':                      /* So that it works in Windows */
+      case '\n':
+      case ' ':
+      break;

 
       default:
       fprintf(outfile, "** Unknown option '%c'\n", pp[-1]);
 
       default:
       fprintf(outfile, "** Unknown option '%c'\n", pp[-1]);


@@ -872,6 +840,7 @@ while (!done)
 
     if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) cflags |= REG_ICASE;
     if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0) cflags |= REG_NEWLINE;
 
     if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) cflags |= REG_ICASE;
     if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0) cflags |= REG_NEWLINE;

+    if ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0) cflags |= REG_DOTALL;

     rc = regcomp(&preg, (char *)p, cflags);
 
     /* Compilation failed; go back for another re, skipping to blank line
     rc = regcomp(&preg, (char *)p, cflags);
 
     /* Compilation failed; go back for another re, skipping to blank line


@@ -1011,7 +980,9 @@ while (!done)
     if (do_showinfo)
       {
       unsigned long int get_options, all_options;
     if (do_showinfo)
       {
       unsigned long int get_options, all_options;

+#if !defined NOINFOCHECK

       int old_first_char, old_options, old_count;
       int old_first_char, old_options, old_count;

+#endif

       int count, backrefmax, first_char, need_char;
       int nameentrysize, namecount;
       const uschar *nametable;
       int count, backrefmax, first_char, need_char;
       int nameentrysize, namecount;
       const uschar *nametable;


@@ -1019,7 +990,7 @@ while (!done)
       if (do_debug)
         {
         fprintf(outfile, "------------------------------------------------------------------\n");
       if (do_debug)
         {
         fprintf(outfile, "------------------------------------------------------------------\n");

-        print_internals(re, outfile);
+        _pcre_printint(re, outfile);

         }
 
       new_info(re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_OPTIONS, &get_options);
         }
 
       new_info(re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_OPTIONS, &get_options);


@@ -1032,6 +1003,7 @@ while (!done)
       new_info(re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT, &namecount);
       new_info(re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE, (void *)&nametable);
 
       new_info(re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT, &namecount);
       new_info(re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE, (void *)&nametable);
 

+#if !defined NOINFOCHECK

       old_count = pcre_info(re, &old_options, &old_first_char);
       if (count < 0) fprintf(outfile,
         "Error %d from pcre_info()\n", count);
       old_count = pcre_info(re, &old_options, &old_first_char);
       if (count < 0) fprintf(outfile,
         "Error %d from pcre_info()\n", count);


@@ -1049,6 +1021,7 @@ while (!done)
           "Options disagreement: pcre_fullinfo=%ld pcre_info=%d\n",
             get_options, old_options);
         }
           "Options disagreement: pcre_fullinfo=%ld pcre_info=%d\n",
             get_options, old_options);
         }

+#endif

 
       if (size != regex_gotten_store) fprintf(outfile,
         "Size disagreement: pcre_fullinfo=%d call to malloc for %d\n",
 
       if (size != regex_gotten_store) fprintf(outfile,
         "Size disagreement: pcre_fullinfo=%d call to malloc for %d\n",


@@ -1083,11 +1056,12 @@ while (!done)
         fprintf(outfile, "Partial matching not supported\n");
 
       if (get_options == 0) fprintf(outfile, "No options\n");
         fprintf(outfile, "Partial matching not supported\n");
 
       if (get_options == 0) fprintf(outfile, "No options\n");

-        else fprintf(outfile, "Options:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s\n",
+        else fprintf(outfile, "Options:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s\n",

           ((get_options & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0)? " anchored" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? " caseless" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)? " extended" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? " multiline" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0)? " anchored" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? " caseless" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)? " extended" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? " multiline" : "",

+          ((get_options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0)? " firstline" : "",

           ((get_options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? " dotall" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0)? " dollar_endonly" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)? " extra" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? " dotall" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0)? " dollar_endonly" : "",
           ((get_options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)? " extra" : "",


@@ -1225,6 +1199,10 @@ while (!done)
           }
         fclose(f);
         }
           }
         fclose(f);
         }

+
+      new_free(re);
+      if (extra != NULL) new_free(extra);
+      if (tables != NULL) new_free((void *)tables);

       continue;  /* With next regex */
       }
     }        /* End of non-POSIX compile */
       continue;  /* With next regex */
       }
     }        /* End of non-POSIX compile */


@@ -1247,6 +1225,7 @@ while (!done)
     int gmatched = 0;
     int start_offset = 0;
     int g_notempty = 0;
     int gmatched = 0;
     int start_offset = 0;
     int g_notempty = 0;

+    int use_dfa = 0;

 
     options = 0;
 
 
     options = 0;
 


@@ -1302,6 +1281,7 @@ while (!done)
 
         /* Handle \x{..} specially - new Perl thing for utf8 */
 
 
         /* Handle \x{..} specially - new Perl thing for utf8 */
 

+#if !defined NOUTF8

         if (*p == '{')
           {
           unsigned char *pt = p;
         if (*p == '{')
           {
           unsigned char *pt = p;


@@ -1312,7 +1292,7 @@ while (!done)
             {
             unsigned char buff8[8];
             int ii, utn;
             {
             unsigned char buff8[8];
             int ii, utn;

-            utn = ord2utf8(c, buff8);
+            utn = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, buff8);

             for (ii = 0; ii < utn - 1; ii++) *q++ = buff8[ii];
             c = buff8[ii];   /* Last byte */
             p = pt + 1;
             for (ii = 0; ii < utn - 1; ii++) *q++ = buff8[ii];
             c = buff8[ii];   /* Last byte */
             p = pt + 1;


@@ -1320,6 +1300,7 @@ while (!done)
             }
           /* Not correct form; fall through */
           }
             }
           /* Not correct form; fall through */
           }

+#endif

 
         /* Ordinary \x */
 
 
         /* Ordinary \x */
 


@@ -1400,6 +1381,21 @@ while (!done)
           }
         continue;
 
           }
         continue;
 

+#if !defined NODFA
+        case 'D':
+#if !defined NOPOSIX
+        if (posix || do_posix)
+          printf("** Can't use dfa matching in POSIX mode: \\D ignored\n");
+        else
+#endif
+          use_dfa = 1;
+        continue;
+
+        case 'F':
+        options |= PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST;
+        continue;
+#endif
+

         case 'G':
         if (isdigit(*p))
           {
         case 'G':
         if (isdigit(*p))
           {


@@ -1442,7 +1438,8 @@ while (!done)
             {
             printf("** Failed to get %d bytes of memory for offsets vector\n",
               size_offsets_max * sizeof(int));
             {
             printf("** Failed to get %d bytes of memory for offsets vector\n",
               size_offsets_max * sizeof(int));

-            return 1;
+            yield = 1;
+            goto EXIT;

             }
           }
         use_size_offsets = n;
             }
           }
         use_size_offsets = n;


@@ -1453,6 +1450,12 @@ while (!done)
         options |= PCRE_PARTIAL;
         continue;
 
         options |= PCRE_PARTIAL;
         continue;
 

+#if !defined NODFA
+        case 'R':
+        options |= PCRE_DFA_RESTART;
+        continue;
+#endif
+

         case 'S':
         show_malloc = 1;
         continue;
         case 'S':
         show_malloc = 1;
         continue;


@@ -1470,6 +1473,12 @@ while (!done)
     *q = 0;
     len = q - dbuffer;
 
     *q = 0;
     len = q - dbuffer;
 

+    if ((all_use_dfa || use_dfa) && find_match_limit)
+      {
+      printf("**Match limit not relevant for DFA matching: ignored\n");
+      find_match_limit = 0;
+      }
+

     /* Handle matching via the POSIX interface, which does not
     support timing or playing with the match limit or callout data. */
 
     /* Handle matching via the POSIX interface, which does not
     support timing or playing with the match limit or callout data. */
 


@@ -1527,9 +1536,23 @@ while (!done)
         register int i;
         clock_t time_taken;
         clock_t start_time = clock();
         register int i;
         clock_t time_taken;
         clock_t start_time = clock();

+
+#if !defined NODFA
+        if (all_use_dfa || use_dfa)
+          {
+          int workspace[1000];
+          for (i = 0; i < LOOPREPEAT; i++)
+            count = pcre_dfa_exec(re, NULL, (char *)bptr, len, start_offset,
+              options | g_notempty, use_offsets, use_size_offsets, workspace,
+              sizeof(workspace)/sizeof(int));
+          }
+        else
+#endif
+

         for (i = 0; i < LOOPREPEAT; i++)
           count = pcre_exec(re, extra, (char *)bptr, len,
             start_offset, options | g_notempty, use_offsets, use_size_offsets);
         for (i = 0; i < LOOPREPEAT; i++)
           count = pcre_exec(re, extra, (char *)bptr, len,
             start_offset, options | g_notempty, use_offsets, use_size_offsets);

+

         time_taken = clock() - start_time;
         fprintf(outfile, "Execute time %.3f milliseconds\n",
           (((double)time_taken * 1000.0) / (double)LOOPREPEAT) /
         time_taken = clock() - start_time;
         fprintf(outfile, "Execute time %.3f milliseconds\n",
           (((double)time_taken * 1000.0) / (double)LOOPREPEAT) /


@@ -1600,16 +1623,30 @@ while (!done)
       /* The normal case is just to do the match once, with the default
       value of match_limit. */
 
       /* The normal case is just to do the match once, with the default
       value of match_limit. */
 

-      else
+#if !defined NODFA
+      else if (all_use_dfa || use_dfa)

         {
         {

-        count = pcre_exec(re, extra, (char *)bptr, len,
-          start_offset, options | g_notempty, use_offsets, use_size_offsets);
+        int workspace[1000];
+        count = pcre_dfa_exec(re, NULL, (char *)bptr, len, start_offset,
+          options | g_notempty, use_offsets, use_size_offsets, workspace,
+          sizeof(workspace)/sizeof(int));
+        if (count == 0)
+          {
+          fprintf(outfile, "Matched, but too many subsidiary matches\n");
+          count = use_size_offsets/2;
+          }

         }
         }

+#endif

 
 

-      if (count == 0)
+      else

         {
         {

-        fprintf(outfile, "Matched, but too many substrings\n");
-        count = use_size_offsets/3;
+        count = pcre_exec(re, extra, (char *)bptr, len,
+          start_offset, options | g_notempty, use_offsets, use_size_offsets);
+        if (count == 0)
+          {
+          fprintf(outfile, "Matched, but too many substrings\n");
+          count = use_size_offsets/3;
+          }

         }
 
       /* Matched */
         }
 
       /* Matched */


@@ -1695,7 +1732,13 @@ while (!done)
 
       else if (count == PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL)
         {
 
       else if (count == PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL)
         {

-        fprintf(outfile, "Partial match\n");
+        fprintf(outfile, "Partial match");
+#if !defined NODFA
+        if ((all_use_dfa || use_dfa) && use_size_offsets > 2)
+          fprintf(outfile, ": %.*s", use_offsets[1] - use_offsets[0],
+            bptr + use_offsets[0]);
+#endif
+        fprintf(outfile, "\n");

         break;  /* Out of the /g loop */
         }
 
         break;  /* Out of the /g loop */
         }
 


@@ -1773,17 +1816,28 @@ while (!done)
   if (posix || do_posix) regfree(&preg);
 #endif
 
   if (posix || do_posix) regfree(&preg);
 #endif
 

-  if (re != NULL) free(re);
-  if (extra != NULL) free(extra);
+  if (re != NULL) new_free(re);
+  if (extra != NULL) new_free(extra);

   if (tables != NULL)
     {
   if (tables != NULL)
     {

-    free((void *)tables);
+    new_free((void *)tables);

     setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "C");
     }
   }
 
 if (infile == stdin) fprintf(outfile, "\n");
     setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "C");
     }
   }
 
 if (infile == stdin) fprintf(outfile, "\n");

-return 0;
+
+EXIT:
+
+if (infile != NULL && infile != stdin) fclose(infile);
+if (outfile != NULL && outfile != stdout) fclose(outfile);
+
+free(buffer);
+free(dbuffer);
+free(pbuffer);
+free(offsets);
+
+return yield;

 }
 
 }
 

-/* End */
+/* End of pcretest.c */

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/printint.c b/src/src/pcre/printint.c
index 28f63d82fe0e924808ecd4ddd2e7e0c9f1d93185..ed3742f651836f81360a29132f68ec960943d7e1 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/printint.c
+++ b/src/src/pcre/printint.c
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/printint.c,v 1.2 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+

 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/
 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/study.c b/src/src/pcre/study.c
index d99b8a992ecba23de0f95b4d0fd316fe5953a46c..861d1a93be5b7c4fe8165f92420aa08bc20ec1e1 100644 (file)
--- a/src/src/pcre/study.c
+++ b/src/src/pcre/study.c
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/study.c,v 1.2 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+

 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/
 /*************************************************
 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 *************************************************/

diff --git a/src/src/pcre/ucp.h b/src/src/pcre/ucp.h
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..eefbe1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/src/pcre/ucp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* $Cambridge: exim/src/src/pcre/ucp.h,v 1.1 2005/06/15 08:57:10 ph10 Exp $ */
+
+/*************************************************
+*     libucp - Unicode Property Table handler    *
+*************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef _UCP_H
+#define _UCP_H
+
+/* These are the character categories that are returned by ucp_findchar */
+
+enum {
+  ucp_C,     /* Other */
+  ucp_L,     /* Letter */
+  ucp_M,     /* Mark */
+  ucp_N,     /* Number */
+  ucp_P,     /* Punctuation */
+  ucp_S,     /* Symbol */
+  ucp_Z      /* Separator */
+};
+
+/* These are the detailed character types that are returned by ucp_findchar */
+
+enum {
+  ucp_Cc,    /* Control */
+  ucp_Cf,    /* Format */
+  ucp_Cn,    /* Unassigned */
+  ucp_Co,    /* Private use */
+  ucp_Cs,    /* Surrogate */
+  ucp_Ll,    /* Lower case letter */
+  ucp_Lm,    /* Modifier letter */
+  ucp_Lo,    /* Other letter */
+  ucp_Lt,    /* Title case letter */
+  ucp_Lu,    /* Upper case letter */
+  ucp_Mc,    /* Spacing mark */
+  ucp_Me,    /* Enclosing mark */
+  ucp_Mn,    /* Non-spacing mark */
+  ucp_Nd,    /* Decimal number */
+  ucp_Nl,    /* Letter number */
+  ucp_No,    /* Other number */
+  ucp_Pc,    /* Connector punctuation */
+  ucp_Pd,    /* Dash punctuation */
+  ucp_Pe,    /* Close punctuation */
+  ucp_Pf,    /* Final punctuation */
+  ucp_Pi,    /* Initial punctuation */
+  ucp_Po,    /* Other punctuation */
+  ucp_Ps,    /* Open punctuation */
+  ucp_Sc,    /* Currency symbol */
+  ucp_Sk,    /* Modifier symbol */
+  ucp_Sm,    /* Mathematical symbol */
+  ucp_So,    /* Other symbol */
+  ucp_Zl,    /* Line separator */
+  ucp_Zp,    /* Paragraph separator */
+  ucp_Zs     /* Space separator */
+};
+
+extern int ucp_findchar(const int, int *, int *);
+
+#endif
+
+/* End of ucp.h */